US20220305275A1 - Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient - Google Patents

Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220305275A1
US20220305275A1 US17/518,243 US202117518243A US2022305275A1 US 20220305275 A1 US20220305275 A1 US 20220305275A1 US 202117518243 A US202117518243 A US 202117518243A US 2022305275 A1 US2022305275 A1 US 2022305275A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
range
pad
electrode
treatment
energy
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US17/518,243
Inventor
Tomás Schwarz
Lucia JELÍNKOVÁ
Vojtech KUBIK
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
BTL Healthcare Technologies AS
Original Assignee
BTL Healthcare Technologies AS
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=76502747&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20220305275(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by BTL Healthcare Technologies AS filed Critical BTL Healthcare Technologies AS
Priority to US17/518,243 priority Critical patent/US20220305275A1/en
Priority to US17/664,161 priority patent/US11878167B2/en
Assigned to BTL HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGIES A.S. reassignment BTL HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGIES A.S. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KUBÍK, VOJTECH, SCHWARZ, TOMÁS, JELÍNKOVÁ, Lucia
Priority to US17/941,777 priority patent/US11633596B2/en
Publication of US20220305275A1 publication Critical patent/US20220305275A1/en
Priority to CA3178145A priority patent/CA3178145A1/en
Priority to DE202022105837.7U priority patent/DE202022105837U1/en
Priority to ES202231768U priority patent/ES1298498Y2/en
Priority to CN202280023101.3A priority patent/CN117062647A/en
Priority to PCT/EP2022/080502 priority patent/WO2023078896A1/en
Priority to GBGB2401926.7A priority patent/GB202401926D0/en
Priority to CN202222911568.1U priority patent/CN219208739U/en
Priority to GB2315394.3A priority patent/GB2620511B/en
Priority to FR2211466A priority patent/FR3128645B3/en
Priority to TW111212037U priority patent/TWM643961U/en
Priority to US18/170,284 priority patent/US11896816B2/en
Priority to US18/174,368 priority patent/US11813451B2/en
Priority to US18/177,269 priority patent/US11806528B2/en
Priority to US18/184,813 priority patent/US20230241384A1/en
Priority to US18/363,478 priority patent/US20240091547A1/en
Priority to US18/477,126 priority patent/US20240024691A1/en
Priority to US18/507,846 priority patent/US20240082576A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0613Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
    • A61N5/0616Skin treatment other than tanning
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/14Probes or electrodes therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/18Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves
    • A61B18/20Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser
    • A61B18/203Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser applying laser energy to the outside of the body
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/02Details
    • A61N1/04Electrodes
    • A61N1/0404Electrodes for external use
    • A61N1/0408Use-related aspects
    • A61N1/0452Specially adapted for transcutaneous muscle stimulation [TMS]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/36014External stimulators, e.g. with patch electrodes
    • A61N1/3603Control systems
    • A61N1/36031Control systems using physiological parameters for adjustment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/36014External stimulators, e.g. with patch electrodes
    • A61N1/3603Control systems
    • A61N1/36034Control systems specified by the stimulation parameters
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/40Applying electric fields by inductive or capacitive coupling ; Applying radio-frequency signals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/40Applying electric fields by inductive or capacitive coupling ; Applying radio-frequency signals
    • A61N1/403Applying electric fields by inductive or capacitive coupling ; Applying radio-frequency signals for thermotherapy, e.g. hyperthermia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N2/00Magnetotherapy
    • A61N2/004Magnetotherapy specially adapted for a specific therapy
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0613Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
    • A61N5/0622Optical stimulation for exciting neural tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N7/00Ultrasound therapy
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00005Cooling or heating of the probe or tissue immediately surrounding the probe
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00005Cooling or heating of the probe or tissue immediately surrounding the probe
    • A61B2018/00011Cooling or heating of the probe or tissue immediately surrounding the probe with fluids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00053Mechanical features of the instrument of device
    • A61B2018/0016Energy applicators arranged in a two- or three dimensional array
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00452Skin
    • A61B2018/00458Deeper parts of the skin, e.g. treatment of vascular disorders or port wine stains
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00452Skin
    • A61B2018/00458Deeper parts of the skin, e.g. treatment of vascular disorders or port wine stains
    • A61B2018/00464Subcutaneous fat, e.g. liposuction, lipolysis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00452Skin
    • A61B2018/0047Upper parts of the skin, e.g. skin peeling or treatment of wrinkles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00642Sensing and controlling the application of energy with feedback, i.e. closed loop control
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00791Temperature
    • A61B2018/00797Temperature measured by multiple temperature sensors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00791Temperature
    • A61B2018/00821Temperature measured by a thermocouple
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00994Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body combining two or more different kinds of non-mechanical energy or combining one or more non-mechanical energies with ultrasound
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/1206Generators therefor
    • A61B2018/1246Generators therefor characterised by the output polarity
    • A61B2018/1253Generators therefor characterised by the output polarity monopolar
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/1206Generators therefor
    • A61B2018/1246Generators therefor characterised by the output polarity
    • A61B2018/126Generators therefor characterised by the output polarity bipolar
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/1206Generators therefor
    • A61B2018/1273Generators therefor including multiple generators in one device
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/02Details
    • A61N1/04Electrodes
    • A61N1/0404Electrodes for external use
    • A61N1/0408Use-related aspects
    • A61N1/0464Specially adapted for promoting tissue growth
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/02Details
    • A61N1/04Electrodes
    • A61N1/0404Electrodes for external use
    • A61N1/0472Structure-related aspects
    • A61N1/0484Garment electrodes worn by the patient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/02Details
    • A61N1/04Electrodes
    • A61N1/0404Electrodes for external use
    • A61N1/0472Structure-related aspects
    • A61N1/0492Patch electrodes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/20Applying electric currents by contact electrodes continuous direct currents
    • A61N1/205Applying electric currents by contact electrodes continuous direct currents for promoting a biological process
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/20Applying electric currents by contact electrodes continuous direct currents
    • A61N1/28Apparatus for applying thermoelectric currents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/328Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for improving the appearance of the skin, e.g. facial toning or wrinkle treatment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/36003Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation of motor muscles, e.g. for walking assistance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N2005/002Cooling systems
    • A61N2005/007Cooling systems for cooling the patient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0601Apparatus for use inside the body
    • A61N5/0603Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities
    • A61N2005/0605Ear
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0601Apparatus for use inside the body
    • A61N5/0603Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities
    • A61N2005/0606Mouth
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0601Apparatus for use inside the body
    • A61N5/0603Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities
    • A61N2005/0608Rectum
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0601Apparatus for use inside the body
    • A61N5/0603Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities
    • A61N2005/0611Vagina
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/0626Monitoring, verifying, controlling systems and methods
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/0635Radiation therapy using light characterised by the body area to be irradiated
    • A61N2005/0642Irradiating part of the body at a certain distance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/0635Radiation therapy using light characterised by the body area to be irradiated
    • A61N2005/0643Applicators, probes irradiating specific body areas in close proximity
    • A61N2005/0645Applicators worn by the patient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/0635Radiation therapy using light characterised by the body area to be irradiated
    • A61N2005/0643Applicators, probes irradiating specific body areas in close proximity
    • A61N2005/0645Applicators worn by the patient
    • A61N2005/0647Applicators worn by the patient the applicator adapted to be worn on the head
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N7/00Ultrasound therapy
    • A61N2007/0004Applications of ultrasound therapy
    • A61N2007/0034Skin treatment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0601Apparatus for use inside the body
    • A61N5/0603Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to methods and apparatus for patient treatment by means of active elements delivering electromagnetic energy and/or secondary energy in such a way that the treatment area is treated homogeneously without the need for manipulation of the active elements during the therapy.
  • Facial unattended application is, besides the complications introduced by attachment to rugged areas and necessity of adaptation to the shapes of different patients, specific by its increased need for protection against burns and other side effects.
  • the face heals more easily than other body areas, it is also more exposed, leading to much higher requirements for treatment downtime.
  • Another important aspect of a facial procedure is that the face hosts the most important human senses, whose function must not be compromised during treatment. Above all, eye safety must be ensured throughout the entire treatment.
  • the current aesthetic market offers either traditional manually controlled radiofrequency or light devices enabling facial tissue heating to a target temperature in the range of 40° C.-100° C. or unattended LED facial masks whose operation is based on light effects (phototherapy) rather than thermal effects. These masks are predominantly intended for home use and do not pose a risk to patients of burns, overheating or overtreating. The variability in facial shapes of individual patients does not represent any issue for these masks as the delivered energy and attained temperatures are so low that the risk of thermal tissue damage is minimized and there is no need for homogeneous treatment.
  • the aesthetic market feels the needs of the combination of the heating treatment made by electromagnetic energy delivered to the epidermis, dermis, hypodermis or adipose tissue with the secondary energy providing muscle contraction or muscle stimulation in the field of improvement of visual appearance of the patient.
  • the actual devices is adapted to treat the uneven rugged areas like the face.
  • the commercially available devices are usually handheld devices that need to be operated by the medical professional during the whole treatment.
  • the applicator or pad of the device needs to be attached to the patient which allows unattended treatment of the patient and the applicator or pad needs to be made of flexible material allowing sufficient contact with the uneven treatment area of the body part of the patient.
  • the patient may include skin and a body part, wherein a body part may refer to a body area.
  • the desired effect of the improvement of visual appearance of the patient may include tissue (e.g. skin) heating in the range of 37.5° C. to 55° C., tissue coagulation at temperatures of 50° C. to 70° C. or tissue ablation at temperatures of 55° C. to 130° C. depending on the patient.
  • tissue e.g. skin
  • tissue coagulation at temperatures of 50° C. to 70° C.
  • tissue ablation at temperatures of 55° C. to 130° C. depending on the patient.
  • Various patients and skin conditions may require different treatment approaches—higher temperatures allow better results with fewer sessions but require longer healing times while lower temperatures enable treatment with no downtime but limited results within more sessions.
  • Another effect of the heating may lead to decreasing the number of the fat cells.
  • Another desired effect may be muscle contraction causing muscle stimulation (e.g. strengthening or toning) for improving the visual appearance of the patient.
  • the proposed device and methods comprise at least one electromagnetic energy generator inside a main unit that generates an electromagnetic energy which is delivered to the treatment area via at least one active element attached to the skin.
  • At least one active element may be embedded in a pad made of flexible material that adapts to the shape of the rugged surface.
  • An underside of the pad may include of an adhesive layer allowing the active elements to adhere to the treatment area and to maintain necessary tissue contact.
  • the device may employ a safety system capable of adjusting one or more therapy parameters based on the measured values from at least one sensor, e.g. thermal sensors or impedance measurement sensors capable of measuring quality of contact with the treated tissue.
  • the proposed device and methods comprise at least one electromagnetic energy generator inside a main unit that generates an electromagnetic energy which is delivered to the treatment area via at least one active element located at a defined distance from the tissue to be treated.
  • a distance of at least one active element from the treatment area may be monitored before, throughout the entire treatment or post-treatment.
  • the device may employ a safety system capable of adjusting one or more therapy parameters based on the measured values from at least one sensor, for example one or more distance sensors.
  • Energy may be delivered by a single or a plurality of static active elements or by moving a single or a plurality of active elements throughout the entire treatment area, for example via a built-in automatic moving system, e.g. an integrated scanner.
  • Treatment areas may be set by means of laser sight—the operator may mark the area to be treated prior to the treatment.
  • the active element may deliver energy through its entire surface or by means of a so-called fractional arrangement when the active part includes a matrix formed by points of defined size. These points may be separated by inactive (and therefore untreated) areas that allow faster tissue healing. The points surface may make up from 1% to 99% of the active element area.
  • the electromagnetic energy may be primarily generated by a laser, laser diode module, LED, flash lamp or incandescent light bulb or by radiofrequency generator for causing the heating of the patient. Additionally, an acoustic energy or electric or electromagnetic energy, which does not heat the patient, may be delivered simultaneously, alternately or in overlap with the primary electromagnetic energy.
  • the active element may deliver more than one energy simultaneously (at the same time), successively or in overlap.
  • the active element may deliver a radiofrequency energy and subsequently an electric energy (electric current).
  • the active element may deliver the radiofrequency energy and the electric energy at the same time.
  • the device may be configured to deliver the electromagnetic field by at least one active element and simultaneously (at the same time) to deliver e.g. electric energy by a different elements.
  • the proposed methods and devices may lead to improvement of a visual appearance including, but by no means limited to a proper skin rejuvenation, wrinkle removal, skin tightening and lifting, cellulite and fat reduction, treatment of pigmented lesions, rhytides, tattoo removal, soft tissue coagulation and ablation, vascular lesions reduction, temporary relief of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local circulation, etc. of uneven rugged areas without causing further harm to important parts of the patient's body, e.g. nerves or internal organs.
  • the proposed method and devices may lead to an adipose tissue reduction, e.g. by fat cells lipolysis or apoptosis.
  • the proposed methods and devices may lead to improvement of a visual appearance, e.g. tissue rejuvenation via muscle strengthening or muscle toning through muscle contractions caused by electric current or electromagnetic energy and via elastogenesis and/or neocolagenesis and/or relief of pain and/or muscle spasms and/or increase in local circulation through heating by radiofrequency energy.
  • tissue rejuvenation via muscle strengthening or muscle toning through muscle contractions caused by electric current or electromagnetic energy and via elastogenesis and/or neocolagenesis and/or relief of pain and/or muscle spasms and/or increase in local circulation through heating by radiofrequency energy.
  • the proposed devices and methods may be used for post-surgical treatment, e.g. after liposuction, e.g. for treatment and/or healing of the wounds caused by surgery.
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for contact therapy.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of an apparatus for contact therapy.
  • FIG. 3A represents pad shapes and layout.
  • FIG. 3B represents pad shapes and layout.
  • FIG. 3C represents one possible pad shape and layout for treatment of a forehead.
  • FIG. 3D represent one possible pad shape and layout for treatment of a cheek.
  • FIG. 4A , FIG. 4B , FIG. 4C , and FIG. 4D represent side views of the pad intended for contact therapy.
  • FIG. 5A represents a top view of one variant of the pad.
  • FIG. 5B represents a detail view of one possible arrangement of the slot in the substrate.
  • FIG. 6 shows one variant of energy delivery by switching multiple active elements.
  • FIG. 7 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for contactless therapy.
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of an apparatus for contactless therapy.
  • FIG. 9A is an illustration of the framed grated electrode.
  • FIG. 9B is an illustration of another framed grated electrode.
  • FIG. 9C is an illustration of a framed grated electrode with thinning conductive lines.
  • FIG. 9D is an illustration of a non-framed grated electrode.
  • FIG. 9E is an illustration of an electrode with openings.
  • FIG. 9F is one possible illustration of an electrode.
  • FIG. 9G is another illustration of an electrode.
  • FIG. 9H is another illustration of an electrode.
  • FIG. 10 is an illustration of a forehead pad treatment.
  • the presented methods and devices may be used for stimulation and/or treatment of a tissue, including but not limited to skin, epidermis, dermis, hypodermis or muscles.
  • the proposed apparatus is designed for minimally to non-invasive treatment of one or more areas of the tissue to enable well defined unattended treatment of the uneven, rugged areas (e.g. facial area) by electromagnetic energy delivery via a single or a plurality of active elements without causing further harm to important parts of the patient's body, e.g. nerves or internal organs.
  • the presented methods and devices may be used to stimulate body parts or body areas like head, neck, bra fat, love handles, torso, back, abdomen, buttocks, thighs, calves, legs, arms, forearms, hands, fingers or body cavities (e.g. vagina, anus, mouth, inner ear etc.).
  • body cavities e.g. vagina, anus, mouth, inner ear etc.
  • the proposed methods and devices may include a several protocols improving of visual appearance, which may be preprogramed in the control unit (e.g. CPU—central processing unit, which may include a flex circuit or a printed circuit board and may include a microprocessor or memory for controlling the device).
  • control unit e.g. CPU—central processing unit, which may include a flex circuit or a printed circuit board and may include a microprocessor or memory for controlling the device.
  • the desired effect may include tissue (e.g. a surface of the skin) heating (thermal therapy) in the range of 37.5° C. to 55° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 53° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 52° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 50° C. or in the range of 41° C. to 45° C., tissue coagulation at temperatures in the range of 50° C. to 70° C. or in the range of 51° C. to 65° C. or in the range of 52° C. to 62° C. or in the range of 53° C. to 60° C. or tissue ablation at temperatures in the range of 55° C. to 130° C. or in the range of 58° C. to 120° C.
  • tissue e.g. a surface of the skin
  • heating in the range of 37.5° C. to 55° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 53° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 52° C. or in the range
  • a target temperature of the skin may be typically within the range of 37.5° C. to 95° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 90° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 85° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 80° C. while for contactless therapy a target temperature of the skin may be in the range of 37.5° C. to 130° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 120° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 110° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 100° C. The temperature within the range of 37.5° C.
  • to 130° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 120° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 110° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 100° C. may lead to stimulation of fibroblasts and formation of connective tissue—e.g. collagen, elastin, hyaluronic acid etc.
  • connective tissue e.g. collagen, elastin, hyaluronic acid etc.
  • controlled tissue damage is triggered, physiological repair processes are initiated, and new tissue is formed.
  • Temperatures within the range of 37.5° C. to 130° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 120° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 110° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 100° C. may further lead to changes in the adipose tissue.
  • fat cells come apart into apoptotic bodies and are further removed via the process of phagocytosis.
  • necrosis fat cells are ruptured due to high temperatures, and their content is released into an extracellular matrix. Both processes may lead to a reduction of fat layers enabling reshaping of the face. Removing fat from the face may be beneficial for example in areas like submentum or cheeks.
  • Another desired effect may include tissue rejuvenation, e. g. muscle strengthening through the muscle contraction caused by electric or electromagnetic energy, which doesn't heat the patient, or the muscle relaxation caused by a pressure massage.
  • tissue rejuvenation e. g. muscle strengthening through the muscle contraction caused by electric or electromagnetic energy, which doesn't heat the patient, or the muscle relaxation caused by a pressure massage.
  • the combined effect of muscle contractions via electric energy and tissue (e.g. skin) heating by electromagnetic field in accordance to the description may lead to significant improvement of visual appearance.
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an apparatus 1 for contact therapy.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of an apparatus 1 for contact therapy.
  • the apparatus 1 for contact therapy may comprise two main blocks: main unit 2 and a pad 4 .
  • the apparatus 1 may comprise interconnecting block 3 or neutral electrode 7 .
  • the components of interconnecting block 3 may be implemented into the main unit 2 .
  • Main unit 2 may include one or more generators: a primary electromagnetic generator 6 , which may preferably deliver radiofrequency energy in the range of 10 kHz to 300 GHz or 300 kHz to 10 GHz or 400 kHz to 6 GHz, or in the range of 100 kHz to 550 MHz or 250 kHz to 500 MHz or 350 kHz to 100 MHz or 400 kHz to 80 MHz, a secondary generator 9 which may additionally deliver electromagnetic energy, which does not heat the patient, or deliver electric current in the range of 1 Hz to 10 MHz or 5 Hz to 5 MHz or in the range of 10 Hz to 1 MHz or in the range of 20 Hz to 1 kHz or in the range of 40 Hz to 500 Hz or in the range of 50 Hz to 300 Hz and/or an ultrasound emitter 10 which may furthermore deliver an acoustic energy with a frequency in the range of 20 kHz to 25 GHz or 20 kHz to 1 GHz or 50 kHz to 250 MHz or 100 kHz to 100 MHz
  • the output power of the radiofrequency energy may be less than or equal to 450, 300, 250 or 220 W.
  • the radiofrequency energy on the output of the primary electromagnetic generator 6 (e.g. radiofrequency generator) may be in the range of 0.1 W to 400 W, or in the range of 0.5 W to 300 W or in the range of 1 W to 200 W or in the range of 10 W to 150 W.
  • the radiofrequency energy may be applied in or close to the ISM bands of 6.78 MHz, 13.56 MHz, 27.12 MHz, 40.68 MHz, 433.92 MHz, 915 MHz, 2.45 GHz and 5.8 GHz.
  • Main unit 2 may further comprise a human machine interface 8 represented by a display, buttons, a keyboard, a touchpad, a touch panel or other control members enabling an operator to check and adjust therapy and other device parameters. For example, it may be possible to set the power, treatment time or other treatment parameters of each generator (primary electromagnetic generator 6 , secondary generator 9 and ultrasound emitter 10 ) independently.
  • the human machine interface 8 may be connected to control unit 11 (e.g. CPU).
  • the power supply 5 located in the main unit 2 may include a transformer, disposable battery, rechargeable battery, power plug or standard power cord. The output power of the power supply 5 may be in the range of 10 W to 600 W, or in the range of 50 W to 500 W, or in the range of 80 W to 450 W.
  • human machine interface 8 may also display information about the applied therapy type, remaining therapy time and main therapy parameters.
  • Interconnecting block 3 may serve as a communication channel between the main unit 2 and the pad 4 . It may be represented by a simple device containing basic indicators 17 and mechanisms for therapy control. Indicators 17 may be realized through the display, LEDs, acoustic signals, vibrations or other forms capable of providing adequate notice to an operator and/or the patient. Indicators 17 may indicate actual patient temperature, contact information or other sensor measurements as well as a status of a switching process between the active elements, quality of contact with the treated tissue, actual treatment parameters, ongoing treatment, etc. Indicators 17 may be configured to warn the operator in case of suspicious therapy behavior, e.g. temperature out of range, improper contact with the treated tissue, parameters automatically adjusted etc. Interconnecting block 3 may be used as an additional safety feature for heat-sensitive patients.
  • Switching circuitry 14 may be responsible for switching between active elements or for regulation of energy delivery from primary electromagnetic generator 6 , secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10 .
  • the rate of switching between active elements 13 may be dependent on the amount of delivered energy, pulse length etc, and/or on the speed of switching circuitry 14 and control unit 11 (e.g. CPU).
  • the switching circuitry 14 may include relay switch, transistor (bipolar, PNP, NPN, FET, JFET, MOSFET) thyristor, diode or opto-mechanical switch or any other suitable switch know in the prior art.
  • the switching circuitry in connection with the control unit e.g. CPU
  • the switching circuitry in connection with the control unit may control the switching between the primary electromagnetic energy generated by the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and the secondary energy generated by the secondary generator 9 on the at least one active element 13 .
  • the interconnecting block 3 may contain the primary electromagnetic generator 6 , the secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10 or only one of them or any combination thereof.
  • the main unit 2 may comprise the primary electromagnetic generator 6
  • the interconnecting block 3 may comprise the secondary generator 9
  • ultrasound emitter 10 may not be present at all.
  • the control unit 11 controls the primary electromagnetic generator 6 such that the primary electromagnetic energy may be delivered in a continuous mode (CM) or a pulse mode to the at least one active element, having a fluence in the range of 10 mJ/cm 2 to 50 kJ/cm 2 or in the range of 100 mJ/cm 2 to 10 kJ/cm 2 or in the range of 0.5 J/cm 2 to 1 kJ/cm 2 .
  • the electromagnetic energy may be primarily generated by a laser, laser diode module, LED, flash lamp or incandescent light bulb or by radiofrequency generator for causing the heating of the patient.
  • the CM mode may be operated for a time interval in the range of 0.05 s to 60 min or in the range of 0.1 s to 45 min or in the range of 0.2 s to 30 min.
  • the pulse duration of the energy delivery operated in the pulse regime may be in the range of 0.1 ms to 10 s or in the range of 0.2 ms to 7 s or in the range of 0.5 ms to 5 s.
  • the primary electromagnetic generator 6 in the pulse regime may be operated by a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) in a single shot mode or in a repetition mode.
  • the frequency of the repetition mode may be in the range of 0.05 to 10 000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 5000 Hz or in the range of 0.3 to 2000 Hz or in the range of 0.5 to 1000 Hz.
  • the frequency of the repetition mode may be in the range of 0.1 kHz to 200 MHz or in the range of 0.5 kHz to 150 MHz or in the range of 0.8 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 1 kHz to 80 MHz.
  • the single shot mode may mean generation of just one electromagnetic pulse of specific parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, etc.) for delivery to a single treatment area.
  • the repetition mode may mean generation of an electromagnetic pulses, which may have the specific parameters (e.g.
  • the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may provide treatment control such as stabilization of the treatment parameters including treatment time, power, duty cycle, time period regulating switching between multiple active elements, temperature of the device 1 and temperature of the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10 .
  • the control unit 11 e.g. CPU
  • the control unit 11 may drive and provide information from the switching circuitry 14 .
  • the control unit 11 e.g. CPU
  • the control unit 11 may also receive and provide information from sensors located on or in the pad 4 or anywhere in the device 1 .
  • the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may include a flex circuit or a printed circuit board and may include a microprocessor or memory for controlling the device.
  • the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may control the secondary generator 9 such that secondary energy (e.g electric current or magnetic field) may be delivered in a continuous mode (CM) or a pulse mode to the at least one active element, having a fluence in the range of 10 mJ/cm 2 to 50 kJ/cm 2 or in the range of 100 mJ/cm 2 to 10 kJ/cm 2 or in the range of 0.5 J/cm 2 to 1 kJ/cm 2 on the surface of the at least one active element.
  • CM continuous mode
  • a pulse mode to the at least one active element
  • the CM mode may be operated for a time interval in the range of 0.05 s to 60 min or in the range of 0.1 s to 45 min or in the range of 0.2 s to 30 min.
  • the pulse duration of the delivery of the secondary energy operated in the pulse regime may be in the range of 0.1 ⁇ s to 10 s or in the range of 0.2 ⁇ s to 1 s or in the range of 0.5 ⁇ s to 500 ms, or in the range of 0.5 to 10 s or in the range of 1 to 8 s or in the range of 1.5 to 5 s or in the range of 2 to 3 s.
  • the secondary generator 9 in the pulse regime may be operated by a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) in a single shot mode or in a repetition mode.
  • the frequency of the repetition mode may be in the range of 0.1 to 12 000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 8000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 5000 Hz or in the range of 0.5 to 1000 Hz.
  • the proposed device may be multichannel device allowing the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 to control the treatment of more than one treated area at once.
  • control unit e.g. CPU
  • the interconnecting block 3 may not be a part of the device 1 , and the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 , switching circuitry 14 , indicators 17 and emergency stop button 16 may be a part of the main unit 2 or pad 4 .
  • some of the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 , switching circuitry 14 , indicators 17 and emergency stop button 16 may be a part of the main unit 2 and some of them part of pad 4 , e.g. control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 , switching circuitry 14 and emergency stop button 16 may be part of the main unit 2 and indicators 17 may be a part of the pad 4 .
  • Pad 4 represents the part of the device which may be in contact with the patient's skin during the therapy.
  • the pads 4 may be made of flexible substrate material—for example polymer-based material, polyimide (PI) films, Teflon®, epoxy, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamide or PE foam with an additional adhesive layer on an underside, e.g. a hypoallergenic adhesive gel (hydrogel) or adhesive tape that may be bacteriostatic, non-irritating, or water-soluble.
  • the substrate may also be a silicone-based substrate.
  • the substrate may also be made of a fabric, e.g. non-woven fabric.
  • the adhesive layer may have the impedance for a current at a frequency of 500 kHz in the range of 1 to 150 ⁇ or in the range of 5 to 130 ⁇ or in the range of 10 to 100 ⁇ , and the impedance for a current at a frequency of 100 Hz or less is three times or more the impedance for a current at a frequency of 500 kHz.
  • the adhesive hydrogel may be made of a polymer matrix or mixture containing water, a polyhydric alcohol, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a polyisocyanate component, a polyol component or has a methylenediphenyl structure in the main chain.
  • a conductive adhesive may be augmented with metallic fillers, such as silver, gold, copper, aluminum, platinum or titanium or graphite that make up 1 to 90% or 2 to 80% or 5 to 70% of adhesive.
  • the adhesive layer may be covered by “ST-gel®” or “Tensive®” conductive adhesive gel which is applied to the body to reduce its impedance, thereby facilitating the delivery of an electric shock.
  • the adhesive layer e.g. hydrogel may cover exactly the whole surface of the pad facing the body area of the patient.
  • the thickness of the hydrogel layer may be in the range of 0.1 to 3 mm or in the range of 0.3 to 2 mm or in the range of 0.4 to 1.8 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 mm.
  • the adhesive layer under the pad 4 may mean that the adhesive layer is between the surface of the pad facing the patient and the body of the patient.
  • the adhesive layer may have impedance 1.1 times, 2 times, 4 times or up to 10 times higher than the impedance of the skin of the patient under the pad 4 .
  • a definition of the skin impedance may be that it is a portion of the total impedance, measured between two equipotential surfaces in contact with the epidermis, that is inversely proportional to the electrode area, when the internal current flux path is held constant. Data applicable to this definition would be conveniently recorded as admittance per unit area to facilitate application to other geometries.
  • the impedance of the adhesive layer may be set by the same experimental setup as used for measuring the skin impedance.
  • the impedance of the adhesive layer may be higher than the impedance of the skin by a factor in the range of 1.1 to 20 times or 1.2 to 15 times or 1.3 to 10 times.
  • the impedance of the adhesive layer may have different values for the different types of energy delivered to the patient, e.g. the impedance may be different for radiofrequency and for electric current delivery.
  • the impedance of the hydrogel may be in the range of 100 to 2000 Ohms or in the range of 150 to 1800 Ohms or 200 to 1500 Ohms or 300 to 1200 Ohms in case of delivery of the electric current (e.g. during electrotherapy).
  • the impedance of an adhesive layer (e.g. hydrogel) for AC current at 1 kHz may be in the range of 1000 to 3000 Ohms, or of 1200 to 2800 Ohms, or of 1500 to 2500 Ohms.
  • the impedance of the adhesive layer (e.g. hydrogel) for AC current at 10 Hz may be in the range of 2000 to 4000 Ohms, or of 2300 to 3700 Ohms, or of 2500 to 3500 Ohms.
  • the electric conductivity of the adhesive layer at radiofrequency of 3.2 MHz may be in the range of 20 to 200 mS/m or in the range of 50 to 140 mS/m or in the range of 60 to 120 mS/m or in the range of 70 to 100 mS/m.
  • the adhesive layer may be a composition of more elements, wherein some elements may have suitable physical properties (referred to herein as adhesive elements), e.g. proper adhesive and/or conductivity and/or impedance and/or cooling properties and so on; and some elements may have nourishing properties (referred to herein as nourishing elements), e.g. may contain nutrients, and/or vitamins, and/or minerals, and/or organic and/or inorganic substances with nourishing effect, which may be delivered to the skin of the patient during the treatment.
  • the volumetric ratio of adhesive elements to nourishing elements may be in the range of 1:1 to 20:1, or of 2:1 to 10:1, or of 3:1 to 5:1, or of 5:1 to 50:1, or of 10:1 to 40:1, or of 15:1.
  • the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and a hyaluronic acid as a nourishing element. In another aspect, the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and one or more vitamins as nourishing elements. In another aspect, the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and one or more minerals as nourishing elements. In another aspect, the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and one or more minerals as nourishing elements.
  • the nourishing element may be released continuously by itself during the treatment.
  • the nourishing element may be released due to delivery of a treatment energy (e.g. radiofrequency, light, electric current or ultrasound), which may pass through the nourishing element and thus cause its release to the skin of the patient.
  • a treatment energy e.g. radiofrequency, light, electric current or ultrasound
  • the pad 4 may also have a sticker on a top side of the pad.
  • the top side is the opposite side from the underside (the side where the adhesive layer may be deposited) or in other words the top side is the side of the pad that is facing away from the patient during the treatment.
  • the sticker may have a bottom side and a top side, wherein the bottom side of the sticker may comprise a sticking layer and the top side of the sticker may comprise non-sticking layer (eg. polyimide (PI) films, Teflon®, epoxy, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamide or PE foam, PE film or PVC foam).
  • the sticker covers the top side of the pad and may also cover some sensors situated on the top side of the pad (e.g. thermal sensors).
  • the sticker may have the same shape as the pad 4 or may have additional overlap over the pad.
  • the sticker may be bonded to the pad such that the sticking layer of the bottom side of the sticker is facing toward the top side of the pad 4 .
  • the top side of the sticker facing away from the pad 4 may be made of a non-adhesive layer.
  • the linear dimension of the sticker with additional overlap may exceed the corresponding dimension of the pad in the range of 0.1 to 10 cm, or in the range of 0.1 to 7 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 5 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 3 cm, or in the range of 0.3 to 1 cm.
  • This overlap may also comprise an adhesive layer and may be used to form additional and more proper contact of the pad with the patient.
  • the thickness of the sticker may be in the range of 0.05 to 3 mm or in the range of 0.1 to 2 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 mm.
  • the top side of the sticker may have a printed inscription for easy recognition of the pad, e.g. the brand of the manufacturer or the proposed treated body area.
  • the adhesive layer, e.g. hydrogel, on the underside of the pad facing the body area of the patient may cover the whole surface of the pad and even overlap the surface of the pad and cover at least partially the overlap of the sticking layer.
  • the underside of the adhesive layer and/or the overlap of the sticker (both parts facing towards the patient) may be covered by a liner, which may be removed just before the treatment. The liner protects the adhesive layer and/or the overlap of the sticker, thus when the liner is removed the proper adhesion to the body area of the patient is ensured.
  • the pad 4 may comprise at least one suction opening, e.g. small cavities or slits adjacent to active elements or the active element may be embedded inside a cavity.
  • the suction opening may be connected via connecting tube to a pump which may be part of the main unit 2 .
  • the suction opening When the suction opening is brought into contact with the skin, the air sucked from the suction opening flows toward the connecting tube and the pump and the skin may be slightly sucked into the suction opening.
  • the pad 4 may comprise the adhesive layer and the suction openings for combined stronger adhesion.
  • the pump may also provide a positive pressure by pumping the fluid to the suction opening.
  • the positive pressure is pressure higher than atmospheric pressure and the negative pressure or vacuum is lower than atmospheric pressure.
  • Atmospheric pressure is a pressure of the air in the room during the therapy.
  • the pressure may be applied to the treatment area in pulses providing a massage treatment.
  • the massage treatment may be provided by one or more suction openings changing pressure value to the patient's soft tissue in the meaning that the suction opening apply different pressure to patient tissue.
  • the suction openings may create a pressure gradient in the soft tissue without touching the skin. Such pressure gradients may be targeted on the soft tissue layer, under the skin surface and/or to different soft tissue structure.
  • Massage accelerates and improves treatment therapy by electromagnetic energy, electric energy or electromagnetic energy which does not heat the patient, improves blood and/or lymph circulation, angioedema, erythema effect, accelerates removing of the fat, accelerate metabolism, accelerates elastogenesis and/or neocolagenesis.
  • Each suction opening may provide pressure by a suction mechanism, airflow or gas flow, liquid flow, pressure provided by an object included in the suction opening (e.g. massaging object, pressure cells etc.) and/or in other ways.
  • a suction mechanism airflow or gas flow, liquid flow, pressure provided by an object included in the suction opening (e.g. massaging object, pressure cells etc.) and/or in other ways.
  • Pressure value applied on the patient's tissue means that a suction opening providing massaging effect applies positive, negative and/or sequentially changing positive and negative pressure on the treated and/or adjoining patient's tissue structures and/or creates a pressure gradient under the patient's tissue surface
  • Massage applied in order to improve body liquid flow (e.g. lymph drainage) and/or relax tissue in the surface soft tissue layers may be applied with pressure lower than during the massage of deeper soft tissue layers.
  • Such positive or negative pressure compared to the atmospheric pressure may be in a range of 10 Pa to 30 000 Pa, or in a range of 100 Pa to 20 000 Pa or in a range of 0.5 kPa to 19 kPa or in a range of 1 kPa to 15 kPa.
  • Such positive or negative pressure may be in a range from 12 kPa to 400 kPa or from 15 kPa to 300 kPa or from 20 kPa to 200 kPa.
  • An uncomfortable feeling of too high applied pressure may be used to set a pressure threshold according to individual patient feedback.
  • Negative pressure may stimulate body liquid flow and/or relaxation of the deep soft tissue layers (0.5 cm to non-limited depth in the soft tissue) and/or layers of the soft tissue near the patient surface (0.1 mm to 0.5 cm). In order to increase effectiveness of the massage negative pressure treatment may be used followed by positive pressure treatment.
  • a number of suction openings changing pressure values on the patient's soft tissue in one pad 4 may be between 1 to 100 or between 1 to 80 or 1 to 40 or between 1 to 10.
  • suction openings may be different according to treated area.
  • One suction opening may cover an area on the patient surface between 0.1 mm 2 to 1 cm 2 or between 0.1 mm 2 to 50 mm 2 or between 0.1 mm 2 to 40 mm 2 or between 0.1 mm 2 to 20 mm 2 .
  • Another suction opening may cover an area on the patient surface between 1 cm 2 to 1 m 2 or between 1 cm 2 to 100 cm 2 or between 1 cm 2 to 50 cm 2 or between 1 cm 2 to 40 cm 2 .
  • suction openings may work simultaneously or switching between them may be in intervals between 1 ms to 10 s or in intervals between 10 ms to 5 s or in intervals between 0.5 s to 2 s.
  • Suction openings in order to provide massaging effect may be guided according to one or more predetermined massage profile included in the one or more treatment protocols.
  • the massage profile may be selected by the operator and/or by a control unit (e.g. CPU) with regard to the patient's condition.
  • a control unit e.g. CPU
  • a patient with lymphedema may require a different level of compression profile and applied pressure than a patient with a healed leg ulcer.
  • Pressure applied by one or more suction openings may be gradually applied preferably in the positive direction of the lymph flow and/or the blood flow in the veins. According to specific treatment protocols the pressure may be gradually applied in a direction opposite or different from ordinary lymph flow. Values of applied pressure during the treatment may be varied according to the treatment protocol.
  • a pressure gradient may arise between individual suction openings. Examples of gradients described are not limited for this method and/or device.
  • the setting of the pressure gradient between at least two previous and successive suction openings may be: 0%, i.e.
  • the applied pressure by suction openings is the same (e.g. pressure in all suction openings of the pad is the same);
  • 1% i.e.
  • the applied pressure between a previous and a successive suction opening decreases and/or increases with a gradient of 1% (e.g. the pressure in the first suction opening is 5 kPa and the pressure in the successive suction opening is 4.95 kPa);
  • the pressure decreases or increases with a gradient of 2%.
  • the pressure gradient between two suction openings may be in a range 0% to 100% where 100% means that one suction openings is not active and/or does not apply any pressure on the patient's soft tissue.
  • a treatment protocol that controls the application of the pressure gradient between a previous and a successive suction opening may be in a range between 0.1% to 95%, or in a range between 0.1% to 70%, or in a range between 1% to 50%.
  • the suction opening may also comprise an impacting massage object powered by a piston, massage object operated by filling or sucking out liquid or air from the gap volume by an inlet/outlet valve or massage object powered by an element that creates an electric field, magnetic field or electromagnetic field.
  • the massage may be provided by impacting of multiple massage objects.
  • the multiple massage objects may have the same or different size, shape, weight or may be created from the same or different materials.
  • the massage objects may be accelerated by air or liquid flowing (through the valve) or by an electric, magnetic or electromagnetic field. Trajectory of the massage objects may be random, circular, linear and/or massage objects may rotate around one or more axes, and/or may do other types of moves in the gap volume.
  • the massage unit may also comprise a membrane on the side facing the patient which may be accelerated by an electric, magnetic, electromagnetic field or by changing pressure value in the gap volume between wall of the chamber and the membrane. This membrane may act as the massage object.
  • pads with adhesive layer and pads with suction openings it may be convenient to use a combination of pads with adhesive layer and pads with suction openings.
  • at least one pad used during the treatment may comprise adhesive layer and at least additional one pad used during the treatment may comprise suction opening.
  • pad with adhesive layer may be suited for treatment of more uneven areas, e.g. periorbital area, and pad with suction openings for treatment of smoother areas, e.g. cheeks.
  • the advantage of the device where the attachment of the pads may be provided by an adhesion layer or by a suction opening or their combination is that there is no need of any additional gripping system which would be necessary to hold the pads on the treatment area during the treatment, e.g. a band or a felt, which may cause a discomfort of the patient.
  • the flexible pads 4 fasten the flexible pads 4 to the face by at least one band or felt which may be made from an elastic material and thus adjusted for an individual face.
  • the flexible pads which may have not the adhesive layer or suction opening, are placed on the treatment area of the patient and their position is then fastened by a band or felt to avoid deflection of the pads from the treatment areas.
  • the band may be replaced by a mask, e.g. an elastic mask that covers from 5% to 100% or from 30% to 99% or from 40% to 95% or from 50% to 90% of the face and may serve to secure the flexible pads on the treatment areas.
  • the mask may be rigid or semi rigid.
  • the mask may contain one connecting part comprising conductive leads which then distributes the conductive leads to specific pads. Furthermore, it may be possible to use the combination of the pad with adhesive layer or suction opening and the fastening band, felt or mask to ensure strong attachment of the pads on the treatment areas.
  • the fastening mechanism may be in the form of a textile or a garment which may be mountable on a user's body part.
  • a surface of the active element or pad 4 lays along an inner surface of the garment, while the opposite surface of the active element or pad 4 is in contact with the user's skin, preferably by means of a skin-active element hydrogel interface.
  • the garment may be fastened for securement of the garment to or around a user's body part, e.g. by hook and loop fastener, button, buckle, stud, leash or cord, magnetic-guided locking system or clamping band and the garment may be manufactured with flexible materials or fabrics that adapt to the shape of the user's body or limb.
  • the pad 4 may be in the same way configured to be fastened to the inner surface of the garment.
  • the garment is preferably made of breathable materials. Non limiting examples of such materials are soft Neoprene, Nylon, polyurethane, polyester, polyamide, polypropylene, silicone, cotton or any other material which is soft and flexible. All named materials could be used as woven, non-woven, single use fabric or laminated structures.
  • the garment and the pad may be modular system, which means module or element of the device (pad, garment) and/or system is designed separately and independently from the rest of the modules or elements, at the same time that they are compatible with each other.
  • the pad 4 may be designed to be attached to or in contact with the garment, thus being carried by the garment in a stationary or fixed condition, in such a way that the pads are disposed on fixed positions of the garment.
  • the garment ensures the correct adhesion or disposition of the pad to the user's skin.
  • the surface of one or more active elements not in contact with the garment is in contact with the patient's skin, preferably by means of a hydrogel layer that acts as pad-skin interface. Therefore, the active elements included in the pad are in contact with the patient's skin.
  • the optimal placement of the pad on the patient's body part, and therefore the garment which carries the pad having the active elements, is determined by a technician or clinician helping the patient.
  • the garment may comprise more than one pad or the patient may wear more than one garment comprising one or more pads during one treatment session.
  • the pad 4 may contain at least one active element 13 capable of delivering energy from primary electromagnetic generator 6 or secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10 .
  • the active element is an electrode, an optical element, an acoustic window, an ultrasound emitter, or other energy delivering elements known in the art.
  • the electrode may be a radiofrequency (RF) electrode.
  • the RF electrode may be a dielectric electrode coated with insulating (e.g. dielectric) material.
  • the RF electrode may be monopolar, bipolar, unipolar or multipolar.
  • the bipolar arrangement may consist of electrodes that alternate between active and return function and where the thermal gradient beneath electrodes is almost the same during treatment. Bipolar electrodes may form circular or ellipsoidal shapes, where electrodes are concentric to each other.
  • a group of bipolar electrode systems may be used as well.
  • a unipolar electrode or one or more multipolar electrodes may be used as well.
  • the system may alternatively use monopolar electrodes, where the so-called return electrode (or neutral electrode or ground electrode or grounding electrode) has larger area than so-called active electrode. The thermal gradient beneath the active electrode is therefore higher than beneath the return electrode.
  • the active electrode may be part of the pad and the passive electrode having larger surface area may be located at least 5 cm, 10 cm, or 20 cm from the pad.
  • a neutral electrode may be used as the passive electrode.
  • the neutral electrode may be on the opposite side of the patient's body than the pad is attached.
  • a unipolar electrode may also optionally be used.
  • Radiofrequency energy may provide energy flux on the surface of the RF electrode or on the surface of the treated tissue (e.g. skin) in the range of 0.001 W/cm 2 to 1500 W/cm 2 or 0.01 W/cm 2 to 1000 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 500 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 100 W/cm 2 or 1 W/cm 2 to 50 W/cm 2 .
  • the energy flux on the surface of the RF electrode may be calculated from the size of the RF electrode and its output value of the energy.
  • the energy flux on the surface of the treated tissue may be calculated from the size of the treated tissue exactly below the RF electrode and its input value of the energy provided by the RF electrode.
  • the RF electrode positioned in the pad 4 may act as an acoustic window for ultrasound energy.
  • the active element 13 may provide a secondary energy from secondary generator 9 in the form of an electric current or a magnetic field.
  • muscle fibers stimulation e.g. muscle contractions
  • muscle fibers stimulation may be achieved and thus increasing muscle tone, muscle strengthening, restoration of feeling the muscle, relaxation of the musculature and/or stretching musculature.
  • the proposed device may provide an electrotherapy in case that the secondary energy delivered by the active element 13 (e.g a radiofrequency electrode or simply referred just as an electrode) is the electric current generated by the secondary generator 9 .
  • the main effects of electrotherapy are: analgesic, myorelaxation, iontophoresis, anti-edematous effect or muscle stimulation causing a muscle fiber contraction.
  • Each of these effects may be achieved by one or more types of electrotherapy: galvanic current, pulse direct current and alternating current.
  • Galvanic current is a current that may have constant electric current and/or absolute value of the electric current is in every moment higher than 0. It may be used mostly for iontophoresis, or its trophic stimulation (hyperemic) effect is utilized. At the present invention this current may be often substituted by galvanic intermittent current. Additionally, galvanic component may be about 95% but due to interruption of the originally continuous intensity the frequency may reach 5-12 kHz or 5-10 kHz or 5-9 kHz or 5-8 kHz.
  • the pulse direct current (DC) is of variable intensity but only one polarity.
  • the basic pulse shape may vary. It includes e.g. diadynamics, rectangular, triangular and exponential pulse of one polarity. Depending on the used frequency and intensity it may have stimulatory, tropic, analgesic, myorelaxation, iontophoresis, at least partial muscle contraction and anti-edematous effect and/or other.
  • Alternating Current where the basic pulse shape may vary—rectangular, triangular, harmonic sinusoidal, exponential and/or other shapes and/or combination of mentioned above. It can be alternating, symmetric and/or asymmetric. Use of alternating currents in contact electrotherapy implies much lower stress on the tissue under the electrode. For these types of currents the capacitive component of skin resistance is involved, and due to that these currents are very well tolerated by the patients.
  • AC therapies may be differentiated into five subtypes: TENS, Classic (four-pole) Interference, Two-pole Interference, Isoplanar Interference and Dipole Vector Field. It also exist some specific electrotherapy energy variants and modularity of period, shape of the energy etc.
  • different nerves and tissue structures by medium frequency may be stimulated in a range of 500 Hz to 12 kHz or in a range of 500 Hz to 8 kHz, or 500 Hz to 6 kHz, creating pulse envelopes with frequencies for stimulation of the nerves and tissues e.g. sympathetic nerves (0.1-5 Hz), parasympathetic nerves (10-150 Hz), motor nerves (10-50 Hz), smooth muscle (0.1-10 Hz), sensor nerves (90-100 Hz) nociceptive fibers (90-150 Hz).
  • sympathetic nerves 0.1-5 Hz
  • parasympathetic nerves (10-150 Hz
  • motor nerves (10-50 Hz
  • smooth muscle 0.1-10 Hz
  • sensor nerves 90-100 Hz
  • nociceptive fibers 90-150 Hz
  • Electrotherapy may provide stimulus with currents of frequency in the range from 0.1 Hz to 12 kHz or in the range from 0.1 Hz to 8 kHz or in the range from 0.1 Hz to 6 kHz.
  • Muscle fiber stimulation by electrotherapy may be important during and/or as a part of the RF treatment. Muscle stimulation increases blood flow and lymph circulation. It may improve removing of treated cells and/or prevent of hot spots creation. Moreover internal massage stimulation of adjoining tissues improves homogeneity of tissue and dispersing of the delivered energy.
  • the muscle fiber stimulation by electrotherapy may cause muscle contractions, which may lead to improvement of a visual appearance of the patient through muscle firming and strenghtening, Another beneficial effect is for example during fat removing with the RF therapy.
  • RF therapy may change structure of the fat tissue.
  • the muscle fiber stimulation may provide internal massage, which may be for obese patient more effective than classical massage.
  • Muscle stimulation may be provided by e.g. intermittent direct currents, alternating currents (medium-frequency and TENS currents), faradic current as a method for multiple stimulation and/or others.
  • Frequency of the currents may be in the range from 0.1 Hz to 1500 Hz or from 0.1 to 1000 Hz or from 0.1 Hz to 500 Hz or from 0.1 to 300 Hz.
  • Frequency of the current envelope is typically in the range from 0.1 Hz to 500 Hz or from 0.1 to 250 Hz or from 0.1 Hz to 150 Hz or from 0.1 to 140 Hz.
  • the electrostimulation may be provided in a combined manner where various treatments with various effects may be achieved.
  • the electromagnetic energy with the electrostimulation may be dosed in trains of pulses of electric current where the first train of electrostimulation may achieve different effect than second or other successive train of stimulation. Therefore, the treatment may provide muscle fibers stimulation or muscle contractions followed by relaxation, during continual or pulsed radiofrequency thermal heating provided by electromagnetic energy provided by electromagnetic energy generator.
  • the electrostimulation may be provided by monopolar, unipolar, bipolar or multipolar mode.
  • Absolute value of voltage between the electrotherapy electrodes operated in bipolar, multipolar mode (electric current flow between more than two electrodes) and/or provided to at least one electrotherapy electrode may be in a range between 0.8 V and 10 kV; or in a range between 1 V and 1 kV; or in a range between 1 V and 300 V or in a range between 1 V and 100 V or in a range between 10 V and 80 V or in a range between 20 V and 60 V or in a range between 30 V and 50 V.
  • the absolute value of voltage between the electrotherapy electrodes operated in bipolar, multiplar mode and/or provided to at least one electrotherapy electrode may be determined based on a measurement across a 500 Ohm load.
  • Current density of electrotherapy for a non-galvanic current may be in a range between 0.1 mA/cm 2 and 150 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm 2 and 100 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm 2 and 50 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm 2 and 20 mA/cm 2 ; for a galvanic current may be preferably in a range between 0.05 mA/cm 2 and 3 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm 2 and 1 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 0.01 mA/cm 2 and 0.5 mA/cm 2 .
  • the current density may be calculated on the surface of the electrode providing the electrotherapy to the patient.
  • the current density of electrotherapy for a non-galvanic current may be in a range between 0.1 mA/cm 2 and 200 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 0.5 mA/cm 2 and 150 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 1 mA/cm 2 and 120 mA/cm 2 , or in a range between 5 mA/cm 2 and 100 mA/cm 2 .
  • two or more electrodes may be used. If polarity of at least one electrode has a non-zero value in a group of the electrodes during bipolar mode, the group of the electrodes has to include at least one electrode with opposite polarity value. Absolute values of both electrode polarities may or may not be equal.
  • bipolar electrostimulation mode stimulating signal passes through the tissue between electrodes with opposite polarities.
  • a distance between two electrodes operating in bipolar mode may be in a range between 0.1 mm and 4 cm or in a range between 0.2 mm to 3 cm or in a range between 0.5 mm and 2 cm or in a range between 1 mm and 1 cm or in the range of 0.1 cm and 40 cm or in a range between 1 cm and 30 cm, or in the range between 1 cm and 20 cm, wherein the distance is between the two closest points of two electrodes operating in bipolar mode.
  • During monopolar electrotherapy mode stimulating signal may be induced by excitement of action potential by changing polarity of one electrode that change polarization in the nerve fiber and/or neuromuscular plague.
  • one of the bipolar or monopolar electrotherapy mode may be used or bipolar or monopolar electrotherapy mode may be combined.
  • the ultrasound emitters may provide focused or defocused ultrasound energy.
  • the ultrasound energy may be transferred to the tissue through an acoustic window.
  • the output power of the ultrasound energy on the surface of the active element 13 may be less than or equal to 20 W or 15 W or 10 W or 5 W.
  • Ultrasound energy may provide energy flux on the surface of the active element 13 or on the surface of the treated tissue (e.g. skin) in the range of 0.001 W/cm 2 to 250 W/cm 2 , or in the range of 0.005 W/cm 2 to 50 W/cm 2 , or in the range of 0.01 W/cm 2 to 25 W/cm 2 , or in the range of 0.05 W/cm 2 to 20 W/cm 2 .
  • the treatment depth of ultrasound energy may be in the range of 0.1 mm to 100 mm or 0.2 mm to 50 mm or 0.25 mm to 25 mm or 0.3 mm to 15 mm. At a depth of 5 mm the ultrasound energy may provide an energy flux in the range of 0.01 W/cm 2 to 20 W/cm 2 or 0.05 W/cm 2 to 15 W/cm 2 .
  • An ultrasound beam may have a beam non-uniformity ratio (RBN) in the range of 0.1 to 20 or 2 to 15 to 4 to 10. In addition, an ultrasound beam may have a beam non-uniformity ratio below 15 or below 10.
  • An ultrasound beam may be divergent, convergent and/or collimated.
  • the ultrasound energy may be transferred to the tissue through an acoustic window. It is possible that the electrode may act as the acoustic window. Furthermore, the ultrasound emitter 10 may be a part of the active element 13 , thus ultrasound emitter 10 may be a part of the pad 4 .
  • the active elements 13 may be capable of delivering energy from primary electromagnetic generator 6 or secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10 simultaneously (at the same time) successively or in an overlapping method or in any combination thereof.
  • the active element 13 e.g. electrode
  • the active element 13 may be capable of delivering radiofrequency energy and electric current sequentially, which may mean that firstly the active element 13 may provide primary electromagnetic energy generated by the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and subsequently the active element 13 may provide the secondary energy generated by the secondary generator 9 .
  • the active element 13 may e.g. apply radiofrequency energy to the tissue of the patient and then the same active element 13 may apply e.g. electrical current to the tissue of the patient.
  • Pad 4 may further comprise thermal sensors 15 enabling temperature control during the therapy, providing feedback to control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 , enabling adjustment of treatment parameters of each active element and providing information to the operator.
  • the thermal sensor 15 may be a contact sensor, contactless sensor (e.g. infrared temperature sensor) or invasive sensor (e.g. a thermocouple) for precise temperature measurement of deep layers of skin, e.g. epidermis, dermis or hypodermis.
  • the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may also use algorithms to calculate the deep or upper-most temperatures.
  • a temperature feedback system may control the temperature and based on set or pre-set limits alert the operator in human perceptible form, e.g. on the human machine interface 8 or via indicators 17 .
  • the device may be configured to adjust one or more treatment parameters, e.g. output power, switching mode, pulse length, etc. or stop the treatment.
  • a human perceptible alert may be a sound, alert message shown on human machine interface 8 or indicators 17 or change of color of any part of the interconnecting block 3 or pad 4 .
  • the pad may comprise at least one electromyography (EMG) sensing electrode configured to monitor, to record or to evaluate the electrical activity produced by skeletal muscles (e.g. twitch or contraction) in response to delivered energy (e.g. electric current).
  • EMG electromyography
  • the at least one EMG sensing electrode being disposed on the pad may be electrically insulated from the active elements (e.g. electrodes used for treatment).
  • An electromyograph detects the electric potential generated by muscle cells when these cells are electrically or neurologically activated.
  • the signals can be analyzed to detect abnormalities, activation level, or recruitment order, or to analyze the biomechanics of the patient's movement.
  • the EMG may be one of a surface EMG or an intramuscular EMG.
  • the surface EMG can be recorded by a pair of electrodes or by a more complex array of multiple electrodes. EMG recordings display the potential difference (voltage difference) between two separate electrodes. Alternatively the active elements, e.g. electrodes, may be used for EMG.
  • the intramuscular EMG may be recorded by one (monopolar) or more needle electrodes. This may be a fine wire inserted into a muscle with a surface electrode as a reference; or more fine wires inserted into muscle referenced to each other. Muscle tissue at rest is normally electrically inactive. After the electrical activity caused by delivered energy (e.g. electric current), action potentials begin to appear. As the strength of a muscle contraction is increased, more and more muscle fibers produce action potentials. When the muscle is fully contracted, a disorderly group of action potentials of varying rates and amplitudes should appear (a complete recruitment and interference pattern).
  • delivered energy e.g. electric current
  • the pad may also comprise at least one capacitive sensor for measurement of the proper contact of the pad with the patient.
  • the capacitive sensor may be connected to at least two complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) integrated circuit (IC) chips, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) controller and a digital signal processor (DSP) which may be part of the control unit.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • the capacitive sensor may detect and measure the skin based on the different dielectric properties than the air, thus when the pad is detached from the patient a change in the signal may be detected and further processed by the control unit.
  • the capacitance sensor may be configured in a surface capacitance or in a projected capacitance configuration. For better information about the contact and for higher safety, a single pad may comprise 3 to 30 or 4 to 20 or 5 to 18 or 6 to 16 or 7 to 14 capacitance sensors.
  • Memory 12 may include, for example, information about the type and shape of the pad 4 , its remaining lifetime, or the time of therapy that has already been performed with the pad.
  • the memory may also provide information about the manufacturer of the pad or information about the designated area of use on the body of the patient.
  • the memory may include RFID, MRAM, resistors, or pins.
  • Neutral electrode 7 may ensure proper radiofrequency energy distribution within the patient's body for mono-polar radiofrequency systems.
  • the neutral electrode 7 is attached to the patient's skin prior to each therapy so that the energy may be distributed between active element 13 (e.g. electrode) and neutral electrode 7 .
  • active element 13 e.g. electrode
  • neutral electrode 7 represents an optional block of the apparatus 1 as any type of radiofrequency system can be integrated.
  • device 1 may include one or more sensors.
  • the sensor may provide information about at least one physical quantity and its measurement may lead to feedback which may be displayed by human machine interface 8 or indicators 17 .
  • the one or more sensors may be used for sensing delivered electromagnetic energy, impedance of the skin, resistance of the skin, temperature of the treated skin, temperature of the untreated skin, temperature of at least one layer of the skin, water content of the device, the phase angle of delivered or reflected energy, the position of the active elements 13 , the position of the interconnecting block 3 , temperature of the cooling media, temperature of the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and secondary generator 9 and ultrasound emitter 10 or contact with the skin.
  • the sensor may be a thermal, acoustic, vibration, electric, magnetic, flow, positional, optical, imaging, pressure, force, energy flux, impedance, current, Hall or proximity sensor.
  • the sensor may be a capacitive displacement sensor, acoustic proximity sensor, gyroscope, accelerometer, magnetometer, infrared camera or thermographic camera.
  • the sensor may be invasive or contactless.
  • the sensor may be located on or in the pad 4 , in the main unit 2 , in the interconnecting block 3 or may be a part of a thermal sensor 15 .
  • One sensor may measure more than one physical quantity.
  • the sensor may include a combination of a gyroscope, an accelerometer and/or a magnetometer. Additionally, the sensor may measure one or more physical quantities of the treated skin or untreated skin.
  • a resistance sensor may measure skin resistance, because skin resistance may vary for different patients, as well as the humidity—wetness and sweat may influence the resistance and therefore the behavior of the skin in the energy field. Based on the measured skin resistance, the skin impedance may also be calculated.
  • Information from one or more sensors may be used for generation of a pathway on a model e.g. a model of the human body shown on a display of human machine interface 8 .
  • the pathway may illustrate a surface or volume of already treated tissue, presently treated tissue, tissue to be treated, or untreated tissue.
  • a model may show a temperature map of the treated tissue providing information about the already treated tissue or untreated tissue.
  • the sensor may provide information about the location of bones, inflamed tissue or joints. Such types of tissue may not be targeted by electromagnetic energy due to the possibility of painful treatment. Bones, joints or inflamed tissue may be detected by any type of sensor such as an imaging sensor (ultrasound sensor, IR sensor), impedance sensor, and the like. A detected presence of these tissue types may cause general human perceptible signals or interruption of generation of electromagnetic energy. Bones may be detected by a change of impedance of the tissue or by analysis of reflected electromagnetic energy.
  • the patient's skin over at least one treatment portion may be pre-cooled to a selected temperature for a selected duration, the selected temperature and duration for pre-cooling may be sufficient to cool the skin to at least a selected temperature below normal body temperature.
  • the skin may be cooled to at least the selected temperature to a depth below the at least one depth for the treatment portions so that the at least one treatment portion is substantially surrounded by cooled skin.
  • the cooling may continue during the application of energy, and the duration of the application of energy may be greater than the thermal relaxation time of the treatment portions.
  • Cooling may be provided by any known mechanism including water cooling, sprayed coolant, presence of an active solid cooling element (e.g. thermoelectric cooler) or air flow cooling.
  • a cooling element may act as an optical element.
  • the cooling element may be a spacer. Cooling may be provided during, before or after the treatment with electromagnetic energy. Cooling before treatment may also provide an environment for sudden heat shock, while cooling after treatment may provide faster regeneration after heat shock.
  • the temperature of the coolant may be in the range of ⁇ 200° C. to 36° C.
  • the temperature of the cooling element during the treatment may be in the range of ⁇ 80° C. to 36° C. or ⁇ 70° C. to 35° C. or ⁇ 60° C. to 34° C. or ⁇ 20° C. to 30° C. or 0° C. to 27° C. or 5° C. to 25° C.
  • cryogenic spray cooling gas flow or other non-contact cooling techniques may be utilized.
  • a cooling gel on the skin surface might also be utilized, either in addition to or instead of, one of the cooling techniques indicated above.
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B show different shapes and layouts of pad 4 used by an apparatus for contact therapy.
  • Pads 4 comprise at least one active element 13 (e.g. electrode) and may be available in various shapes and layouts so that they may cover a variety of different treatment areas and accommodate individual patient needs, e.g. annular, semicircular, elliptical, oblong, square, rectangular, trapezoidal, polygonal or formless (having no regular form or shape).
  • the shapes and layouts of the pad 4 may be shaped to cover at least part of one or more of the periorbital area, the forehead (including frown lines), the jaw line, the perioral area (including Marionette lines, perioral lines—so called smoker lines, nasolabial folds, lips and chin), cheeks or submentum, etc.
  • the shape of the pad 4 and distribution, size and number of active elements 13 may differ depending on the area being treated, e.g. active elements 13 inside the pad 4 may be in one line, two lines, three lines, four lines or multiple lines.
  • the pad 4 with active elements 13 may be arranged into various shapes, e.g. in a line, where the centers of at least two active elements 13 lie in one straight line, while any additional center of an active element 13 may lie in the same or different lines inside the pad 4 .
  • the pad 4 may be used to treat at least partially neck, bra fat, love handles, torso, back, abdomen, buttocks, thighs, calves, legs, arms, forearms, hands, fingers or body cavities (e.g. vagina, anus, mouth, inner ear etc.).
  • body cavities e.g. vagina, anus, mouth, inner ear etc.
  • the pad 4 may have a rectangular, oblong, square, trapezoidal form, or of the form of a convex or concave polygon wherein the pad 4 may have at least two different inner angles of the convex or concave polygon structure. Additionally, the pad 4 may form at least in part the shape of a conic section (also called conic), e.g. circle, ellipse, parabola or hyperbola.
  • a conic section also called conic
  • the pad 4 may have at least in part one, two, three, four, five or more curvatures of a shape of an arc with the curvature k in the range of 0.002 to 10 mm ⁇ 1 or in the range of 0.004 to 5 mm ⁇ 1 or in the range of 0.005 to 3 mm ⁇ 1 or in the range of 0.006 to 2 mm ⁇ 1 .
  • the pad 4 may have at least one, two, three, four, five or more arcs with the curvature k or may have at least two different inner angles of a convex or concave polygon structure, and may be suitable for the treatment of chin, cheeks, submental area (e.g. “banana shape 1” 4 .
  • the “banana shape” pad 4 . 2 or 4 . 4 may have a convex-concave shape, which means that one side is convex and the opposite side is concave, that occupies at least 5% to 50% or 10% to 60% or 15% to 70% or 20% to 90% of a total circumference of the pad 4 seen from above, wherein the shortest distance between the endpoints 4 . 21 a and 4 .
  • the “horseshoe shape” 4 . 3 seen from above may have the convex-concave shape that occupies at least 15% to 50% or 20% to 60% or 25% to 70% or 30% to 90% of its total circumference, wherein the shortest distance between the endpoints 4 . 31 a and 4 . 31 b of the “horseshoe shape” pad 4 . 3 (dashed line in FIG.
  • the total length of the center curve may be in the range of 0.1 to 30 cm or in the range of 0.5 to 25 cm or in the range of 1 to 20 cm.
  • the center curve may have at least in part circular, elliptical, parabolic, hyperbolic, exponential, convex or concave curve such that the straight line connecting endpoint of the pad 4 with the middle point of the center curve forms an angle alpha with the tangent of the middle of the center curve.
  • the angle alpha may be in a range of 0.1° to 179° or in a range of 0.2° to 170° or in a range of 0.5° to 160° or in a range of 10 to 150°.
  • the pad 4 whose shape has at least two concave arcs with the curvature k or has at least two concave inner angles of the polygon structure may be suitable for the treatment of the forehead like the “T shape” 4 . 1 in FIG. 3A .
  • the “T shape” 4 . 1 may be also characterized by the arrangement of the active elements 13 where the centers of at least two active elements 13 lie in one straight line and center of at least one additional element 13 lies in a different line.
  • FIG. 3C Another possible non-limiting configuration of the pad 4 used for the treatment of the forehead is depicted in FIG. 3C .
  • a forehead pad (pad 4 used for treatment of the forehead) my contain two lines of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes)—active elements 13 a - 13 f as shown in FIG. 3C , wherein the active elements 13 a - 13 f in one line may be at least partially separated by slots 43 for better flexibility of the pad 4 .
  • a first line of active elements comprises active elements (e.g. electrodes) depicted in the dotted box 131 a in FIG. 3C —active elements 13 d , 13 e and 13 f .
  • the second line of active elements (e.g.
  • Such pad 4 may have a shape that has a total number of convex and/or concave arcs in a range of 14 to 36 or in a range of 18 to 32 or in a range of 20 to 30 or in a range of 22 to 28 with a curvature k.
  • the pad 4 may have a number of concave inner angles in a range of 2 to 20 or in a range of 5 to 17 or in a range of 7 to 15 or in a range of 9 to 13, or the pad 4 may have a number of convex inner angles in a range of 2 to 20 or in a range of 5 to 17 or in a range of 10 to 16 or in a range of 11 to 15.
  • FIG. 3C also shows the sticker 44 on a top side of the pad 4 .
  • the top side is the opposite side from the underside (the side where the adhesive layer or the active elements may be deposited on the substrate of the pad 4 ) or in other words, the top side is the side of the pad 4 that is facing away from the patient during the treatment.
  • the sticker may have a bottom side and a top side, wherein the bottom side of the sticker may comprise a sticking layer and the top side of the sticker may comprise a non-sticking layer (eg. polyimide (PI) films, Teflon®, epoxy, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamide or PE foam).
  • PI polyimide
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PE foam polyamide
  • the sticker may have the same shape as the pad 4 with an additional overlap over the pad 4 .
  • the overlap is hatched in FIG. 3C .
  • the sticker may be bonded to the pad 4 such that the sticking layer of the bottom side of the sticker is facing toward the top side of the pad 4 .
  • the overlap of the sticker may exceed the pad 4 in the range of 0.1 to 10 cm, or in the range of 0.1 to 7 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 5 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 3 cm, or in the range of 0.3 to 1 cm.
  • This overlap may also comprise an adhesive layer and may be used to form additional and more proper contact of the pad 4 with the patient.
  • the forehead pad may comprise edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)— 13 a , 13 c , 13 d and 13 f in FIG. 3C and middle active elements (e.g. electrodes)— 13 b and 13 e in FIG. 3C .
  • the forehead pad 4 may be divided into an upper side —active elements (e.g. electrodes) in box 131 a ; and bottom side—active elements (e.g. electrodes) in box 131 b as well as a left side—active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 a and 13 f , and a right side—active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 c and 13 d .
  • Edge active elements e.g.
  • Electrodes)— 13 a , 13 c , 13 d and 13 f in the forehead pad 4 depicted in FIG. 3C may have a surface area in the range of 1 to 10 cm 2 or in the range of 2 to 6.5 cm 2 or in the range of 2.3 to 6 cm 2 or in the range of 2.5 to 5.5 cm 2 , which may be the same for all edge active elements.
  • the middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 b and 13 e in FIG. 3C may have a larger surface area than the edge active elements (e.g. electrodes), wherein the surface area of the middle active elements (e.g.
  • each active element e.g. electrode
  • each active element may have a different surface area.
  • the ratio of a surface area of one middle active element (e.g. electrode) to a surface area of one edge active element (e.g. electrode) on the forehead pad may be in a range of 0.8 to 2.5 or in a range of 1 to 2.3 or in a range of 1.1 to 2.2.
  • the distance d edge between the closest points of the bottom edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)—active elements 13 a and 13 c in the FIG. 3C or the upper edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)— 13 d and 13 f in the FIG. 3C may be in the range of 2 to 8 cm or in the range of 3 to 7 cm or in the range of 4 to 6 cm or in the range of 4.5 to 5.5 cm.
  • the distance between the upper edge active elements (e.g. electrodes) and the distance between the bottom edge active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be the same.
  • the distance d vert between the closest points of the upper active elements (e.g. electrodes) and the bottom active elements (e.g. electrodes) on one side (left, middle, right)—active elements 13 a and 13 f or active elements 13 b and 13 e or active elements 13 c and 13 d in FIG. 3C may be in the range of 0.5 to 20 mm or in the range of 1 to 10 mm or in the range of 1.5 to 6 mm or in the range of 2 to 5 mm.
  • the distance d vert may be the same for the left, middle and right active elements.
  • Such distances are optimized to effectively treat the Frontalis muscle or Procerus muscle during the treatment.
  • the edge active elements e.g. electrodes— 13 a , 13 c , 13 d and 13 f in FIG. 3C are used for treatment of Frontalis muscle and/or Corrugator supercilii and the middle active elements (e.g. electrodes)— 13 b and 13 e in FIG. 3C are used for treatment of Procerus muscle.
  • the forehead pad (pad 4 used for treatment of the forehead) in FIG. 3C also shows a possible arrangement of the bottom middle part of the pad 4 comprising the bottom middle active element (e.g. electrode)— 13 b .
  • the pad 4 may comprise a convex protrusion 4 p and/or concave depression in the bottom middle part.
  • the active element 13 b may be designed in a shape proximate to an oblong or rectangular shape with a convex protrusion 13 p and/or concave depression in the middle of the bottom part of the active element 13 b copying a shape of the pad 4 with the protrusion 4 p and/or depression of the pad.
  • This protrusion 4 p and/or depression may serve as a focus point for a correct coupling of the pad 4 to the forehead area of the patient, wherein the protrusion 4 p and/or depression should be aligned with the middle of the nose of the patient (e.g. in the middle of Procerus muscle) and at the same time the bottom edge of the pad 4 should be coupled slightly over the eyebrows of the patient.
  • middle active elements e.g. electrodes
  • active elements 13 g , 13 h , 13 i and 13 j may be separated on the substrate and the distance d mid between the closest points of two neighboring middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be in the range of 0.5 to 5 mm or in the range of 0.8 to 3 mm or in the range of 1 to 2.5 mm or in the range of 1.2 to 2.3 mm.
  • the left cheek pad (the pad 4 used for the treatment of the left cheek) depicted in FIG.
  • the middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 g , 13 h , 13 i and 13 j in FIG. 3D may have a surface area in the range of 1 to 15 cm 2 or in the range of 2 to 8 cm 2 or in the range of 2.5 to 6 cm 2 or in the range of 3 to 5 cm 2 .
  • the edge active elements e.g.
  • electrodes 13 k , 13 l and 13 m may have a surface area in the range of 1 to 20 cm 2 or in the range of 2 to 10 cm 2 or in the range of 2.5 to 8 cm 2 or in the range of 3.5 to 7 cm 2 .
  • the ratio of a surface area of the edge active element (e.g. electrode)—one of 13 k , 13 l or 13 m , to a surface area of the middle active element (e.g. electrode)—one of 13 g , 13 h , 13 i or 13 j in FIG. 3D may be in a range of 0.5 to 3 or in a range of 0.8 to 2.5 or in a range of 1 to 2 or in a range of 1 to 1.8.
  • the middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 g , 13 h , 13 i and 13 j in FIG. 3D are optimally configured to treat the Buccinator, Risorius, Zygomaticus and/or Masseter muscle.
  • the middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 g , 13 h , 13 i and 13 j in FIG. 3D are optimally configured to treat the Platysma, Depressor and/or Lavator labii superioris muscles.
  • the pad 4 used for the treatment of the right cheek may be symmetrically arranged to the left cheek pad 4 depicted in FIG. 3D .
  • Pads may have different sizes with the surface areas ranging from 0.1 to 150 cm 2 or from 0.2 to 125 cm 2 or from 0.5 to 100 cm 2 or in the range of 1 to 50 cm 2 or in the range of 10 to 50 cm 2 or in the range of 15 to 47 cm 2 or in the range of 18 to 45 cm 2 .
  • the pad may occupy approximately 1 to 99% or 1 to 80% or 1 to 60% or 1 to 50% of the face.
  • the number of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within a single pad 4 ranges from 1 to 100 or from 1 to 80 or from 1 to 60 or from 2-20 or from 3 to 10 or from 4 to 9.
  • a thickness at least in a part of the pad 4 may be in the range of 0.01 to 15 mm or in the range of 0.02 to 10 mm or in the range of 0.05 to 7 mm or in the range of 0.1 to 2 mm.
  • the pads 4 may have a shape that at least partially replicates the shape of galea aponeurotica, procerus, levatar labii superioris alaeque nasi, nasalis, lavator labii superioris, zygomaticus minor, zygomaticus major, levator angulis oris, risorius, platysma, depressor anguli oris, depressor labii inferioris, occipitofrontalis (frontal belly), currugator supercilii, orbicularis oculi, buccinator, masseter, orbicularis oris or mentalis muscle when the pad 4 is attached to the surface of the patient skin.
  • the pad 4 may be characterized by at least one aforementioned aspect or by a combination of more than one aforementioned aspect or by a combination of all aforementioned aspects.
  • the electromagnetic energy generator 6 or the secondary generator 9 inside the main case may generate an electromagnetic or secondary energy (e.g. electric current) which may be delivered via a conductive lead to at least one active element 13 (e.g. electrode) attached to the skin, respectively.
  • the active element 13 may deliver energy through its entire surface or by means of a so-called fractional arrangement.
  • Active element 13 may be an active electrode in a monopolar, unipolar, bipolar or multipolar radiofrequency system. In the monopolar radiofrequency system, energy is delivered between an active electrode (active element 13 ) and a neutral electrode 7 with a much larger surface area. Due to mutual distance and difference between the surface area of the active and neutral electrode, energy is concentrated under the active electrode enabling it to heat the treated area.
  • the energy may be delivered with the frequency in the range of 100 kHz to 550 MHz or in the range of 200 kHz to 300 MHz or in the range of 250 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 300 kHz to 50 MHz or in the range of 350 kHz to 14 MHz.
  • the unipolar, bipolar or multipolar radiofrequency system there is no need for neutral electrode 7 .
  • energy is delivered between two and multiple active electrodes with similar surface area, respectively. The distance between these electrodes determines the depth of energy penetration.
  • the unipolar radiofrequency system only a single active electrode is incorporated and energy is delivered to the tissue and environment surrounding the active electrode.
  • the distance between the two nearest active elements 13 (e.g. the nearest neighboring sides of electrodes) in one pad 4 may be in the range of 0.1 to 100 mm or in the range of 0.3 to 70 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 60 mm or in the range of 0.7 to 30 mm or in the range of 1 to 10 mm or in the range of 1 to 5 mm.
  • the distance between the two nearest neighboring sides of the electrodes may mean the distance between the two nearest points of neighboring electrodes.
  • a distance between the nearest point of the active element 13 (e.g. electrode) and the nearest edge of the pad 4 may be in the range of 0.1 to 10 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 5 mm or in the range of 1 to 4 mm or in the range of 1 to 3 mm.
  • FIG. 4A-D represents a side view of possible configurations of the pad 4 configured for contact therapy.
  • Pads 4 may be made of flexible substrate material 42 —polyimide (PI) films, teflon, PET, epoxy or PE foam with an additional adhesive layer 40 on the underside. They may be of different shapes to allow the operator to choose according to the area to be treated.
  • Active elements 13 e.g. electrodes
  • the material used for active elements may be copper, aluminum, lead or any other conductive medium that can be deposited or integrated in the pad 4 .
  • the active elements 13 e.g. electrodes
  • Electrodes in the pad 4 may be printed by means of biocompatible ink, such as silver ink, graphite ink or a combination of inks of different conductive materials.
  • the electrodes may have a sandwich structure where multiple conductive materials are deposited gradually on each other, e.g. a copper-nickel-gold structure.
  • the copper may be deposited on the substrate with a thickness in the range of 5 to 100 ⁇ m or in the range of 15 to 55 ⁇ m or in the range of 25 to 45 ⁇ m.
  • the nickel may be deposited on the copper with a thickness in the range of 0.1 to 15 ⁇ m or in the range of 0.5 to 8 ⁇ m or in the range of 1 to 6 ⁇ m.
  • the gold may be deposited on the nickel with a thickness in the range of 25 to 200 nm or in the range of 50 to 100 nm or in the range of 60 to 90 nm.
  • Such a sandwich structure may be made for example by an ENIG process.
  • the electrodes may be made of copper and covered with another conductive layer, e.g. silver or silver-chloride ink, carbon paste, or aluminum segments coupled to the copper by conductive glue.
  • another conductive layer e.g. silver or silver-chloride ink, carbon paste, or aluminum segments coupled to the copper by conductive glue.
  • the active element 13 may have a shape that has a total number of convex or concave arcs in a range of 1 to 12 or in a range of 2 to 10 or in a range of 3 to 9 or in a range of 4 to 8. Additionally, the active element (e.g. electrode) may have a number of concave inner angles in a range of 1 to 7 or in a range of 1 to 6 or in a range of 1 to 5 or in a range of 2 to 4, or the active element (e.g. electrode) may have a number of convex inner angles in a range of 1 to 10 or in a range of 1 to 9 or in a range of 2 to 8 in a range of 3 to 7.
  • a possible arrangement of convex-concave active elements 13 is depicted in FIG. 3C .
  • the active element 13 may be full-area electrode that has a full active surface. This means that the whole surface of the electrode facing the patient is made of conductive material deposited or integrated in the pad 4 as mentioned above.
  • the electrode (made of conductive material) facing the patient may be with e.g. one or more apertures, cutouts and/or protrusions configured for example to improve flexibility of the electrode and/or pad, and/or reduce the edge effects and/or improve homogeneity of delivered energy density and/or improve homogeneity of provided treatment.
  • Apertures may be an opening in the body of the electrode.
  • a cutout may be an opening in the body of the electrode along the border of the electrode. Openings in the body of the electrode may be defined by view from floor projections, which shows a view of the electrode from above. The openings, e.g.
  • apertures, cutouts and/or areas outside of protrusions may be filed by air, dielectric material, insulation material, substrate of the pad, air or hydrogel.
  • the electrode is therefore segmented in comparison to a regular electrode by disruption of the surface area (i.e., an electrode with no apertures or cutouts).
  • the two or more apertures or cutouts of the one electrode may be asymmetrical.
  • the one or more aperture and cutout may have e.g. rectangular or circular shape.
  • the apertures and/or cutouts may have regular, irregular, symmetrical and/or asymmetrical shapes.
  • the apertures or cutouts may have the same point of symmetry and/or line of symmetry.
  • the distance between two closest points located on the borders of two different apertures and/or cutouts of the electrode may be in a range from 1 ⁇ m to 10 mm or from 10 ⁇ m to 8 mm or from 20 ⁇ m to 5 mm or from 50 ⁇ m to 3 mm or from 100 ⁇ m to 2 mm.
  • the electrode with one or more openings (e.g. apertures and/or cutouts) and/or protrusions may be framed by the conductive material and the inside of the frame may have a combination of conductive material and the openings.
  • the frame may create the utmost circumference of the electrode from the side facing the patient.
  • the frame may have a form of annular, semicircular, elliptical, oblong, square, rectangular, trapezoidal or polygonal shape.
  • the inside of the frame 801 may have a structure of a grid 802 as shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B with the apertures 803 .
  • the frame 801 and the grid lines 802 are made of conductive material and are parts of the electrode 800 .
  • the frame 801 may be of the same thickness as the thickness of the grid lines 802 or the thickness of the frame 801 may be thicker than the grid lines 802 in the range of 1% to 2000% or in the range of 10% to 1000% or in the range of 20% to 500% or in the range of 50% to 200%. Additionally the frame 801 may be thinner than the grid lines 802 in the range of 0.01 times to 20 times or in the range of 0.1 times to 10 times or in the range of 0.2 times to 5 times or in the range of 0.5 times to 2 times. It may be also possible to design the electrode such that the conductive material of the electrode is getting thinner from the center 804 of the electrode 800 as shown in FIG. 9C .
  • the thinning step between adjacent grid lines 802 in the direction from the center 804 may be in the range of 0.1 times to 10 times or in the range of 0.2 times to 5 times or in the range of 0.5 times to 2 times with the frame 801 having the thinnest line of conductive material.
  • the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802 ) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 15 cm 2 or in the range of 2 to 8 cm 2 or in the range of 2.5 to 6 cm 2 or in the range of 3 to 5 cm 2 .
  • the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802 ) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 20 cm 2 or in the range of 2 to 10 cm 2 or in the range of 2.5 to 8 cm 2 or in the range of 3.5 to 7 cm 2 .
  • the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802 ) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 10 cm 2 or in the range of 2 to 6.5 cm 2 or in the range of 2.3 to 6 cm 2 or in the range of 2.5 to 5.5 cm 2 .
  • the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802 ) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 20 cm 2 or in the range of 2 to 15 cm 2 or in the range of 3 to 12 cm 2 or in the range of 4 to 10 cm 2 .
  • a ratio of the area of the conductive material of the electrode 800 (i.e. the frame 801 and the gridlines 802 ) to the total area of all apertures inside the frame 801 of the electrode 800 may be in the range of 1% to 50%, or in the range of 2% to 45% or in the range of 5% to 40% or in the range of 8% to 35% or in the range of 10% to 33%. Additionally the ratio may be in the range of 1% to 20%, or in the range of 10% to 40% or in the range of 33% to 67% or in the range of 50% to 70% or in the range of 66% to 100%.
  • the electrode 800 may not be framed, e.g. it may have a form of a grid with no boundaries formed by openings 803 as shown in FIG. 9D .
  • a ratio of conductive material to cutouts and/or apertures of the electrode may be in the range of 1% to 50%, or in the range of 2% to 45% or in the range of 5% to 40% or in the range of 8% to 35% or in the range of 10% to 33%.
  • the ratio of conductive material to openings of the electrode may be in the range of 1% to 20%, or in the range of 10% to 40% or in the range of 33% to 67% or in the range of 50% to 70% or in the range of 66% to 100%.
  • Such a grated electrode may be very advantageous. It may be much more flexible, it may ensure contact with the patient that is more proper and it may have much better self-cooling properties than full-area electrode.
  • a distance between the two closest parallel grid lines 802 a and 802 b may be illustrated by at least one circle 820 , which may be hypothetically inscribed into an aperture and/or cutout 803 and between the two closest parallel grid lines 802 a and 802 b and have at least one tangential point located on the first grid line 802 a and at least one tangential point located on the second grid line 802 b , thus having a diameter equal to the distance between the two closest parallel grid lines 802 a and 802 b .
  • the at least one hypothetical circle 820 may have a diameter in a range from 0.001 to 10 mm or 0.005 mm to 9 mm, or from 0.01 mm to 8 mm or 0.05 mm to 7 mm or from 0.1 mm to 6 mm, or from 0.2 mm to 5 mm or from 0.3 mm to 5 mm or from 0.5 mm to 5 mm.
  • an electrode 800 may have multiple protrusions in the form of radial conductive lines 808 separated by cutouts 803 , wherein the multiple radial conductive lines 808 are projected from one point of the electrode 805 .
  • the multiple radial conductive lines 808 are merged near the point 805 of the electrode and together create a full conductive surface 810 around the point of the electrode 805 .
  • the radial conductive lines 808 projected from the point 805 may have the same length or may have different lengths. Additionally, some of the radial conductive lines 808 projected from the point 805 may have the same length and some may have different lengths.
  • the electrode 800 may have a base part 806 of a defined shape and protrusions (radial conductive lines) 808 separated by cutouts 803 .
  • the base part 806 may have a shape of annular, semicircular, elliptical, oblong, square, rectangular, trapezoidal or polygonal.
  • the base part 806 may be connected to the conductive leads.
  • the electrode 800 may have a base conductive line 807 and multiple protrusions (radial conductive lines) 808 separated by cutouts 803 .
  • the base conductive line 807 is connected to all the radial conductive lines 808 as shown in FIG. 9H .
  • the base conductive line may also be connected to the conductive lead.
  • the radial conductive lines 808 emerging from the base conductive line 807 may have the same lengths and/or may have different lengths.
  • the distance between two closest protrusions 808 may be illustrated as at least one circle (similarly to the circle 820 in FIG. 9E ), which may be hypothetically inscribed into an aperture and/or cutout 803 and between two closest protrusions 808 and have at least one tangential point located on the first protrusion and at least one tangential point located on the second protrusion, thus having a diameter equal to the distance between the two closest protrusions.
  • the at least one circle may have a diameter in a range from 0.001 to 10 mm or 0.005 mm to 9 mm, or from 0.01 mm to 8 mm or 0.05 mm to 7 mm or from 0.1 mm to 6 mm, or from 0.2 mm to 5 mm or from 0.3 mm to 5 mm or from 0.5 mm to 5 mm.
  • the protrusions 808 or cutouts 803 may have a symmetrical, asymmetrical, irregular and/or regular shape.
  • the size, shape and/or symmetry of individual radial conductive lines may be the same and/or different across the electrode.
  • each protrusion 808 may have the same shape, the same dimension, the same direction and/or symmetry.
  • the protrusions 808 may be characterized by a thickness and a length of the protrusion, wherein the length is larger than the thickness by factor in the range of 2 to 100, or in the range of 4 to 80, or in the range of 5 to 70.
  • the thickness of a protrusion may be in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 5 mm or in the range of 20 ⁇ m to 4 mm or in the range of 50 ⁇ m to 3 mm or in the range of 100 ⁇ m to 2.5 mm or in the range of 120 ⁇ m to 2 mm or in the range of 150 ⁇ m to 1.5 mm or in the range of 200 ⁇ m to 1 mm.
  • the length of the protrusions may be in the range of 0.05 to 50 mm or in the range of 0.1 to 30 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 20 mm.
  • the number of protrusions that one electrode may comprise may be in a range of 1 to 1000, or of 5 to 500, or of 10 to 300, or of 15 to 250, or of 20 to 240.
  • the surface area of the electrode 800 with the protrusions 808 may be in the range of 0.1 to 10 cm 2 or in the range of 0.3 to 9.5 cm 2 or in the range of 0.4 to 9 cm 2 or in the range of 0.5 to 8.5 cm 2 .
  • all the possible electrode arrangements depicted in FIG. 9F-H may be framed with a conductive frame 801 , e.g. as shown in FIG. 9A , wherein the frame 801 is also a part of the electrode.
  • the total number of apertures and/or cutouts in one electrode regardless of the parallel cuts may be in a range of 5 to 250, or of 10 to 200, or of 15 to 170, or of 20 to 150, or of 300 to 1500, or of 400 to 1400, or of 500 to 1300, or of 600 to 1200.
  • the energy flux of one or more grated electrodes may be calculated as an energy flux of the grid 802 and/or the frame 801 of the active element and may be in the range of 0.001 W/cm 2 to 1500 W/cm 2 or 0.01 W/cm 2 to 1000 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 500 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 200 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 100 W/cm 2 or 1 W/cm 2 to 70 W/cm 2 .
  • the energy flux of one or more protruded electrodes may be calculated as an energy flux of the base part 806 or base conductive line 807 and the protrusions 808 of the active element and may be in the range of 0.001 W/cm 2 to 1500 W/cm 2 or 0.01 W/cm 2 to 1000 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 500 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 200 W/cm 2 or 0.5 W/cm 2 to 100 W/cm 2 or 1 W/cm 2 to 70 W/cm 2 .
  • the active elements 13 may be partially embedded within the flexible substrate layer 42 or adhesive layer 40 or in the interface of the flexible substrate layer 42 and adhesive layer 40 .
  • the active elements 13 e.g. electrode
  • the active elements 13 may be supplied and controlled independently by multiple conductive leads 41 a ( FIG. 4A ) or they may be conductively interconnected and supplied/controlled via a single conductive lead 41 b ( FIG. 4B ).
  • the multiple conductive leads 41 a may be connected to the active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) via a free space (e.g. hole) in the flexible substrate layer 42 .
  • the free space e.g.
  • each conductive lead 41 a may fit tightly into the substrate layer 42 , e.g. the conductive lead 41 a may be encapsulated by a flexible substrate layer 42 .
  • the free space e.g. hole
  • the active elements 13 e.g. electrodes
  • the active elements 13 may also be deposited on the underside of the flexible substrate 42 and may be covered by the adhesive layer 40 on the sides, which are not coupled to the substrate 42 .
  • the active elements 13 may be embedded in the flexible substrate 42 such, that the underside of the substrate 401 and the underside of the active elements 13 A-D are in one plane, as shown in FIG. 4C .
  • the flexible substrate 42 is hatched in FIG. 4C .
  • the substrate 42 may have no free space for conductive leads 41 a , as the conductive lead may be directly coupled to the top side of the active element (e.g. electrode) as shown in active elements 13 A and 13 B in FIG. 4C .
  • the flexible substrate may have a free space (e.g. hole or metalized hole) for coupling the conductive leads 41 a to the active elements (e.g. electrodes), which may be thinner than the substrate, as shown in active elements 13 C and 13 D in FIG. 4C .
  • the active element 13 E may be deposited on the top side of the substrate 402 such, that the underside of the active element 13 E is deposited on the top side of the substrate 402 , creating an interface of the active element 13 E and substrate 42 on the top side of the substrate 402 .
  • the active element 13 F may be embedded in the substrate 42 from the top side of the substrate 402 , such that the top side of the active element (e.g. electrode) and the top side of the substrate 402 lies in one plane. In this case, the thickness of the active element 13 F is less than thickness of the substrate 42 .
  • the active element 13 G may be deposited on the top side of the surface 402 similarly to the active element 13 E but even more, the active element 13 G is partially embedded in the substrate 42 from the top side of the substrate. In all these cases (active elements 13 E-G), the substrate 42 is perforated allowing the coupling of adhesive layer 40 with the active elements 13 E-G through the perforations 403 .
  • the active element e.g. electrode
  • the active element may be fully embedded in the substrate and protrude from its top side or underside.
  • the thickness of the active element e.g. electrode
  • the thickness of the substrate may be bigger than the thickness of the substrate.
  • pad 4 structures mentioned above may be possible, e.g. one active element (e.g. first electrode) is deposited on the underside of the pad 4 and another active element (e.g. second electrode) is embedded in the pad 4 .
  • one active element e.g. first electrode
  • another active element e.g. second electrode
  • the active elements 13 may be partially embedded inside the flexible substrate 42 or adhesive layer 40 or in the interface of the flexible substrate layer 42 and adhesive layer 40 , and the active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) may be connected via single conductive lead 41 b which may be situated in the flexible substrate 42 or at the interface of the flexible substrate 42 and adhesive layer 40 , as shown in FIG. 4B .
  • the single conductive lead 41 b may leave the pad 4 on its lateral or top side in a direction away from the patient. In both cases the conductive lead 41 a or 41 b does not come into contact with the treatment area.
  • the active elements 13 may be partially embedded within the flexible substrate 42 and the adhesive layer 40 may surround the active elements 13 such that a surface of active elements 13 may be at least partially in direct contact with the surface of a treatment area.
  • top side of the pad 4 may be protected by a cover layer 410 , which is shown for simplicity only in FIG. 4C .
  • a pad 4 may include flexible substrate 500 , which may comprise a central part 501 and one or more segments 502 , which may move at least partially independently from each other as shown in FIG. 5A .
  • the flexible substrate may have a thickness in a range of 1 to 200 ⁇ m or in a range of 5 to 100 ⁇ m or in a range of 10 to 75 ⁇ m or in a range of 15 to 65 ⁇ m.
  • the central part or the segments may include a sensor 15 .
  • the number of segments on the pad 4 may be in the range of 1 to 100, or in the range of 1 to 80 or in the range of 1 to 60 or in the range of 2 to 20 or in the range of 3 to 10 or in the range of 4 to 9, wherein each segment may comprise at least one active element 13 (e.g. electrode).
  • the neighboring segments may be at least partially separated by slots 503 .
  • Conventional therapy pads have routinely been made on a single non-segmented substrate which in some cases includes a flexible metal material or a polymeric material with a layer of metallic material deposited thereon.
  • the proposed segmented pad 4 may be more flexible and may provide a greater amount of contact with the patient than conventional pads routinely used.
  • the substrate 500 of the pad 4 is divided into central part 501 and a plurality of connected segments 502 .
  • the plurality of segments 502 may move at least partially independently from one another.
  • the individual segments 502 may be at least partially physically detached from one another by, for example, one or more slots 503 , or other open area between neighboring segments 502 .
  • the plurality of segments 502 may be physically coupled together by a central part 501 including one or more conductive leads 506 .
  • the central part 501 may also include one or more active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes).
  • each active element 13 e.g.
  • Electrode may be partially deposited in the central part 501 and partially in the corresponding segment 502 .
  • some active elements e.g. electrodes
  • some active elements e.g. electrodes
  • some active elements e.g. electrodes
  • the slots 503 may extend from the central part 501 of the substrate 500 of the pad 4 proximate to a conductive lead 508 and between neighboring segments 502 to an edge of the substrate 500 .
  • Providing for the plurality of segments 502 of the pad 4 to move at least partially independently from one another may facilitate conformance of the pad 4 to curves or contours of a patient's body.
  • a segmented pad 4 as illustrated in FIG. 5A may provide for a greater area, or a greater percentage of the total area, of the pad 4 portion to be in contact with the patient's body than if the pad 4 were formed as a single, non-segmented substrate.
  • the segments 502 may comprise a perforated gap 503 ′ shown in FIG. 5A , which also provides greater conformance of the pad 4 to curves or contours of a patient's body.
  • the shapes and positions of the segments 502 and/or the slots 503 may be provided in different configurations from those illustrated in FIG. 5A .
  • the segments 502 may include rounded or squared ends or have different dimensional ratios than illustrated.
  • the slots 503 may be curved, squared, triangular, oblong, polygonal or may include re-entrant portions extending between one of the segments 502 and the central part 501 .
  • the slots 503 may also be a combination of the shapes mentioned above, e.g. a combination of a triangular slot with the curved end as illustrated in FIG. 5B representing a detail of one possible slot arrangement between two neighboring segments 502 ′ and 502 ′′.
  • the slots may be very thin or may be wide, wherein the width of the slot ts may be illustrated in one example as follows: First, an imaginary curved or straight line 520 passes through the center of the slot such that it divides the slot into two symmetrical parts 503 a and 503 b , respectively. The width is then given by a second imaginary line 530 which is perpendicular to the first imaginary line 520 and which would connect the edges of the neighboring segments facing towards the slot 502 a and 502 b , and where the second imaginary line 530 is at a distance of at least 1 mm away from the beginning of the slot 503 c .
  • the beginning of the slot 503 c is a point in the slot 503 closest to the central part 501 of the substrate 500 of the pad 4 as seen in FIG. 5B .
  • the first imaginary line 520 is represented by a dashed line in the FIG. 5B and the second imaginary line 530 is represented as a dotted line in FIG. 5B .
  • the width of the slot ws may be in the range of 100 ⁇ m to 10 mm or in the range of 500 ⁇ m to 8 mm or in the range of 600 ⁇ m to 7 mm or in the range of 800 ⁇ m to 5 mm.
  • Each segment 502 of the substrate 500 may comprise an active element 13 (e.g. electrode) on a portion of, or the entirety of, the segment 502 .
  • an active element 13 e.g. electrode
  • the central part 501 may have a proximal end 504 and a distal end 505 , wherein the proximal end 504 of the central part 501 may pass or may be connected to the connecting part 507 .
  • the central part 501 is connected to the connecting part 507 in the area of a dotted circle in FIG. 5A .
  • Connecting part 507 may comprise a conductive lead 508 for each active element 13 (e.g. electrode)— 13 a - 13 f in FIG. 5A , or sensor(s) 15 included in a pad 4 , wherein all conductive leads of the connecting part are entering the pad 4 in the proximal end of the central part of the pad 4 .
  • Conductive leads are mainly led by the central part until they reach the respective segment and its active element(s) or sensor(s), thus there may be no conductive lead at the distal end 505 of the central part 501 as shown in FIG. 5A .
  • the conductive leads 506 may be led on the top side of the substrate—side facing away from the patient; and may be covered by a cover layer, e.g. by synthetic polymer like polyimide.
  • the underside of the pad 4 (the side facing towards the body area of the patient) may also be at least partially covered by the cover layer, mainly in the area where the pad 4 is coupled to the connecting part 507 —dotted circle in FIG.
  • the cover layer e.g. polyimide film or foam
  • the cover layer may have a thickness in a range of 5 to 50 ⁇ m or in a range of 7 to 35 ⁇ m or in a range of 10 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the connecting part 507 may be flexible or partially elastic.
  • the connecting part may be made of flexible PCB with the cover layer as an isolation layer on the top side and/or the underside of the connecting part 507 .
  • the connecting part may have a connector at its ends, which may be rigid.
  • the connector may be one of a USB type A, USB type B, USB type C, USB Micro B, DC power cord, AC power cord, computer power cable, firewire, RJ11, fiber connector, USB 3.0, mini display, pin connector, SMA, DVI, BNC, IDE, PS/2, RCA, display port, PSU, SATA, mSATA, DB9, RJ45, RS232 or any other connector know in the art.
  • the pin connector may have number of pins in a range of 5 to 60 or in a range of 10 to 44 or in a range of 15 to 36 or in a range of 20 to 34.
  • the connector may be made on the flexible PCB with an attached stiffener underneath used to stiffen the connector against out of plane deformation.
  • the stiffener may be made of a non-conductive material including but not limited to plastic or fiberglass.
  • the stiffener may have a thickness in a range of 0.1 to 5 mm or in a range of 0.5 to 2 mm or in a range of 1 to 1.5 mm.
  • the flexible PCB connector may comprise a number of contacts in the range of 5 to 60 or in a range of 10 to 44 or in a range of 15 to 36 or in a range of 20 to 34.
  • the pad 4 , the connecting part 507 and the connector may all be part of the applicator.
  • the interconnecting block 3 or the main unit 2 may comprise one or more sockets configured to connect the connecting part via the connector on the opposite side to the side where the pad 4 is situated, wherein the one or more sockets are configured to connect an arbitrary pad and/or applicator.
  • the interconnecting block or the main unit may comprise multiple sockets, each socket configured to connect one specific pad and/or applicator for a specific treatment area.
  • the socket may be configured such that it will automatically determine a currently connected pad and/or applicator.
  • the information about the connected pad and/or applicator may be read out from the memory of the pad.
  • the memory may be part of the connector.
  • the connector may be linked with the control unit 11 (e.g. CPU).
  • the control unit 11 e.g.
  • the CPU may provide one or more predetermined treatment protocols to the user via the human machine interface 8 after the detection of the pad in the socket. For example if only a forehead pad is connected, the system may automatically detect this specific pad and propose only a treatment of a forehead of the patient, not allowing the user to set a treatment of other body parts of the patient.
  • the connector may comprise cutouts, grooves, slots, holes and/or notches for locking the connector in the socket.
  • the socket may also comprise a safeguard preventing unintentional connection of the connector in the socket.
  • the connector may comprise a symbol indicating on which body part the pad and/or the applicator is designated to treat.
  • a supplementary connection may be used between the main unit 2 and the connecting part; or between the interconnecting block 3 and the connecting part in order to extend the connection between the main unit 3 and the pad 4 or interconnecting block 3 and the pad 4 .
  • Average pad thickness may be in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 2000 ⁇ m or in the range of 50 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m or in the range of 80 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m or in the range of 100 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the apparatus configured in a fractional arrangement may have the active element 13 (e.g. electrode) comprising a matrix formed by active points of defined size. These points are separated by inactive (and therefore untreated) areas that allow faster tissue healing.
  • the surface containing active points may make up from 1 to 99% or from 2 to 90% or from 3 to 80% or from 4 to 75% of the whole active element area (active and inactive area).
  • the active points may have blunt ends at the tissue contact side that do not penetrate the tissue, wherein the surface contacting tissue may have a surface area in the range of 500 ⁇ m 2 to 250 000 ⁇ m 2 or in the range of 1000 ⁇ m 2 to 200 000 ⁇ m 2 or in the range of 200 ⁇ m 2 to 180 000 ⁇ m 2 or in the range of 5000 ⁇ m 2 to 160 000 ⁇ m 2 .
  • the blunt end may have a radius of curvature of at least 0.05 mm.
  • a diameter of the surface contacting tissue of one active point may be in the range of 25 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m or in the range of 50 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m or in the range of 80 ⁇ m to 800 ⁇ m or in the range of 100 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m.
  • the device may employ a safety system comprising thermal sensors and a circuit capable of adjusting the therapy parameters based on the measured values.
  • One or more thermal sensors depending on the number and distribution of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes), may be integrated onto pad 4 to collect data from different points so as to ensure homogeneity of heating. The data may be collected directly from the treatment area or from the active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). If uneven heating or overheating is detected, the device may notify the operator and at the same time adjust the therapy parameters to avoid burns to the patient. Treatment parameters of one or more active elements (e.g. electrodes) might be adjusted.
  • the main therapy parameters are power, duty cycle and time period regulating switching between multiple active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). Therapy may be automatically stopped if the temperature rises above the safe threshold.
  • impedance measurement may be incorporated in order to monitor proper active element 13 (e.g. electrodes) to skin contact. If the impedance value is outside the allowed limits, the therapy may be automatically suspended and the operator may be informed about potential contact issues.
  • active element 13 e.g. electrodes
  • Control unit 11 may be incorporated onto the pad 4 itself or it may form a separate part conductively connected to the pad 4 .
  • control unit 11 e.g. CPU
  • main indicators e.g. ongoing therapy, actual temperature and active element to skin contact.
  • FIG. 6 shows some delivery approaches of apparatus for contact therapy.
  • both active elements e.g. electrodes
  • both active elements are used simultaneously during the time interval e.g., 1-20 s.
  • the first active element e.g. first electrode
  • the second active element e.g. second electrode
  • the first active element e.g. first electrode
  • the second active element e.g. second electrode
  • Active elements 13 may deliver energy sequentially in predefined switching order or randomly as set by operator via human machine interface 8 .
  • Schema I in FIG. 6 represents switching between pairs/groups formed of non-adjacent active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) located within a pad 4 .
  • Every pair/group of active elements 13 is delivering energy for a predefined period of time (dark gray elements in FIG. 6 —in schema I elements 1 and 3 ) while the remaining pairs/groups of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) remain inactive in terms of energy delivery (light gray elements in FIG. 6 —in schema I elements 2 and 4 ).
  • energy is delivered by another pair/group of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) and the initial active elements (e.g. electrodes) become inactive. This is indicated by arrows in FIG. 6 . Switching between pairs/groups of active elements 13 (e.g.
  • Electrodes may continue until a target temperature is reached throughout the entire treatment area or a predefined energy is delivered by all active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes).
  • Schema II in FIG. 6 represents switching of all active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within the pad 4 between state ON when active elements (e.g. electrodes) are delivering energy and OFF when they are not delivering energy. The duration of ON and OFF states may vary depending on predefined settings and/or information provided by sensors, e.g. thermal sensors.
  • Schema III in FIG. 6 shows sequential switching of individual active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within a pad 4 . Each active element 13 (e.g.
  • Schema IV in FIG. 6 represents a zig-zag switching order during which preferably non-adjacent active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) deliver energy sequentially until all active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within a pad 4 have been switched ON.
  • Each active element 13 e.g. electrode
  • the control unit e.g. CPU
  • the control unit may be configured to control the stimulation device and provide treatment by at least one treatment protocol improving of visual appearance.
  • Treatment protocol is set of parameters of the primary electromagnetic energy and the secondary energy ensuring the desired treatment effect.
  • Each pad may be controlled to provide same or alternatively different protocol. Pair areas or areas where symmetrical effect is desired may be treated by the same treatment protocol.
  • Each protocol may include one or several sections or steps.
  • the time when one active element (e.g. electrode) delivers the radiofrequency energy to the tissue of the patient may be in the range of 1 ms to 10 s or in the range of 10 ms to 5 s or in the range of 50 ms to 2 s or in the range of 100 ms to 1500 ms.
  • Two consecutive elements may be switched ON and OFF in successive or overlapping method.
  • the delivery of the radiofrequency energy by two consecutive active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be separated by the time of no or low radiofrequency stimulation, such that non of the two consecutive active elements (e.g.
  • the time of no or low radiofrequency stimulation may be in the range of 1 ⁇ s to 1000 ms, or in the range of 500 ⁇ s to 500 ms or in the range of 1 ms to 300 ms or in the range of 10 ms to 250 ms.
  • the sequential switching of the active elements (e.g. electrodes) providing radiofrequency treatment may be provided within each pad independently of the other pads or active elements (e.g. electrodes) may deliver energy sequentially through all pads.
  • first step the radiofrequency energy may be provided by active element one in the first pad, wherein other active elements are turned off
  • second step the active element two of the first pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • third step the active element one of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • fourth step the active element two of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • fifth step the active element one of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • sixth step the active element two of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off.
  • Another non-limiting example may be:
  • first step the radiofrequency energy may be provided by active element one in the first pad, wherein other active elements are turned off
  • second step the active element one of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • third step the active element one of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • fourth step the active element two of the first pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • fifth step the active element two of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off
  • sixth step the active element two of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off.
  • the pair pads may be driven by the same protocol at the same time.
  • the protocol may include a first section where electrodes in one pad may be treated such that the electrodes provide an electric current pulses modulated in an envelope of increasing amplitude modulation (increasing envelope) followed by constant amplitude (rectangle envelope) followed by decreasing amplitude modulation (decreasing envelope), all these three envelopes may create together a trapezoidal amplitude modulation (trapezoidal envelope).
  • the trapezoidal envelope may last 1 to 10 seconds or 1.5 to 7 seconds or 2 to 5 seconds.
  • the increasing, rectangle, or decreasing envelope may last for 0.1 to 5 seconds or 0.1 to 4 seconds or 0.1 to 3 seconds.
  • the increasing and decreasing envelope may last for the same time, thus creating a symmetrical trapezoid envelope.
  • the electric current may be modulated to a sinusoidal envelope or rectangular envelope or triangular envelope.
  • the respective envelopes causing muscle contractions may be separated by time of no or low current stimulation, such that no muscle contraction is achieved or by a radiofrequency energy causing the heating of the tissue.
  • the pressure massage by suction openings may be provided, which may cause the relaxation of the muscles.
  • the first section may be preprogrammed such that electrodes on various places of the pad may be switched in time to provide alternating current pulses wherein some other electrodes in the pad may not provide any alternating current pulses but only RF pulses causing heating of the tissue.
  • All electrodes in the pad may ensure providing (be switched by the switching circuitry 14 to provide) RF pulses for heating the tissue during the section of protocol or protocol, while only a limited amount of the electrodes may provide (be switched by the switching circuitry 14 to provide) alternating currents for muscle contracting during the section of protocol or protocol.
  • the device may be configured such that the first section lasts for 1-5 minutes.
  • a second section may follow the first section.
  • the second section may be preprogrammed such that different electrodes than the ones used in the first section on various places of the pad may be switched in time to provide alternating current pulses wherein some other electrodes (same or different electrodes than the ones used in the first section) in the pad may not provide any alternating current pulses but only RF pulses causing heating of the tissue.
  • a third section may follow the second section.
  • the third section may be preprogrammed such that different electrodes than the ones used in the second section on various places of the pad may be switched in time to provide alternating current pulses wherein some other electrodes (same or different electrodes than the ones used in the second section) in the pad may not provide any alternating current pulses but only RF pulses causing heating of the tissue.
  • the first pad e.g. for treatment of the forehead
  • the second pad e.g. for treatment of the left cheek
  • the third pad e.g. for treatment of the right cheek
  • Some electrodes may be configured to provide radiofrequency energy and some electrodes may be configured to provide both radiofrequency energy and electric current.
  • the radiofrequency energy may be a monopolar radiofrequency energy with a frequency in the range of 100 kHz to 550 MHz or in the range of 250 kHz to 500 MHz or in the range of 350 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 350 kHz to 14 MHz.
  • the radiofrequency energy may be delivered with a rectangular envelope which may last for 200 to 3000 ms or for 250 to 2000 ms or for 300 to 1800 ms or for 350 to 1500 ms.
  • the radiofrequency envelope (hereinafter RF envelope) may be modulated to a sinusoidal envelope or triangular envelope or trapezoidal envelope.
  • the electric current may be a bipolar rectangular AC TENS current with a frequency in the range of 10 Hz to 10 kHz or in the range of 25 Hz to 1 kHz or in the range of 50 to 500 Hz or in the range of 100 to 300 Hz modulated to a trapezoidal envelope, which may last 1 to 10 seconds or 1.5 to 7 seconds or 2 to 5 seconds.
  • An increasing, rectangular, or decreasing envelope of the trapezoidal envelope may last for 0.1 to 5 seconds or 0.1 to 4 seconds or 0.1 to 3 seconds.
  • the increasing and decreasing envelopes may have the same duration, thus creating a symmetrical trapezoidal envelope.
  • the electric current envelope (hereinafter EC envelope) may be modulated to a sinusoidal envelope or rectangular envelope or triangular envelope.
  • the protocol may have a cycle that includes sections.
  • the number of protocol sections in one cycle may be the same number as the total number of used electrodes within all pads used for the treatment or may be different.
  • the number of sections per pad may be in the range of 1 to 100, or of 1 to 80, or of 1 to 60, or of 2 to 20, or of 3 to 10, or of 4 to 9.
  • the number of sections per cycle may be in the range of 1 to 100, or of 1 to 80, or of 1 to 60, or of 2 to 40, or of 3 to 35, or of 4 to 30.
  • Each protocol section may follow the previous protocol section, e.g. the second section follows the first section.
  • Each protocol section may last for 200 to 3000 ms or for 250 to 2000 ms or for 300 to 1800 ms or for 350 to 1500 ms.
  • the cycle may repeat from 30 to 300, or from 50 to 250, or from 80 to 220, or from 100 to 200, times per treatment.
  • the cycle may repeat from 150 to 600, or from 190 to 550, or from 200 to 520, or from 210 to 500, times per treatment.
  • the treatment protocol may repeat the same cycle.
  • the treatment protocol may repeat different cycles, wherein the cycles may be different in the number of sections, and/or duration of sections, and/or sequence of activating and/or deactivating the electrodes, and/or parameters set for RF and/or EC envelopes (e.g. shape of envelope, amplitude, frequency, duration and so on), and/or parameters set for radiofrequency and/or parameters of electric current.
  • the electrode E2 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E7 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E14 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E5 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E8 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode pairs E1-E4, E3-E6, E9-E10, E11-E12, E16-E17 and electrode pair E18-E19 deliver the EC envelope causing muscle contractions under the first, second and third pads, e.g. under the forehead pad, the left cheek pad and the right cheek pad.
  • the electrode E15 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E13 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E20 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E1 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E3 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode pairs E9-E10, E11-E12, E16-E17 and electrode pair E18-E19 deliver the EC envelope causing muscle contractions under the second and third pads, e.g. under the left and right cheek pads.
  • the electrode E6 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E4 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E9 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E16 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E12 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E19 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E10 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E17 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E11 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode E18 delivers the RF envelope.
  • the electrode pairs E1-E4 and E3-E6 deliver the EC envelope causing muscle contractions under the first pad, e.g. under the forehead pad.
  • the treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that each electrode used during the treatment may deliver the RF envelope once per cycle and some electrode pairs (e.g. E1-E4) may deliver EC envelope twice per cycle.
  • each electrode may deliver the RF envelope 2 to 10, or 2 to 8, or 2 to 5 times per cycle; and some electrode pairs may deliver the EC envelope 1 to 10, or 1 to 8, or 1 to 5 times per cycle.
  • the treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that only one electrode delivers the RF envelope per section.
  • 2 to 20, or 2 to 15, or 2 to 10, or 2 to 5, or 2 to 3 electrodes deliver RF envelopes in each section simultaneously, wherein the RF envelopes may be the same or may be different.
  • no RF envelopes may be delivered during at least one section.
  • the treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that during a single treatment the RF envelopes are delivered 25 to 300, or 50 to 250, or 80 to 200, or 100 to 180 times by each electrode with an RF pause time between each delivery of the RF envelope.
  • the RF pause time the time during which the electrode is not providing a radiofrequency energy to the patient between two consecutive deliveries of RF envelopes—may be in the range of 0.5 to 20 s, or of 1 to 15 s, or of 1.5 to 12 s, or of 2 to 10 s.
  • the radiofrequency energy may be controlled by a control unit (e.g. CPU) in order to provide a constant heating radiofrequency power (CHRP) on each electrode, which means that each electrode provides homogenous heating of the patient.
  • CHRP constant heating radiofrequency power
  • a CRP setting may be preprogrammed in the treatment protocol for each specific electrode in each specific pad based on the dimensions of the electrode and/or its position in the pad and/or its position on the body area of the patient.
  • the radio frequency power may be controlled by the control unit based on feedback from at least one thermal sensor measuring the temperature of the treated body area and/or the temperature of the electrode providing the radiofrequency energy such that when the desired temperature is reached, the electrodes are controlled to keep the temperature at this desired level.
  • a typical treatment temperature of the body area under the electrode is in the range of 37.5° C. to 55° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 53° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 52° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 50° C. or in the range of 41° C. to 45° C.
  • the treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that during a single treatment the EC envelopes are delivered 25 to 1000, or 50 to 900, or 100 to 750, or 120 to 600, or 150 to 500 times by at least one pair of electrodes with an EC pause time between each delivery of the EC envelope.
  • the EC pause time the time when the electrode pair is not providing electric current to the patient between two consecutive deliveries of EC envelopes—may be in the range of 0.5 to 20 s, or of 1 to 15 s, or of 1.5 to 12 s, or of 2 to 10 s.
  • the electrode pair may deliver EC envelopes one after another without the EC pause time.
  • radiofrequency energy may be delivered constantly through all electrodes during the whole treatment and only the EC envelopes may be delivered sequentially.
  • a single treatment may last for 1 to 60 min, or for 5 to 45 min, or for 10 to 30 min, or for 15 to 25 min, or for 18 to 23 min based on the number of pads used during the treatment.
  • the number of pads used in single treatment may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or up to 100.
  • the protocol may be preprogrammed such, that the electrodes providing the electric current causing the muscle contractions are switched to provide radiofrequency heating after they produce one, two, three, four or five contractions on maximum.
  • the respective sections are assembled by the control unit (CPU) in the treatment protocol to provide at least 60-900 contractions or 90-800 contractions, or 150-700 contractions by a single pad per treatment.
  • CPU control unit
  • the respective electrode pairs providing electric current to the patient are controlled by the control unit (CPU) to provide at least 50-1000 contractions or 60-900 contractions or 90-800 contractions, or 100-450 contractions per treatment.
  • the control unit CPU
  • the forehead pad may include a layout of electrodes such that the anatomical area 1 and anatomical area 2 are stimulated by alternating currents which may cause muscle contractions while anatomical area 3 is not stimulated by alternating currents causing muscle contraction as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the control unit (CPU) is configured to provide a treatment protocol energizing by alternating electric currents only those electrodes located in proximity or above the anatomical area 1 and 2 ; and energizing electrode/electrodes in proximity of or above anatomical area 3 by radiofrequency energy only as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the anatomical area 1 and 2 may comprise the Frontalis muscles and the anatomical area 3 may comprise the center of the Procerus muscle.
  • the forehead pad may also treat the Corrugator supercilii muscle or Orbicularis oculi with radiofrequency energy.
  • the pad used for a treatment of the cheek may include a layout of electrodes such that the anatomical area comprising the Buccinator muscle, the Masseter muscle, the Zygomaticus muscles or the Risorius muscle are stimulated by electrical currents, which may cause muscle contractions, wherein the other anatomical area may be only heated by the radiofrequency energy.
  • a cheek pad may also be used for contraction of the Lavator labii superioris.
  • the pad may be configured such that the layout of electrodes close to the eyes (e.g. body part comprising Orbicularis oculi muscles) or teeth (e.g. body part comprising Orbicularis oris muscles) may not provide energy causing muscle contractions.
  • electrodes close to the eyes e.g. body part comprising Orbicularis oculi muscles
  • teeth e.g. body part comprising Orbicularis oris muscles
  • the pad used for a treatment of the submentum or submental area may include a layout of electrodes such that the anatomical area comprising the Mylohyoid muscle or the Digastric muscle is stimulated with electrical current, which may cause muscle contractions, wherein the other anatomical area may only be heated by the radiofrequency energy.
  • a submentum pad (pad used for treatment of the submentum) may not provide electric current to an Adam's apple, but may provide heating with radiofrequency energy to the Adam's apple.
  • the treatment device may be configured such, that in each section or step the impedance sensor provides the information about the contact of the pad or active element (e.g. electrode) with the patient to the control unit (e.g. CPU).
  • the control unit e.g. CPU
  • the control unit may determine based on the pre-set conditions if the contact of the pad or active element (e.g. electrode) with the patient is sufficient or not. In case of sufficient contact, the control unit (e.g. CPU) may allow the treatment protocol to continue. In case that the contact is inappropriate, the valuated pad or active element (e.g. electrode) is turned off and the treatment protocol continues to consecutive pad or active element (e.g. electrode) or the treatment is terminated.
  • the determination of proper contact of the pad or active element (e.g. electrode) may be displayed on the human machine interface 8 .
  • the impedance measurement may be made at the beginning of the section/step, during the section/step or at the end of the section/step.
  • the impedance measurement and/or the proper contact evaluation may be determined only on the active electrodes for the given section/step or may be made on all electrodes of all pads used during the section/step.
  • the impedance may be monitored through all active elements (e.g. electrodes) while the therapy is being provided to the patient.
  • the device monitors the impedance between the active element (e.g. electrode) and the skin of the patient while the treatment energy (e.g. radiofrequency or electric current) is being delivered to the patient, analyzes the monitored impedance at two or more different time instances in order to determine a change in the size of the electrode-skin contact area, and if the change in the monitored impedance reaches a pre-determined threshold, alters the stimulation being delivered to the patient or terminates the treatment.
  • the active element e.g. electrode
  • the treatment energy e.g. radiofrequency or electric current
  • the change in the impedance value at a given time may be quantified by an impedance ratio between the impedance value at that time and a baseline impedance, which is a first impedance value from the history of impedance measurement of a given active element (e.g. electrode).
  • a baseline impedance which is a first impedance value from the history of impedance measurement of a given active element (e.g. electrode).
  • FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 are discussed together.
  • FIG. 7 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for contactless therapy 100 .
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of an apparatus for contactless therapy 100 .
  • Apparatus for contactless therapy 100 may comprise two main blocks: main unit 2 and a delivery head 19 interconnected via fixed or adjustable arm 21 .
  • Main unit 2 may include a primary electromagnetic generator 6 which may generate one or more forms of electromagnetic radiation wherein the electromagnetic radiation may be e.g., in the form of incoherent light or in the form of coherent light (e.g. laser light) of predetermined wavelength.
  • the electromagnetic field may be primarily generated by a laser, laser diode module, LED, flash lamp or incandescent light bulb.
  • the electromagnetic radiation may be such that it may be at least partially absorbed under the surface of the skin of the patient.
  • the wavelength of the applied radiation may be in the range of 100 to 15000 nm or in the range of 200 to 12000 nm or in the range of 300 to 11000 nm or in the range of 400 to 10600 nm or it may be in the form of second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh or eighth harmonic wavelengths of the above mentioned wavelength ranges.
  • Main unit 2 may further comprise a human machine interface 8 represented by display, buttons, keyboard, touchpad, touch panel or other control members enabling an operator to check and adjust therapy and other device parameters.
  • the power supply 5 located in the main unit may include a transformer, disposable battery, rechargeable battery, power plug or standard power cord.
  • the output power of the power supply 5 may be in the range of 10 W to 600 W, or in the range of 50 W to 500 W, or in the range of 80 W to 450 W.
  • Indicators 17 may provide additional information about the current status of the device independently on human machine interface 8 . Indicators 17 may be realized through the display, LEDs, acoustic signals, vibrations or other forms capable of adequate notice.
  • Delivery head 19 may be interconnected with the main unit via arm 21 which may form the main optical and electrical pathway.
  • Arm 21 may comprise transmission media, for example wires or waveguide, e.g. mirrors or fiber optic cables, for electromagnetic radiation in the form of light or additional electric signals needed for powering the delivery head 19 .
  • the control unit e.g.
  • CPU 11 controls the primary electromagnetic generator 6 which may generate a continuous electromagnetic energy (CM) or a pulses, having a fluence in the range of 0.1 pJ/cm 2 to 1000 J/cm 2 or in the range of 0.5 pJ/cm 2 to 800 J/cm 2 or in the range of 0.8 pJ/cm 2 to 700 J/cm 2 or in the range of 1 pJ/cm 2 to 600 J/cm 2 on the output of the electromagnetic generator.
  • the CM mode may be operated for a time interval in the range of 0.1 s to 24 hours or in the range of 0.2 s to 12 hours or in the range of 0.5 s to 6 hours or in the range of 1 s to 3 hours.
  • the pulse duration of the electromagnetic radiation operated in the pulse regime may be in the range of 0.1 fs to 2000 ms or in the range of 0.5 fs to 1500 ms or in the range of 1 fs to 1200 ms or in the range of 1 fs to 1000 ms.
  • the pulse duration may be in the range of 0.1 fs to 1000 ns or in the range of 0.5 fs to 800 ns or in the range of 1 fs to 500 ns or in the range of 1 fs to 300 ns.
  • the pulse duration may be in the range of 0.3 to 5000 ⁇ s or in the range of 1 to 4000 ⁇ s or in the range of 5 to 3500 ⁇ s or in the range of 10 to 3000 ⁇ s.
  • the pulse duration may be in the range of 0.05 to 2000 ms or in the range of 0.1 to 1500 ms or in the range of 0.5 to 1250 ms or in the range of 1 to 1000 ms.
  • the primary electromagnetic generator 6 in the pulse regime may be operated by control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 in a single shot mode or in a repetition mode or in a burst mode.
  • the frequency of the repetition mode or the burst mode may be in the range of 0.05 to 10 000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 5000 Hz or in the range of 0.3 to 2000 Hz or in the range of 0.5 to 1000 Hz.
  • the frequency of the repetition mode or the burst mode may be in the range of 0.1 kHz to 200 MHz or in the range of 0.5 kHz to 150 MHz or in the range of 0.8 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 1 kHz to 80 MHz.
  • the single shot mode may be configured to generate a single electromagnetic energy of specific parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, etc.) for irradiation of a single treatment area.
  • the repetition mode may be configured to generate an electromagnetic energy, which may have one or more specific parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, etc.), with a repetition rate of the above-mentioned frequency for irradiation of a single treatment area.
  • the burst mode may be configured to generate multiple consecutive electromagnetic energies, which may have variable parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, delay etc.), during one sequence, wherein the sequences are repeated with the above-mentioned frequency and wherein the sequence may include the same or different sets of consecutive electromagnetic energies.
  • the device may contain more than one primary electromagnetic generator 6 for generation of the same or a different electromagnetic energy, e.g. one primary electromagnetic generator is for generation of an ablative electromagnetic energy and the other is for generation of a non-ablative electromagnetic energy.
  • one primary electromagnetic generator is for generation of an ablative electromagnetic energy and the other is for generation of a non-ablative electromagnetic energy.
  • the control unit e.g. CPU
  • both primary electromagnetic generators are used simultaneously during a time interval e.g., 1-20 ps.
  • the first primary electromagnetic generator is used during the first time interval e.g., from 1 to 10 ps.
  • the first primary electromagnetic generator is then stopped and the second primary electromagnetic generator is immediately used in a subsequent time interval e.g., from 10 to 20 ps.
  • a sequence of two or more successive steps may be repeated.
  • the first primary electromagnetic generator is used during a time interval, e.g., 1-10 ps
  • the second primary electromagnetic generator is used in a second overlapping time interval for e.g., 2-11 ps, wherein during the second time interval the first primary electromagnetic generator and the second primary electromagnetic generator are overlapping e.g., with total overlapping method time for 2-10 ps.
  • the activating and deactivating of the primary electromagnetic generators in a successive or overlap method may be driven by control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 in the order which is suitable for a given treatment, e.g. first activating the pre-heating primary electromagnetic generator, then the ablation primary electromagnetic generator and then the non-ablative primary electromagnetic generator.
  • the active elements 13 in the delivery head 19 may be in the form of optical elements, which may be represented by one or more optical windows, lenses, mirrors, fibers or diffraction elements.
  • the optical element representing active element 13 may be connected to or may contain primary electromagnetic generator 6 inside the delivery head 19 .
  • the optical element may produce one beam of electromagnetic energy, which may provide an energy spot having an energy spot size defined as a surface of tissue irradiated by one beam of light.
  • One optical element may provide one or more energy spots e.g. by splitting one beam into a plurality of beams.
  • the energy spot size may be in the range of 0.001 cm 2 to 1000 cm 2 , or in the range of 0.005 cm 2 to 700 cm 2 , or in the range of 0.01 cm 2 to 300 cm 2 , or in the range of 0.03 cm 2 to 80 cm 2 .
  • Energy spots of different or the same wavelength may be overlaid or may be separated. Two or more beams of light may be applied to the same spot at the same time or with a time gap ranging from 0.1 s to 30 seconds. Energy spots may be separated by at least 1% of their diameter, and in addition, energy spots may closely follow each other or may be separated by a gap ranging from 0.01 mm to 20 mm or from 0.05 mm to 15 mm or from 0.1 mm to 10 mm.
  • the control unit may be further responsible for switching between active elements 13 or for moving the active elements 13 within the delivery head 19 so that the electromagnetic radiation may be delivered homogeneously into the whole treatment area marked with aiming beam 18 .
  • the rate of switching between active elements 13 may be dependent on the amount of delivered energy, pulse length, etc. and the speed of control unit (e.g. CPU) or other mechanism responsible for switching or moving the active elements 13 (e.g. scanner).
  • a device may be configured to switch between multiple active elements 13 in such a way that they deliver energy simultaneously, successively or in an overlapping method. For example, in the case of two active elements: in the simultaneous method, both active elements are used simultaneously during the time interval e.g., 1-20 ps.
  • the first active element is used during the first time interval e.g., from 1 to 10 ps.
  • the first active element is then stopped and the second active element is immediately used in a subsequent time interval e.g., from 10 to 20 ps.
  • This successive step may be repeated.
  • the first active element is used during a time interval for e.g., 1-10 ps
  • the second active element is used in a second overlapping time interval for e.g., 2-11 ps, wherein during the second time interval the first active element and the second active element are overlapping e.g., with total overlapping method time for 2-10 ps.
  • the aiming beam 18 has no clinical effect on the treated tissue and may serve as a tool to mark the area to be treated so that the operator knows which exact area will be irradiated and the control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may set and adjust treatment parameters accordingly.
  • An aiming beam may be generated by a separate electromagnetic generator or by the primary electromagnetic generator 6 .
  • Aiming beam 18 may deliver energy at a wavelength in a range of 300-800 nm and may supply energy at a maximum power of 10 mW.
  • the pad may contain a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) driven distance sensor 22 for measuring a distance from active element 13 to the treated point within the treated area marked by aiming beam 18 .
  • the measured value may be used by CPU 11 as a parameter for adjusting one or more treatment parameters which may depend on the distance between the active element and a treating point, e.g. fluence.
  • Information from distance sensor 22 may be provided to control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) before every switch/movement of an active element 13 so that the delivered energy will remain the same across the treated area independent of its shape or unevenness.
  • the patient's skin may be pre-cooled to a selected temperature for a selected duration over at least one treatment portion, the selected temperature and duration for pre-cooling preferably being sufficient to cool the skin to at least a selected temperature below normal body temperature.
  • the skin may be cooled to at least the selected temperature to a depth below the at least one depth for the treatment portions so that the at least one treatment portion is substantially surrounded by cooled skin.
  • the cooling may continue during the application of radiation, wherein the duration of the application of radiation may be greater than the thermal relaxation time of the treatment portions. Cooling may be provided by any known mechanism including water cooling, sprayed coolant, presence of an active solid cooling element (e.g. thermoelectric cooler) or air flow cooling.
  • a cooling element may act as an optical element.
  • a spacer may serve as a cooling element. Cooling may be provided during, before or after the treatment with electromagnetic energy. Cooling before treatment may also provide an environment for sudden heat shock, while cooling after treatment may provide faster regeneration after heat shock.
  • the temperature of the coolant may be in the range of ⁇ 200° C. to 36° C.
  • the temperature of the cooling element during the treatment may be in the range of ⁇ 80° C. to 36° C. or ⁇ 70° C. to 35° C. or ⁇ 60° C. to 34° C. or ⁇ 20° C. to 30° C. or 0° C. to 27° C. or 5° C. to 25° C.
  • cryogenic spray cooling gas flow or other non-contact cooling techniques may be utilized.
  • a cooling gel on the skin surface might also be utilized, either in addition to or instead of, one of the cooling techniques indicated above.
  • device 100 may include one or more sensors.
  • the sensor may provide information about at least one physical quantity and its measurement may lead to feedback which may be displayed by human machine interface 8 or indicators 17 .
  • the one or more sensors may be used for sensing a variety of physical quantities, including but not limited to the energy of the delivered electromagnetic radiation or backscattered electromagnetic radiation from the skin, impedance of the skin, resistance of the skin, temperature of the treated skin, temperature of the untreated skin, temperature of at least one layer of the skin, water content of the device, the phase angle of delivered or reflected energy, the position of the active elements 13 , the position of the delivery element 19 , temperature of the cooling media or temperature of the primary electromagnetic generator 6 .
  • the sensor may be a temperature, acoustic, vibration, electric, magnetic, flow, positional, optical, imaging, pressure, force, energy flux, impedance, current, Hall or proximity sensor.
  • the sensor may be a capacitive displacement sensor, acoustic proximity sensor, gyroscope, accelerometer, magnetometer, infrared camera or thermographic camera.
  • the sensor may be invasive or contactless.
  • the sensor may be located on the delivery element 19 or in the main unit 2 or may be a part of a distance sensor 22 .
  • One sensor may measure more than one physical quantity.
  • a sensor may include a combination of a gyroscope, an accelerometer or a magnetometer. Additionally, the sensor may measure one or more physical quantities of the treated skin or untreated skin.
  • the thermal sensor measures and monitors the temperature of the treated skin.
  • the temperature can be analyzed by a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU).
  • the thermal sensor may be a contactless sensor (e.g. infrared temperature sensor).
  • the control unit 11 e.g. CPU
  • a temperature feedback system may control the temperature and based on set or pre-set limits alert the operator in human perceptible form e.g. on the human machine interface 8 or via indicators 17 .
  • the device may be configured to adjust treatment parameters of each active element, e.g. output power, activate cooling or stop the treatment.
  • Human perceptible form may be a sound, alert message shown on human machine interface 8 or indicators 17 or change of color of any part of the device 100 .
  • a resistance sensor may measure the skin resistance, since it may vary for different patients, as well as the humidity—wetness and sweat may influence the resistance and therefore the behavior of the skin in the energy field. Based on the measured skin resistance, the skin impedance may also be calculated.
  • Information from one or more sensors may be used for generation of a pathway on a convenient model e.g. a model of the human body shown on a display of human machine interface 8 .
  • the pathway may illustrate a surface or volume of already treated tissue, presently treated tissue, tissue to be treated, or untreated tissue.
  • a convenient model may show a temperature map of the treated tissue providing information about the already treated tissue or untreated tissue.
  • the sensor may provide information about the location of bones, inflamed tissue or joints. Such types of tissue may not be targeted by electromagnetic radiation due to the possibility of painful treatment. Bones, joints or inflamed tissue may be detected by any type of sensor such as an imaging sensor (ultrasound sensor, IR sensor), impedance and the like. A detected presence of these tissue types may cause general human perceptible signals or interruption of generation of electromagnetic radiation. Bones may be detected for example by a change of impedance of the tissue or by analysis of reflected electromagnetic radiation.
  • the device 100 may include an emergency stop button 16 so that the patient can stop the therapy immediately anytime during the treatment.
  • the method of treatment includes the following steps: preparation of the tissue; positioning the proposed device; selecting or setting up the treatment parameters; and application of the energy. More than one step may be executed simultaneously.
  • Preparation of the tissue may include removing make-up or cleansing the patient's skin.
  • anesthetics may be applied topically or in an injection.
  • Positioning the device may include selecting the correct shape of the pad according to the area to be treated and affixing the pad or the neutral electrode to the patient, for example with an adhesive layer, vacuum suction, band or mask, and verifying proper contact with the treated tissue in the case of contact therapy.
  • positioning of the device may include adjusting the aiming beam of proposed device so that the device can measure the distance of the active element(s) from the treatment area and adjust the treatment parameters accordingly.
  • Selecting or setting up the treatment parameters may include adjusting treatment time, power, duty cycle, delivery time and mode (CM or pulsed), active points surface density/size for fractional arrangement and mode of operation. Selecting the mode of operation may mean choosing simultaneous, successive or overlapping methods or selecting the switching order of active elements or groups of active elements or selecting the proper preprogrammed protocol.
  • Application of the energy may include providing at least one type of energy in the form of RF energy, electric current, ultrasound energy or electromagnetic energy in the form of polychromatic or monochromatic light, or their combination.
  • the energy may be provided from at least one active element into the skin by proposed device.
  • Energy may be delivered and regulated automatically by the control unit (e.g. CPU) according to information from thermal sensors and impedance measurements and, in the case of contactless therapy, distance sensors. All automatic adjustments and potential impacts on the therapy may be indicated on the device display. Either the operator or the patient may suspend therapy at any time during treatment.
  • a typical treatment might have a duration of about 1 to 60 min or 2 to 50 min or 3 to 40 min or 5 to 30 min or 8 to 25 min or 10 to 20 min depending on the treated area and the size and number of active elements located within one or more pads.
  • a typical treatment with 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 or up to 10 pads may have a total duration of about 1 to 60 minutes or 2 to 50 minutes or 3 to 40 minutes 5 to 30 minutes or 8 to 25 minutes or 10 to 20 minutes.
  • a typical treatment with one pad may have a total duration of about 1 to 30 minutes or 2 to 25 minutes or 3 to 22 minutes 5 to 20 minutes or 5 to 15 minutes or 5 to 12 minutes.
  • application of energy to the tissue may include providing radiofrequency energy and/or electric current and/or ultrasound energy or any combination of these, from the active elements embedded in the pad, to the skin of the patient.
  • active elements providing radiofrequency energy are capacitive or resistive RF electrodes and the RF energy may cause heating, coagulation or ablation of the skin.
  • the electric current is provided by the RF electrodes and may cause muscle contractions.
  • Ultrasound energy may be provided through an acoustic window and may rise the temperature in the depth which may suppress the gradient loss of RF energy and thus the desired temperature in a germinal layer may be reach.
  • the RF electrode may act as an acoustic window for ultrasound energy.
  • the application of the energy to the tissue may include providing electromagnetic energy in the form of polychromatic or monochromatic light from the active elements into the skin of the patient.
  • active elements providing the electromagnetic energy may comprise optical elements described in the proposed device.
  • Optical elements may be represented by an optical window, lens, mirror, fiber or electromagnetic field generator, e.g. LED, laser, flash lamp, incandescent light bulb or other light sources known in the state of art.
  • the electromagnetic energy in the form of polychromatic or monochromatic light may entail the heating, coagulation or ablation of the skin in the treated area.
  • the device accessories may be removed and a cleansing of the patient's skin may be provided.

Abstract

An unattended approach can increase the reproducibility and safety of the treatment as the chance of over/under treating of a certain area is significantly decreased. On the other hand, unattended treatment of uneven or rugged areas can be challenging in terms of maintaining proper distance or contact with the treated tissue, mostly on areas which tend to differ from patient to patient (e.g. facial area). Delivering energy via a system of active elements embedded in a flexible pad adhesively attached to the skin offers a possible solution. The unattended approach may include delivering of multiple energies to enhance a visual appearance.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation-in-part of International Application no. PCT/IB2021/00300, filed May 3, 2021, now pending, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/019,619, filed on May 4, 2020, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for patient treatment by means of active elements delivering electromagnetic energy and/or secondary energy in such a way that the treatment area is treated homogeneously without the need for manipulation of the active elements during the therapy.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Skin ages with time mostly due to UV exposure—a process known as photoaging. Everyday exposure to UV light gradually leads to decreased skin thickness and a lower amount of the basic building proteins in the skin—collagen and elastin. The amounts of a third major skin component are also diminished, those of hyaluronic acid. These changes appear more quickly on the visible parts of the body, most notably the face. There are several technologies used for facial non-invasive skin rejuvenation such as lasers, high-intensity focused ultrasound and radiofrequency. It is expected that the ultrasound and RF fields also lead to an increase in levels of hyaluronic acid in the dermis.
  • Delivering various forms of electromagnetic energy into a patient for medical and cosmetic purposes has been widely used in the past. These common procedures for improvement of a visual appearance include, but are by no means limited to, skin rejuvenation, wrinkle removal, rhytides, skin tightening and lifting, cellulite and fat reduction, treatment of pigmented lesions, tattoo removal, soft tissue coagulation and ablation, vascular lesion reduction, face lifting, muscle contractions and muscle strengthening, temporary relief of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local circulation etc.
  • Besides many indisputable advantages of thermal therapies, these procedures also bring certain limitations and associated risks. Among others is the limited ability of reproducible results as these are highly dependent on applied treatment techniques and the operator's capabilities. Moreover, if the therapy is performed inappropriately, there is an increased risk of burns and adverse events.
  • It is very difficult to ensure a homogeneous energy distribution if the energy delivery is controlled via manual movement of the operator's hand which is the most common procedure. Certain spots can be easily over- or under-treated. For this reason, devices containing scanning or other mechanisms capable of unattended skin delivery have emerged. These devices usually deliver energy without direct contact with the treated area, and only on a limited, well-defined area without apparent unevenness. Maintaining the same distance between the treated tissue and the energy generator or maintaining the necessary tissue contact may be challenging when treating uneven or rugged areas. Therefore, usage of commonly available devices on such specific areas that moreover differ from patient to patient (e.g. the face) might be virtually impossible.
  • Facial unattended application is, besides the complications introduced by attachment to rugged areas and necessity of adaptation to the shapes of different patients, specific by its increased need for protection against burns and other side effects. Although the face heals more easily than other body areas, it is also more exposed, leading to much higher requirements for treatment downtime. Another important aspect of a facial procedure is that the face hosts the most important human senses, whose function must not be compromised during treatment. Above all, eye safety must be ensured throughout the entire treatment.
  • The current aesthetic market offers either traditional manually controlled radiofrequency or light devices enabling facial tissue heating to a target temperature in the range of 40° C.-100° C. or unattended LED facial masks whose operation is based on light effects (phototherapy) rather than thermal effects. These masks are predominantly intended for home use and do not pose a risk to patients of burns, overheating or overtreating. The variability in facial shapes of individual patients does not represent any issue for these masks as the delivered energy and attained temperatures are so low that the risk of thermal tissue damage is minimized and there is no need for homogeneous treatment. Also, due to low temperatures, it is not important for such devices to maintain the predetermined distance between the individual diodes and the patient's skin, and the shape of the masks is only a very approximate representation of the human face. But their use is greatly limited by the low energy and minimal to no thermal effect and they are therefore considered as a preventive tool for daily use rather than a method of in-office skin rejuvenation with immediate effect.
  • Nowadays, the aesthetic market feels the needs of the combination of the heating treatment made by electromagnetic energy delivered to the epidermis, dermis, hypodermis or adipose tissue with the secondary energy providing muscle contraction or muscle stimulation in the field of improvement of visual appearance of the patient. However, none of the actual devices is adapted to treat the uneven rugged areas like the face. In addition, the commercially available devices are usually handheld devices that need to be operated by the medical professional during the whole treatment.
  • Thus it is necessary to improve medical devices providing more than one treatment energy (e.g. electromagnetic energy and electric current), such that both energies may be deliver via different active elements or the same active element (e.g. electrode). Furthermore, the applicator or pad of the device needs to be attached to the patient which allows unattended treatment of the patient and the applicator or pad needs to be made of flexible material allowing sufficient contact with the uneven treatment area of the body part of the patient.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In order to enable well defined unattended treatment of the uneven, rugged areas of a patient (e.g. facial area) while preserving safety, methods and devices of minimally invasive to non-invasive electromagnetic energy delivery via a single or a plurality of active elements have been proposed.
  • The patient may include skin and a body part, wherein a body part may refer to a body area.
  • The desired effect of the improvement of visual appearance of the patient may include tissue (e.g. skin) heating in the range of 37.5° C. to 55° C., tissue coagulation at temperatures of 50° C. to 70° C. or tissue ablation at temperatures of 55° C. to 130° C. depending on the patient. Various patients and skin conditions may require different treatment approaches—higher temperatures allow better results with fewer sessions but require longer healing times while lower temperatures enable treatment with no downtime but limited results within more sessions. Another effect of the heating may lead to decreasing the number of the fat cells.
  • Another desired effect may be muscle contraction causing muscle stimulation (e.g. strengthening or toning) for improving the visual appearance of the patient.
  • An arrangement for contact or contactless therapy has been proposed.
  • For contact therapy, the proposed device and methods comprise at least one electromagnetic energy generator inside a main unit that generates an electromagnetic energy which is delivered to the treatment area via at least one active element attached to the skin. At least one active element may be embedded in a pad made of flexible material that adapts to the shape of the rugged surface. An underside of the pad may include of an adhesive layer allowing the active elements to adhere to the treatment area and to maintain necessary tissue contact. Furthermore, the device may employ a safety system capable of adjusting one or more therapy parameters based on the measured values from at least one sensor, e.g. thermal sensors or impedance measurement sensors capable of measuring quality of contact with the treated tissue.
  • For contactless therapy, the proposed device and methods comprise at least one electromagnetic energy generator inside a main unit that generates an electromagnetic energy which is delivered to the treatment area via at least one active element located at a defined distance from the tissue to be treated. A distance of at least one active element from the treatment area may be monitored before, throughout the entire treatment or post-treatment. Furthermore, the device may employ a safety system capable of adjusting one or more therapy parameters based on the measured values from at least one sensor, for example one or more distance sensors. Energy may be delivered by a single or a plurality of static active elements or by moving a single or a plurality of active elements throughout the entire treatment area, for example via a built-in automatic moving system, e.g. an integrated scanner. Treatment areas may be set by means of laser sight—the operator may mark the area to be treated prior to the treatment.
  • The active element may deliver energy through its entire surface or by means of a so-called fractional arrangement when the active part includes a matrix formed by points of defined size. These points may be separated by inactive (and therefore untreated) areas that allow faster tissue healing. The points surface may make up from 1% to 99% of the active element area.
  • The electromagnetic energy may be primarily generated by a laser, laser diode module, LED, flash lamp or incandescent light bulb or by radiofrequency generator for causing the heating of the patient. Additionally, an acoustic energy or electric or electromagnetic energy, which does not heat the patient, may be delivered simultaneously, alternately or in overlap with the primary electromagnetic energy.
  • The active element may deliver more than one energy simultaneously (at the same time), successively or in overlap. For example, the active element may deliver a radiofrequency energy and subsequently an electric energy (electric current). In another example, the active element may deliver the radiofrequency energy and the electric energy at the same time.
  • Furthermore the device may be configured to deliver the electromagnetic field by at least one active element and simultaneously (at the same time) to deliver e.g. electric energy by a different elements.
  • Thus the proposed methods and devices may lead to improvement of a visual appearance including, but by no means limited to a proper skin rejuvenation, wrinkle removal, skin tightening and lifting, cellulite and fat reduction, treatment of pigmented lesions, rhytides, tattoo removal, soft tissue coagulation and ablation, vascular lesions reduction, temporary relief of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local circulation, etc. of uneven rugged areas without causing further harm to important parts of the patient's body, e.g. nerves or internal organs. The proposed method and devices may lead to an adipose tissue reduction, e.g. by fat cells lipolysis or apoptosis.
  • Furthermore, the proposed methods and devices may lead to improvement of a visual appearance, e.g. tissue rejuvenation via muscle strengthening or muscle toning through muscle contractions caused by electric current or electromagnetic energy and via elastogenesis and/or neocolagenesis and/or relief of pain and/or muscle spasms and/or increase in local circulation through heating by radiofrequency energy.
  • Alternatively, the proposed devices and methods may be used for post-surgical treatment, e.g. after liposuction, e.g. for treatment and/or healing of the wounds caused by surgery.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for contact therapy.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of an apparatus for contact therapy.
  • FIG. 3A represents pad shapes and layout.
  • FIG. 3B represents pad shapes and layout.
  • FIG. 3C represents one possible pad shape and layout for treatment of a forehead.
  • FIG. 3D represent one possible pad shape and layout for treatment of a cheek.
  • FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 4C, and FIG. 4D represent side views of the pad intended for contact therapy.
  • FIG. 5A represents a top view of one variant of the pad.
  • FIG. 5B represents a detail view of one possible arrangement of the slot in the substrate.
  • FIG. 6 shows one variant of energy delivery by switching multiple active elements.
  • FIG. 7 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for contactless therapy.
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of an apparatus for contactless therapy.
  • FIG. 9A is an illustration of the framed grated electrode.
  • FIG. 9B is an illustration of another framed grated electrode.
  • FIG. 9C is an illustration of a framed grated electrode with thinning conductive lines.
  • FIG. 9D is an illustration of a non-framed grated electrode.
  • FIG. 9E is an illustration of an electrode with openings.
  • FIG. 9F is one possible illustration of an electrode.
  • FIG. 9G is another illustration of an electrode.
  • FIG. 9H is another illustration of an electrode.
  • FIG. 10 is an illustration of a forehead pad treatment.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The presented methods and devices may be used for stimulation and/or treatment of a tissue, including but not limited to skin, epidermis, dermis, hypodermis or muscles. The proposed apparatus is designed for minimally to non-invasive treatment of one or more areas of the tissue to enable well defined unattended treatment of the uneven, rugged areas (e.g. facial area) by electromagnetic energy delivery via a single or a plurality of active elements without causing further harm to important parts of the patient's body, e.g. nerves or internal organs.
  • Additionally the presented methods and devices may be used to stimulate body parts or body areas like head, neck, bra fat, love handles, torso, back, abdomen, buttocks, thighs, calves, legs, arms, forearms, hands, fingers or body cavities (e.g. vagina, anus, mouth, inner ear etc.).
  • The proposed methods and devices may include a several protocols improving of visual appearance, which may be preprogramed in the control unit (e.g. CPU—central processing unit, which may include a flex circuit or a printed circuit board and may include a microprocessor or memory for controlling the device).
  • The desired effect may include tissue (e.g. a surface of the skin) heating (thermal therapy) in the range of 37.5° C. to 55° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 53° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 52° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 50° C. or in the range of 41° C. to 45° C., tissue coagulation at temperatures in the range of 50° C. to 70° C. or in the range of 51° C. to 65° C. or in the range of 52° C. to 62° C. or in the range of 53° C. to 60° C. or tissue ablation at temperatures in the range of 55° C. to 130° C. or in the range of 58° C. to 120° C. or in the range of 60° C. to 110° C. or in the range of 60° C. to 100° C. The device may be operated in contact or in contactless methods. For contact therapy a target temperature of the skin may be typically within the range of 37.5° C. to 95° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 90° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 85° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 80° C. while for contactless therapy a target temperature of the skin may be in the range of 37.5° C. to 130° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 120° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 110° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 100° C. The temperature within the range of 37.5° C. to 130° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 120° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 110° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 100° C. may lead to stimulation of fibroblasts and formation of connective tissue—e.g. collagen, elastin, hyaluronic acid etc. Depending on the target temperature, controlled tissue damage is triggered, physiological repair processes are initiated, and new tissue is formed. Temperatures within the range of 37.5° C. to 130° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 120° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 110° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 100° C. may further lead to changes in the adipose tissue. During the process of apoptosis caused by high temperatures, fat cells come apart into apoptotic bodies and are further removed via the process of phagocytosis. During a process called necrosis, fat cells are ruptured due to high temperatures, and their content is released into an extracellular matrix. Both processes may lead to a reduction of fat layers enabling reshaping of the face. Removing fat from the face may be beneficial for example in areas like submentum or cheeks.
  • Another desired effect may include tissue rejuvenation, e. g. muscle strengthening through the muscle contraction caused by electric or electromagnetic energy, which doesn't heat the patient, or the muscle relaxation caused by a pressure massage. The combined effect of muscle contractions via electric energy and tissue (e.g. skin) heating by electromagnetic field in accordance to the description may lead to significant improvement of visual appearance.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are discussed together. FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an apparatus 1 for contact therapy. FIG. 2 is an illustration of an apparatus 1 for contact therapy. The apparatus 1 for contact therapy may comprise two main blocks: main unit 2 and a pad 4. Additionally, the apparatus 1 may comprise interconnecting block 3 or neutral electrode 7. However, the components of interconnecting block 3, may be implemented into the main unit 2.
  • Main unit 2 may include one or more generators: a primary electromagnetic generator 6, which may preferably deliver radiofrequency energy in the range of 10 kHz to 300 GHz or 300 kHz to 10 GHz or 400 kHz to 6 GHz, or in the range of 100 kHz to 550 MHz or 250 kHz to 500 MHz or 350 kHz to 100 MHz or 400 kHz to 80 MHz, a secondary generator 9 which may additionally deliver electromagnetic energy, which does not heat the patient, or deliver electric current in the range of 1 Hz to 10 MHz or 5 Hz to 5 MHz or in the range of 10 Hz to 1 MHz or in the range of 20 Hz to 1 kHz or in the range of 40 Hz to 500 Hz or in the range of 50 Hz to 300 Hz and/or an ultrasound emitter 10 which may furthermore deliver an acoustic energy with a frequency in the range of 20 kHz to 25 GHz or 20 kHz to 1 GHz or 50 kHz to 250 MHz or 100 kHz to 100 MHz. In addition, the frequency of the ultrasound energy may be in the range of 20 kHz to 80 MHz or 50 kHz to 50 MHz or 150 kHz to 20 MHz.
  • The output power of the radiofrequency energy may be less than or equal to 450, 300, 250 or 220 W. Additionally, the radiofrequency energy on the output of the primary electromagnetic generator 6 (e.g. radiofrequency generator) may be in the range of 0.1 W to 400 W, or in the range of 0.5 W to 300 W or in the range of 1 W to 200 W or in the range of 10 W to 150 W. The radiofrequency energy may be applied in or close to the ISM bands of 6.78 MHz, 13.56 MHz, 27.12 MHz, 40.68 MHz, 433.92 MHz, 915 MHz, 2.45 GHz and 5.8 GHz.
  • Main unit 2 may further comprise a human machine interface 8 represented by a display, buttons, a keyboard, a touchpad, a touch panel or other control members enabling an operator to check and adjust therapy and other device parameters. For example, it may be possible to set the power, treatment time or other treatment parameters of each generator (primary electromagnetic generator 6, secondary generator 9 and ultrasound emitter 10) independently. The human machine interface 8 may be connected to control unit 11 (e.g. CPU). The power supply 5 located in the main unit 2 may include a transformer, disposable battery, rechargeable battery, power plug or standard power cord. The output power of the power supply 5 may be in the range of 10 W to 600 W, or in the range of 50 W to 500 W, or in the range of 80 W to 450 W.
  • In addition the human machine interface 8 may also display information about the applied therapy type, remaining therapy time and main therapy parameters.
  • Interconnecting block 3 may serve as a communication channel between the main unit 2 and the pad 4. It may be represented by a simple device containing basic indicators 17 and mechanisms for therapy control. Indicators 17 may be realized through the display, LEDs, acoustic signals, vibrations or other forms capable of providing adequate notice to an operator and/or the patient. Indicators 17 may indicate actual patient temperature, contact information or other sensor measurements as well as a status of a switching process between the active elements, quality of contact with the treated tissue, actual treatment parameters, ongoing treatment, etc. Indicators 17 may be configured to warn the operator in case of suspicious therapy behavior, e.g. temperature out of range, improper contact with the treated tissue, parameters automatically adjusted etc. Interconnecting block 3 may be used as an additional safety feature for heat-sensitive patients. It may contain emergency stop button 16 so that the patient can stop the therapy immediately anytime during the treatment. Switching circuitry 14 may be responsible for switching between active elements or for regulation of energy delivery from primary electromagnetic generator 6, secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10. The rate of switching between active elements 13 may be dependent on the amount of delivered energy, pulse length etc, and/or on the speed of switching circuitry 14 and control unit 11 (e.g. CPU). The switching circuitry 14 may include relay switch, transistor (bipolar, PNP, NPN, FET, JFET, MOSFET) thyristor, diode or opto-mechanical switch or any other suitable switch know in the prior art. The switching circuitry in connection with the control unit (e.g. CPU) may control the switching between the primary electromagnetic energy generated by the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and the secondary energy generated by the secondary generator 9 on the at least one active element 13.
  • Additionally, the interconnecting block 3 may contain the primary electromagnetic generator 6, the secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10 or only one of them or any combination thereof.
  • In one not limiting aspect, the main unit 2 may comprise the primary electromagnetic generator 6, the interconnecting block 3 may comprise the secondary generator 9, and ultrasound emitter 10 may not be present at all.
  • The control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) controls the primary electromagnetic generator 6 such that the primary electromagnetic energy may be delivered in a continuous mode (CM) or a pulse mode to the at least one active element, having a fluence in the range of 10 mJ/cm2 to 50 kJ/cm2 or in the range of 100 mJ/cm2 to 10 kJ/cm2 or in the range of 0.5 J/cm2 to 1 kJ/cm2. The electromagnetic energy may be primarily generated by a laser, laser diode module, LED, flash lamp or incandescent light bulb or by radiofrequency generator for causing the heating of the patient. The CM mode may be operated for a time interval in the range of 0.05 s to 60 min or in the range of 0.1 s to 45 min or in the range of 0.2 s to 30 min. The pulse duration of the energy delivery operated in the pulse regime may be in the range of 0.1 ms to 10 s or in the range of 0.2 ms to 7 s or in the range of 0.5 ms to 5 s. The primary electromagnetic generator 6 in the pulse regime may be operated by a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) in a single shot mode or in a repetition mode. The frequency of the repetition mode may be in the range of 0.05 to 10 000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 5000 Hz or in the range of 0.3 to 2000 Hz or in the range of 0.5 to 1000 Hz. Alternatively, the frequency of the repetition mode may be in the range of 0.1 kHz to 200 MHz or in the range of 0.5 kHz to 150 MHz or in the range of 0.8 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 1 kHz to 80 MHz. The single shot mode may mean generation of just one electromagnetic pulse of specific parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, etc.) for delivery to a single treatment area. The repetition mode may mean generation of an electromagnetic pulses, which may have the specific parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, etc.), with a repetition rate of the above-mentioned frequency for delivery to a single treatment area. The control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may provide treatment control such as stabilization of the treatment parameters including treatment time, power, duty cycle, time period regulating switching between multiple active elements, temperature of the device 1 and temperature of the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10. The control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may drive and provide information from the switching circuitry 14. The control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may also receive and provide information from sensors located on or in the pad 4 or anywhere in the device 1. The control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may include a flex circuit or a printed circuit board and may include a microprocessor or memory for controlling the device.
  • The control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may control the secondary generator 9 such that secondary energy (e.g electric current or magnetic field) may be delivered in a continuous mode (CM) or a pulse mode to the at least one active element, having a fluence in the range of 10 mJ/cm2 to 50 kJ/cm2 or in the range of 100 mJ/cm2 to 10 kJ/cm2 or in the range of 0.5 J/cm2 to 1 kJ/cm2 on the surface of the at least one active element. Applying the secondary energy to the treatment area of the patient may cause a muscle contractions of the patient. The CM mode may be operated for a time interval in the range of 0.05 s to 60 min or in the range of 0.1 s to 45 min or in the range of 0.2 s to 30 min. The pulse duration of the delivery of the secondary energy operated in the pulse regime may be in the range of 0.1 μs to 10 s or in the range of 0.2 μs to 1 s or in the range of 0.5 μs to 500 ms, or in the range of 0.5 to 10 s or in the range of 1 to 8 s or in the range of 1.5 to 5 s or in the range of 2 to 3 s. The secondary generator 9 in the pulse regime may be operated by a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) in a single shot mode or in a repetition mode. The frequency of the repetition mode may be in the range of 0.1 to 12 000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 8000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 5000 Hz or in the range of 0.5 to 1000 Hz.
  • The proposed device may be multichannel device allowing the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 to control the treatment of more than one treated area at once.
  • Alternatively, the interconnecting block 3 may not be a part of the device 1, and the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11, switching circuitry 14, indicators 17 and emergency stop button 16 may be a part of the main unit 2 or pad 4. In addition, some of the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11, switching circuitry 14, indicators 17 and emergency stop button 16 may be a part of the main unit 2 and some of them part of pad 4, e.g. control unit (e.g. CPU) 11, switching circuitry 14 and emergency stop button 16 may be part of the main unit 2 and indicators 17 may be a part of the pad 4.
  • Pad 4 represents the part of the device which may be in contact with the patient's skin during the therapy. The pads 4 may be made of flexible substrate material—for example polymer-based material, polyimide (PI) films, Teflon®, epoxy, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamide or PE foam with an additional adhesive layer on an underside, e.g. a hypoallergenic adhesive gel (hydrogel) or adhesive tape that may be bacteriostatic, non-irritating, or water-soluble. The substrate may also be a silicone-based substrate. The substrate may also be made of a fabric, e.g. non-woven fabric. The adhesive layer may have the impedance for a current at a frequency of 500 kHz in the range of 1 to 150Ω or in the range of 5 to 130Ω or in the range of 10 to 100Ω, and the impedance for a current at a frequency of 100 Hz or less is three times or more the impedance for a current at a frequency of 500 kHz. The adhesive hydrogel may be made of a polymer matrix or mixture containing water, a polyhydric alcohol, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a polyisocyanate component, a polyol component or has a methylenediphenyl structure in the main chain. Additionally, a conductive adhesive may be augmented with metallic fillers, such as silver, gold, copper, aluminum, platinum or titanium or graphite that make up 1 to 90% or 2 to 80% or 5 to 70% of adhesive. The adhesive layer may be covered by “ST-gel®” or “Tensive®” conductive adhesive gel which is applied to the body to reduce its impedance, thereby facilitating the delivery of an electric shock.
  • The adhesive layer, e.g. hydrogel may cover exactly the whole surface of the pad facing the body area of the patient. The thickness of the hydrogel layer may be in the range of 0.1 to 3 mm or in the range of 0.3 to 2 mm or in the range of 0.4 to 1.8 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 mm.
  • The adhesive layer under the pad 4 may mean that the adhesive layer is between the surface of the pad facing the patient and the body of the patient. The adhesive layer may have impedance 1.1 times, 2 times, 4 times or up to 10 times higher than the impedance of the skin of the patient under the pad 4. A definition of the skin impedance may be that it is a portion of the total impedance, measured between two equipotential surfaces in contact with the epidermis, that is inversely proportional to the electrode area, when the internal current flux path is held constant. Data applicable to this definition would be conveniently recorded as admittance per unit area to facilitate application to other geometries. The impedance of the adhesive layer may be set by the same experimental setup as used for measuring the skin impedance. The impedance of the adhesive layer may be higher than the impedance of the skin by a factor in the range of 1.1 to 20 times or 1.2 to 15 times or 1.3 to 10 times.
  • The impedance of the adhesive layer may have different values for the different types of energy delivered to the patient, e.g. the impedance may be different for radiofrequency and for electric current delivery. The impedance of the hydrogel may be in the range of 100 to 2000 Ohms or in the range of 150 to 1800 Ohms or 200 to 1500 Ohms or 300 to 1200 Ohms in case of delivery of the electric current (e.g. during electrotherapy). In one aspect, the impedance of an adhesive layer (e.g. hydrogel) for AC current at 1 kHz may be in the range of 1000 to 3000 Ohms, or of 1200 to 2800 Ohms, or of 1500 to 2500 Ohms. In another aspect, the impedance of the adhesive layer (e.g. hydrogel) for AC current at 10 Hz may be in the range of 2000 to 4000 Ohms, or of 2300 to 3700 Ohms, or of 2500 to 3500 Ohms.
  • The electric conductivity of the adhesive layer at radiofrequency of 3.2 MHz may be in the range of 20 to 200 mS/m or in the range of 50 to 140 mS/m or in the range of 60 to 120 mS/m or in the range of 70 to 100 mS/m.
  • Alternatively, the adhesive layer may be a composition of more elements, wherein some elements may have suitable physical properties (referred to herein as adhesive elements), e.g. proper adhesive and/or conductivity and/or impedance and/or cooling properties and so on; and some elements may have nourishing properties (referred to herein as nourishing elements), e.g. may contain nutrients, and/or vitamins, and/or minerals, and/or organic and/or inorganic substances with nourishing effect, which may be delivered to the skin of the patient during the treatment. The volumetric ratio of adhesive elements to nourishing elements may be in the range of 1:1 to 20:1, or of 2:1 to 10:1, or of 3:1 to 5:1, or of 5:1 to 50:1, or of 10:1 to 40:1, or of 15:1. In one aspect, the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and a hyaluronic acid as a nourishing element. In another aspect, the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and one or more vitamins as nourishing elements. In another aspect, the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and one or more minerals as nourishing elements. In another aspect, the adhesive layer composition may contain a hydrogel as an adhesive element and one or more minerals as nourishing elements.
  • In one aspect, the nourishing element may be released continuously by itself during the treatment. In another aspect, the nourishing element may be released due to delivery of a treatment energy (e.g. radiofrequency, light, electric current or ultrasound), which may pass through the nourishing element and thus cause its release to the skin of the patient.
  • The pad 4 may also have a sticker on a top side of the pad. The top side is the opposite side from the underside (the side where the adhesive layer may be deposited) or in other words the top side is the side of the pad that is facing away from the patient during the treatment. The sticker may have a bottom side and a top side, wherein the bottom side of the sticker may comprise a sticking layer and the top side of the sticker may comprise non-sticking layer (eg. polyimide (PI) films, Teflon®, epoxy, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamide or PE foam, PE film or PVC foam). The sticker covers the top side of the pad and may also cover some sensors situated on the top side of the pad (e.g. thermal sensors).
  • The sticker may have the same shape as the pad 4 or may have additional overlap over the pad. The sticker may be bonded to the pad such that the sticking layer of the bottom side of the sticker is facing toward the top side of the pad 4. The top side of the sticker facing away from the pad 4 may be made of a non-adhesive layer. The linear dimension of the sticker with additional overlap may exceed the corresponding dimension of the pad in the range of 0.1 to 10 cm, or in the range of 0.1 to 7 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 5 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 3 cm, or in the range of 0.3 to 1 cm. This overlap may also comprise an adhesive layer and may be used to form additional and more proper contact of the pad with the patient. The thickness of the sticker may be in the range of 0.05 to 3 mm or in the range of 0.1 to 2 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 mm. The top side of the sticker may have a printed inscription for easy recognition of the pad, e.g. the brand of the manufacturer or the proposed treated body area.
  • In one aspect, the adhesive layer, e.g. hydrogel, on the underside of the pad facing the body area of the patient may cover the whole surface of the pad and even overlap the surface of the pad and cover at least partially the overlap of the sticking layer. In another aspect, the underside of the adhesive layer and/or the overlap of the sticker (both parts facing towards the patient) may be covered by a liner, which may be removed just before the treatment. The liner protects the adhesive layer and/or the overlap of the sticker, thus when the liner is removed the proper adhesion to the body area of the patient is ensured.
  • Alternatively, the pad 4 may comprise at least one suction opening, e.g. small cavities or slits adjacent to active elements or the active element may be embedded inside a cavity. The suction opening may be connected via connecting tube to a pump which may be part of the main unit 2. When the suction opening is brought into contact with the skin, the air sucked from the suction opening flows toward the connecting tube and the pump and the skin may be slightly sucked into the suction opening. Thus by applying a vacuum the adhesion of pad 4 may be provided. Furthermore, the pad 4 may comprise the adhesive layer and the suction openings for combined stronger adhesion.
  • In addition to the vacuum (negative pressure), the pump may also provide a positive pressure by pumping the fluid to the suction opening. The positive pressure is pressure higher than atmospheric pressure and the negative pressure or vacuum is lower than atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure is a pressure of the air in the room during the therapy.
  • The pressure (positive or negative) may be applied to the treatment area in pulses providing a massage treatment. The massage treatment may be provided by one or more suction openings changing pressure value to the patient's soft tissue in the meaning that the suction opening apply different pressure to patient tissue. Furthermore, the suction openings may create a pressure gradient in the soft tissue without touching the skin. Such pressure gradients may be targeted on the soft tissue layer, under the skin surface and/or to different soft tissue structure.
  • Massage accelerates and improves treatment therapy by electromagnetic energy, electric energy or electromagnetic energy which does not heat the patient, improves blood and/or lymph circulation, angioedema, erythema effect, accelerates removing of the fat, accelerate metabolism, accelerates elastogenesis and/or neocolagenesis.
  • Each suction opening may provide pressure by a suction mechanism, airflow or gas flow, liquid flow, pressure provided by an object included in the suction opening (e.g. massaging object, pressure cells etc.) and/or in other ways.
  • Pressure value applied on the patient's tissue means that a suction opening providing massaging effect applies positive, negative and/or sequentially changing positive and negative pressure on the treated and/or adjoining patient's tissue structures and/or creates a pressure gradient under the patient's tissue surface
  • Massage applied in order to improve body liquid flow (e.g. lymph drainage) and/or relax tissue in the surface soft tissue layers may be applied with pressure lower than during the massage of deeper soft tissue layers. Such positive or negative pressure compared to the atmospheric pressure may be in a range of 10 Pa to 30 000 Pa, or in a range of 100 Pa to 20 000 Pa or in a range of 0.5 kPa to 19 kPa or in a range of 1 kPa to 15 kPa.
  • Massage applied in order to improve body liquid flow and/or relaxation of the tissue in the deeper soft tissue layers may be applied with higher pressure. Such positive or negative pressure may be in a range from 12 kPa to 400 kPa or from 15 kPa to 300 kPa or from 20 kPa to 200 kPa. An uncomfortable feeling of too high applied pressure may be used to set a pressure threshold according to individual patient feedback.
  • Negative pressure may stimulate body liquid flow and/or relaxation of the deep soft tissue layers (0.5 cm to non-limited depth in the soft tissue) and/or layers of the soft tissue near the patient surface (0.1 mm to 0.5 cm). In order to increase effectiveness of the massage negative pressure treatment may be used followed by positive pressure treatment.
  • A number of suction openings changing pressure values on the patient's soft tissue in one pad 4 may be between 1 to 100 or between 1 to 80 or 1 to 40 or between 1 to 10.
  • Sizes and/or shapes of suction openings may be different according to treated area. One suction opening may cover an area on the patient surface between 0.1 mm2 to 1 cm2 or between 0.1 mm2 to 50 mm2 or between 0.1 mm2 to 40 mm2 or between 0.1 mm2 to 20 mm2. Another suction opening may cover an area on the patient surface between 1 cm2 to 1 m2 or between 1 cm2 to 100 cm2 or between 1 cm2 to 50 cm2 or between 1 cm2 to 40 cm2.
  • Several suction openings may work simultaneously or switching between them may be in intervals between 1 ms to 10 s or in intervals between 10 ms to 5 s or in intervals between 0.5 s to 2 s.
  • Suction openings in order to provide massaging effect may be guided according to one or more predetermined massage profile included in the one or more treatment protocols. The massage profile may be selected by the operator and/or by a control unit (e.g. CPU) with regard to the patient's condition. For example a patient with lymphedema may require a different level of compression profile and applied pressure than a patient with a healed leg ulcer.
  • Pressure applied by one or more suction openings may be gradually applied preferably in the positive direction of the lymph flow and/or the blood flow in the veins. According to specific treatment protocols the pressure may be gradually applied in a direction opposite or different from ordinary lymph flow. Values of applied pressure during the treatment may be varied according to the treatment protocol.
  • A pressure gradient may arise between individual suction openings. Examples of gradients described are not limited for this method and/or device. The setting of the pressure gradient between at least two previous and successive suction openings may be: 0%, i.e. The applied pressure by suction openings is the same (e.g. pressure in all suction openings of the pad is the same);
  • 1%, i.e. The applied pressure between a previous and a successive suction opening decreases and/or increases with a gradient of 1% (e.g. the pressure in the first suction opening is 5 kPa and the pressure in the successive suction opening is 4.95 kPa);
  • 2%, i.e. The pressure decreases or increases with a gradient of 2%. The pressure gradient between two suction openings may be in a range 0% to 100% where 100% means that one suction openings is not active and/or does not apply any pressure on the patient's soft tissue.
  • A treatment protocol that controls the application of the pressure gradient between a previous and a successive suction opening may be in a range between 0.1% to 95%, or in a range between 0.1% to 70%, or in a range between 1% to 50%.
  • The suction opening may also comprise an impacting massage object powered by a piston, massage object operated by filling or sucking out liquid or air from the gap volume by an inlet/outlet valve or massage object powered by an element that creates an electric field, magnetic field or electromagnetic field. Additionally, the massage may be provided by impacting of multiple massage objects. The multiple massage objects may have the same or different size, shape, weight or may be created from the same or different materials. The massage objects may be accelerated by air or liquid flowing (through the valve) or by an electric, magnetic or electromagnetic field. Trajectory of the massage objects may be random, circular, linear and/or massage objects may rotate around one or more axes, and/or may do other types of moves in the gap volume.
  • The massage unit may also comprise a membrane on the side facing the patient which may be accelerated by an electric, magnetic, electromagnetic field or by changing pressure value in the gap volume between wall of the chamber and the membrane. This membrane may act as the massage object.
  • During the treatment, it may be convenient to use a combination of pads with adhesive layer and pads with suction openings. In that case at least one pad used during the treatment may comprise adhesive layer and at least additional one pad used during the treatment may comprise suction opening. For example, pad with adhesive layer may be suited for treatment of more uneven areas, e.g. periorbital area, and pad with suction openings for treatment of smoother areas, e.g. cheeks.
  • The advantage of the device where the attachment of the pads may be provided by an adhesion layer or by a suction opening or their combination is that there is no need of any additional gripping system which would be necessary to hold the pads on the treatment area during the treatment, e.g. a band or a felt, which may cause a discomfort of the patient.
  • Yet in another aspect, it is possible to fasten the flexible pads 4 to the face by at least one band or felt which may be made from an elastic material and thus adjusted for an individual face. In that case the flexible pads, which may have not the adhesive layer or suction opening, are placed on the treatment area of the patient and their position is then fastened by a band or felt to avoid deflection of the pads from the treatment areas. Alternatively, the band may be replaced by a mask, e.g. an elastic mask that covers from 5% to 100% or from 30% to 99% or from 40% to 95% or from 50% to 90% of the face and may serve to secure the flexible pads on the treatment areas. In another aspect, the mask may be rigid or semi rigid. The mask may contain one connecting part comprising conductive leads which then distributes the conductive leads to specific pads. Furthermore, it may be possible to use the combination of the pad with adhesive layer or suction opening and the fastening band, felt or mask to ensure strong attachment of the pads on the treatment areas.
  • Additionally, the fastening mechanism may be in the form of a textile or a garment which may be mountable on a user's body part. In use of the device, a surface of the active element or pad 4 lays along an inner surface of the garment, while the opposite surface of the active element or pad 4 is in contact with the user's skin, preferably by means of a skin-active element hydrogel interface.
  • The garment may be fastened for securement of the garment to or around a user's body part, e.g. by hook and loop fastener, button, buckle, stud, leash or cord, magnetic-guided locking system or clamping band and the garment may be manufactured with flexible materials or fabrics that adapt to the shape of the user's body or limb. The pad 4 may be in the same way configured to be fastened to the inner surface of the garment. The garment is preferably made of breathable materials. Non limiting examples of such materials are soft Neoprene, Nylon, polyurethane, polyester, polyamide, polypropylene, silicone, cotton or any other material which is soft and flexible. All named materials could be used as woven, non-woven, single use fabric or laminated structures.
  • The garment and the pad may be modular system, which means module or element of the device (pad, garment) and/or system is designed separately and independently from the rest of the modules or elements, at the same time that they are compatible with each other.
  • The pad 4 may be designed to be attached to or in contact with the garment, thus being carried by the garment in a stationary or fixed condition, in such a way that the pads are disposed on fixed positions of the garment. The garment ensures the correct adhesion or disposition of the pad to the user's skin. In use of the device, the surface of one or more active elements not in contact with the garment is in contact with the patient's skin, preferably by means of a hydrogel layer that acts as pad-skin interface. Therefore, the active elements included in the pad are in contact with the patient's skin.
  • The optimal placement of the pad on the patient's body part, and therefore the garment which carries the pad having the active elements, is determined by a technician or clinician helping the patient.
  • In addition, the garment may comprise more than one pad or the patient may wear more than one garment comprising one or more pads during one treatment session.
  • The pad 4 may contain at least one active element 13 capable of delivering energy from primary electromagnetic generator 6 or secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10. In various aspects, the active element is an electrode, an optical element, an acoustic window, an ultrasound emitter, or other energy delivering elements known in the art. The electrode may be a radiofrequency (RF) electrode. The RF electrode may be a dielectric electrode coated with insulating (e.g. dielectric) material. The RF electrode may be monopolar, bipolar, unipolar or multipolar. The bipolar arrangement may consist of electrodes that alternate between active and return function and where the thermal gradient beneath electrodes is almost the same during treatment. Bipolar electrodes may form circular or ellipsoidal shapes, where electrodes are concentric to each other. However, a group of bipolar electrode systems may be used as well. A unipolar electrode or one or more multipolar electrodes may be used as well. The system may alternatively use monopolar electrodes, where the so-called return electrode (or neutral electrode or ground electrode or grounding electrode) has larger area than so-called active electrode. The thermal gradient beneath the active electrode is therefore higher than beneath the return electrode. The active electrode may be part of the pad and the passive electrode having larger surface area may be located at least 5 cm, 10 cm, or 20 cm from the pad. A neutral electrode may be used as the passive electrode. The neutral electrode may be on the opposite side of the patient's body than the pad is attached. A unipolar electrode may also optionally be used. During unipolar energy delivery there is one electrode, no neutral electrode, and a large field of RF emitted in an omnidirectional field around a single electrode. Capacitive and/or resistive electrodes may be used. Radiofrequency energy may provide energy flux on the surface of the RF electrode or on the surface of the treated tissue (e.g. skin) in the range of 0.001 W/cm2 to 1500 W/cm2 or 0.01 W/cm2 to 1000 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 500 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 100 W/cm2 or 1 W/cm2 to 50 W/cm2. The energy flux on the surface of the RF electrode may be calculated from the size of the RF electrode and its output value of the energy. The energy flux on the surface of the treated tissue may be calculated from the size of the treated tissue exactly below the RF electrode and its input value of the energy provided by the RF electrode. In addition, the RF electrode positioned in the pad 4 may act as an acoustic window for ultrasound energy.
  • The active element 13 may provide a secondary energy from secondary generator 9 in the form of an electric current or a magnetic field. By applying the secondary energy to the treated area of the body of the patient, muscle fibers stimulation (e.g. muscle contractions) may be achieved and thus increasing muscle tone, muscle strengthening, restoration of feeling the muscle, relaxation of the musculature and/or stretching musculature.
  • The proposed device may provide an electrotherapy in case that the secondary energy delivered by the active element 13 (e.g a radiofrequency electrode or simply referred just as an electrode) is the electric current generated by the secondary generator 9. The main effects of electrotherapy are: analgesic, myorelaxation, iontophoresis, anti-edematous effect or muscle stimulation causing a muscle fiber contraction. Each of these effects may be achieved by one or more types of electrotherapy: galvanic current, pulse direct current and alternating current.
  • Galvanic current (or “continuous”) is a current that may have constant electric current and/or absolute value of the electric current is in every moment higher than 0. It may be used mostly for iontophoresis, or its trophic stimulation (hyperemic) effect is utilized. At the present invention this current may be often substituted by galvanic intermittent current. Additionally, galvanic component may be about 95% but due to interruption of the originally continuous intensity the frequency may reach 5-12 kHz or 5-10 kHz or 5-9 kHz or 5-8 kHz.
  • The pulse direct current (DC) is of variable intensity but only one polarity. The basic pulse shape may vary. It includes e.g. diadynamics, rectangular, triangular and exponential pulse of one polarity. Depending on the used frequency and intensity it may have stimulatory, tropic, analgesic, myorelaxation, iontophoresis, at least partial muscle contraction and anti-edematous effect and/or other.
  • Alternating Current (AC or biphasic) where the basic pulse shape may vary—rectangular, triangular, harmonic sinusoidal, exponential and/or other shapes and/or combination of mentioned above. It can be alternating, symmetric and/or asymmetric. Use of alternating currents in contact electrotherapy implies much lower stress on the tissue under the electrode. For these types of currents the capacitive component of skin resistance is involved, and due to that these currents are very well tolerated by the patients.
  • AC therapies may be differentiated into five subtypes: TENS, Classic (four-pole) Interference, Two-pole Interference, Isoplanar Interference and Dipole Vector Field. It also exist some specific electrotherapy energy variants and modularity of period, shape of the energy etc.
  • Due to interferential electrotherapy, different nerves and tissue structures by medium frequency may be stimulated in a range of 500 Hz to 12 kHz or in a range of 500 Hz to 8 kHz, or 500 Hz to 6 kHz, creating pulse envelopes with frequencies for stimulation of the nerves and tissues e.g. sympathetic nerves (0.1-5 Hz), parasympathetic nerves (10-150 Hz), motor nerves (10-50 Hz), smooth muscle (0.1-10 Hz), sensor nerves (90-100 Hz) nociceptive fibers (90-150 Hz).
  • Electrotherapy may provide stimulus with currents of frequency in the range from 0.1 Hz to 12 kHz or in the range from 0.1 Hz to 8 kHz or in the range from 0.1 Hz to 6 kHz.
  • Muscle fiber stimulation by electrotherapy may be important during and/or as a part of the RF treatment. Muscle stimulation increases blood flow and lymph circulation. It may improve removing of treated cells and/or prevent of hot spots creation. Moreover internal massage stimulation of adjoining tissues improves homogeneity of tissue and dispersing of the delivered energy. The muscle fiber stimulation by electrotherapy may cause muscle contractions, which may lead to improvement of a visual appearance of the patient through muscle firming and strenghtening, Another beneficial effect is for example during fat removing with the RF therapy. RF therapy may change structure of the fat tissue. The muscle fiber stimulation may provide internal massage, which may be for obese patient more effective than classical massage.
  • Muscle stimulation may be provided by e.g. intermittent direct currents, alternating currents (medium-frequency and TENS currents), faradic current as a method for multiple stimulation and/or others.
  • Frequency of the currents may be in the range from 0.1 Hz to 1500 Hz or from 0.1 to 1000 Hz or from 0.1 Hz to 500 Hz or from 0.1 to 300 Hz.
  • Frequency of the current envelope is typically in the range from 0.1 Hz to 500 Hz or from 0.1 to 250 Hz or from 0.1 Hz to 150 Hz or from 0.1 to 140 Hz.
  • The electrostimulation may be provided in a combined manner where various treatments with various effects may be achieved. As an illustrative example, the electromagnetic energy with the electrostimulation may be dosed in trains of pulses of electric current where the first train of electrostimulation may achieve different effect than second or other successive train of stimulation. Therefore, the treatment may provide muscle fibers stimulation or muscle contractions followed by relaxation, during continual or pulsed radiofrequency thermal heating provided by electromagnetic energy provided by electromagnetic energy generator.
  • The electrostimulation may be provided by monopolar, unipolar, bipolar or multipolar mode.
  • Absolute value of voltage between the electrotherapy electrodes operated in bipolar, multipolar mode (electric current flow between more than two electrodes) and/or provided to at least one electrotherapy electrode may be in a range between 0.8 V and 10 kV; or in a range between 1 V and 1 kV; or in a range between 1 V and 300 V or in a range between 1 V and 100 V or in a range between 10 V and 80 V or in a range between 20 V and 60 V or in a range between 30 V and 50 V. In one embodiment, the absolute value of voltage between the electrotherapy electrodes operated in bipolar, multiplar mode and/or provided to at least one electrotherapy electrode may be determined based on a measurement across a 500 Ohm load.
  • Current density of electrotherapy for a non-galvanic current may be in a range between 0.1 mA/cm2 and 150 mA/cm2, or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm2 and 100 mA/cm2, or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm2 and 50 mA/cm2, or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm2 and 20 mA/cm2; for a galvanic current may be preferably in a range between 0.05 mA/cm2 and 3 mA/cm2, or in a range between 0.1 mA/cm2 and 1 mA/cm2, or in a range between 0.01 mA/cm2 and 0.5 mA/cm2. The current density may be calculated on the surface of the electrode providing the electrotherapy to the patient. In one aspect, the current density of electrotherapy for a non-galvanic current may be in a range between 0.1 mA/cm2 and 200 mA/cm2, or in a range between 0.5 mA/cm2 and 150 mA/cm2, or in a range between 1 mA/cm2 and 120 mA/cm2, or in a range between 5 mA/cm2 and 100 mA/cm2.
  • During electrotherapy, e.g. bipolar electrotherapy, two or more electrodes may be used. If polarity of at least one electrode has a non-zero value in a group of the electrodes during bipolar mode, the group of the electrodes has to include at least one electrode with opposite polarity value. Absolute values of both electrode polarities may or may not be equal. In bipolar electrostimulation mode stimulating signal passes through the tissue between electrodes with opposite polarities.
  • A distance between two electrodes operating in bipolar mode may be in a range between 0.1 mm and 4 cm or in a range between 0.2 mm to 3 cm or in a range between 0.5 mm and 2 cm or in a range between 1 mm and 1 cm or in the range of 0.1 cm and 40 cm or in a range between 1 cm and 30 cm, or in the range between 1 cm and 20 cm, wherein the distance is between the two closest points of two electrodes operating in bipolar mode.
  • During monopolar electrotherapy mode stimulating signal may be induced by excitement of action potential by changing polarity of one electrode that change polarization in the nerve fiber and/or neuromuscular plague.
  • During the electrotherapy, one of the bipolar or monopolar electrotherapy mode may be used or bipolar or monopolar electrotherapy mode may be combined.
  • The ultrasound emitters may provide focused or defocused ultrasound energy. The ultrasound energy may be transferred to the tissue through an acoustic window. The output power of the ultrasound energy on the surface of the active element 13 may be less than or equal to 20 W or 15 W or 10 W or 5 W. Ultrasound energy may provide energy flux on the surface of the active element 13 or on the surface of the treated tissue (e.g. skin) in the range of 0.001 W/cm2 to 250 W/cm2, or in the range of 0.005 W/cm2 to 50 W/cm2, or in the range of 0.01 W/cm2 to 25 W/cm2, or in the range of 0.05 W/cm2 to 20 W/cm2. The treatment depth of ultrasound energy may be in the range of 0.1 mm to 100 mm or 0.2 mm to 50 mm or 0.25 mm to 25 mm or 0.3 mm to 15 mm. At a depth of 5 mm the ultrasound energy may provide an energy flux in the range of 0.01 W/cm2 to 20 W/cm2 or 0.05 W/cm2 to 15 W/cm2. An ultrasound beam may have a beam non-uniformity ratio (RBN) in the range of 0.1 to 20 or 2 to 15 to 4 to 10. In addition, an ultrasound beam may have a beam non-uniformity ratio below 15 or below 10. An ultrasound beam may be divergent, convergent and/or collimated. The ultrasound energy may be transferred to the tissue through an acoustic window. It is possible that the electrode may act as the acoustic window. Furthermore, the ultrasound emitter 10 may be a part of the active element 13, thus ultrasound emitter 10 may be a part of the pad 4.
  • At least some of the active elements 13 may be capable of delivering energy from primary electromagnetic generator 6 or secondary generator 9 or ultrasound emitter 10 simultaneously (at the same time) successively or in an overlapping method or in any combination thereof. For example, the active element 13 (e.g. electrode) may be capable of delivering radiofrequency energy and electric current sequentially, which may mean that firstly the active element 13 may provide primary electromagnetic energy generated by the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and subsequently the active element 13 may provide the secondary energy generated by the secondary generator 9. Thus the active element 13 may e.g. apply radiofrequency energy to the tissue of the patient and then the same active element 13 may apply e.g. electrical current to the tissue of the patient.
  • Pad 4 may further comprise thermal sensors 15 enabling temperature control during the therapy, providing feedback to control unit (e.g. CPU) 11, enabling adjustment of treatment parameters of each active element and providing information to the operator. The thermal sensor 15 may be a contact sensor, contactless sensor (e.g. infrared temperature sensor) or invasive sensor (e.g. a thermocouple) for precise temperature measurement of deep layers of skin, e.g. epidermis, dermis or hypodermis. The control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 may also use algorithms to calculate the deep or upper-most temperatures. A temperature feedback system may control the temperature and based on set or pre-set limits alert the operator in human perceptible form, e.g. on the human machine interface 8 or via indicators 17. In a limit temperature condition, the device may be configured to adjust one or more treatment parameters, e.g. output power, switching mode, pulse length, etc. or stop the treatment. A human perceptible alert may be a sound, alert message shown on human machine interface 8 or indicators 17 or change of color of any part of the interconnecting block 3 or pad 4.
  • The pad may comprise at least one electromyography (EMG) sensing electrode configured to monitor, to record or to evaluate the electrical activity produced by skeletal muscles (e.g. twitch or contraction) in response to delivered energy (e.g. electric current). The at least one EMG sensing electrode being disposed on the pad may be electrically insulated from the active elements (e.g. electrodes used for treatment). An electromyograph detects the electric potential generated by muscle cells when these cells are electrically or neurologically activated. The signals can be analyzed to detect abnormalities, activation level, or recruitment order, or to analyze the biomechanics of the patient's movement. The EMG may be one of a surface EMG or an intramuscular EMG. The surface EMG can be recorded by a pair of electrodes or by a more complex array of multiple electrodes. EMG recordings display the potential difference (voltage difference) between two separate electrodes. Alternatively the active elements, e.g. electrodes, may be used for EMG. The intramuscular EMG may be recorded by one (monopolar) or more needle electrodes. This may be a fine wire inserted into a muscle with a surface electrode as a reference; or more fine wires inserted into muscle referenced to each other. Muscle tissue at rest is normally electrically inactive. After the electrical activity caused by delivered energy (e.g. electric current), action potentials begin to appear. As the strength of a muscle contraction is increased, more and more muscle fibers produce action potentials. When the muscle is fully contracted, a disorderly group of action potentials of varying rates and amplitudes should appear (a complete recruitment and interference pattern).
  • The pad may also comprise at least one capacitive sensor for measurement of the proper contact of the pad with the patient. The capacitive sensor may be connected to at least two complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) integrated circuit (IC) chips, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) controller and a digital signal processor (DSP) which may be part of the control unit. The capacitive sensor may detect and measure the skin based on the different dielectric properties than the air, thus when the pad is detached from the patient a change in the signal may be detected and further processed by the control unit. The capacitance sensor may be configured in a surface capacitance or in a projected capacitance configuration. For better information about the contact and for higher safety, a single pad may comprise 3 to 30 or 4 to 20 or 5 to 18 or 6 to 16 or 7 to 14 capacitance sensors.
  • Memory 12 may include, for example, information about the type and shape of the pad 4, its remaining lifetime, or the time of therapy that has already been performed with the pad. The memory may also provide information about the manufacturer of the pad or information about the designated area of use on the body of the patient. The memory may include RFID, MRAM, resistors, or pins.
  • Neutral electrode 7 may ensure proper radiofrequency energy distribution within the patient's body for mono-polar radiofrequency systems. The neutral electrode 7 is attached to the patient's skin prior to each therapy so that the energy may be distributed between active element 13 (e.g. electrode) and neutral electrode 7. In some bipolar or multipolar radiofrequency systems, there is no need to use a neutral electrode—radiofrequency energy is distributed between multiple active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). Neutral electrode 7 represents an optional block of the apparatus 1 as any type of radiofrequency system can be integrated.
  • Additionally, device 1 may include one or more sensors. The sensor may provide information about at least one physical quantity and its measurement may lead to feedback which may be displayed by human machine interface 8 or indicators 17. The one or more sensors may be used for sensing delivered electromagnetic energy, impedance of the skin, resistance of the skin, temperature of the treated skin, temperature of the untreated skin, temperature of at least one layer of the skin, water content of the device, the phase angle of delivered or reflected energy, the position of the active elements 13, the position of the interconnecting block 3, temperature of the cooling media, temperature of the primary electromagnetic generator 6 and secondary generator 9 and ultrasound emitter 10 or contact with the skin. The sensor may be a thermal, acoustic, vibration, electric, magnetic, flow, positional, optical, imaging, pressure, force, energy flux, impedance, current, Hall or proximity sensor. The sensor may be a capacitive displacement sensor, acoustic proximity sensor, gyroscope, accelerometer, magnetometer, infrared camera or thermographic camera. The sensor may be invasive or contactless. The sensor may be located on or in the pad 4, in the main unit 2, in the interconnecting block 3 or may be a part of a thermal sensor 15. One sensor may measure more than one physical quantity. For example, the sensor may include a combination of a gyroscope, an accelerometer and/or a magnetometer. Additionally, the sensor may measure one or more physical quantities of the treated skin or untreated skin.
  • A resistance sensor may measure skin resistance, because skin resistance may vary for different patients, as well as the humidity—wetness and sweat may influence the resistance and therefore the behavior of the skin in the energy field. Based on the measured skin resistance, the skin impedance may also be calculated.
  • Information from one or more sensors may be used for generation of a pathway on a model e.g. a model of the human body shown on a display of human machine interface 8. The pathway may illustrate a surface or volume of already treated tissue, presently treated tissue, tissue to be treated, or untreated tissue. A model may show a temperature map of the treated tissue providing information about the already treated tissue or untreated tissue.
  • The sensor may provide information about the location of bones, inflamed tissue or joints. Such types of tissue may not be targeted by electromagnetic energy due to the possibility of painful treatment. Bones, joints or inflamed tissue may be detected by any type of sensor such as an imaging sensor (ultrasound sensor, IR sensor), impedance sensor, and the like. A detected presence of these tissue types may cause general human perceptible signals or interruption of generation of electromagnetic energy. Bones may be detected by a change of impedance of the tissue or by analysis of reflected electromagnetic energy.
  • The patient's skin over at least one treatment portion may be pre-cooled to a selected temperature for a selected duration, the selected temperature and duration for pre-cooling may be sufficient to cool the skin to at least a selected temperature below normal body temperature. The skin may be cooled to at least the selected temperature to a depth below the at least one depth for the treatment portions so that the at least one treatment portion is substantially surrounded by cooled skin. The cooling may continue during the application of energy, and the duration of the application of energy may be greater than the thermal relaxation time of the treatment portions. Cooling may be provided by any known mechanism including water cooling, sprayed coolant, presence of an active solid cooling element (e.g. thermoelectric cooler) or air flow cooling. A cooling element may act as an optical element. Alternatively, the cooling element may be a spacer. Cooling may be provided during, before or after the treatment with electromagnetic energy. Cooling before treatment may also provide an environment for sudden heat shock, while cooling after treatment may provide faster regeneration after heat shock. The temperature of the coolant may be in the range of −200° C. to 36° C. The temperature of the cooling element during the treatment may be in the range of −80° C. to 36° C. or −70° C. to 35° C. or −60° C. to 34° C. or −20° C. to 30° C. or 0° C. to 27° C. or 5° C. to 25° C. Further, where the pad is not in contact with the patient's skin, cryogenic spray cooling, gas flow or other non-contact cooling techniques may be utilized. A cooling gel on the skin surface might also be utilized, either in addition to or instead of, one of the cooling techniques indicated above.
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B show different shapes and layouts of pad 4 used by an apparatus for contact therapy. Pads 4 comprise at least one active element 13 (e.g. electrode) and may be available in various shapes and layouts so that they may cover a variety of different treatment areas and accommodate individual patient needs, e.g. annular, semicircular, elliptical, oblong, square, rectangular, trapezoidal, polygonal or formless (having no regular form or shape). The shapes and layouts of the pad 4 may be shaped to cover at least part of one or more of the periorbital area, the forehead (including frown lines), the jaw line, the perioral area (including Marionette lines, perioral lines—so called smoker lines, nasolabial folds, lips and chin), cheeks or submentum, etc. The shape of the pad 4 and distribution, size and number of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) may differ depending on the area being treated, e.g. active elements 13 inside the pad 4 may be in one line, two lines, three lines, four lines or multiple lines. The pad 4 with active elements 13 may be arranged into various shapes, e.g. in a line, where the centers of at least two active elements 13 lie in one straight line, while any additional center of an active element 13 may lie in the same or different lines inside the pad 4.
  • In addition, the pad 4 may be used to treat at least partially neck, bra fat, love handles, torso, back, abdomen, buttocks, thighs, calves, legs, arms, forearms, hands, fingers or body cavities (e.g. vagina, anus, mouth, inner ear etc.).
  • The pad 4 may have a rectangular, oblong, square, trapezoidal form, or of the form of a convex or concave polygon wherein the pad 4 may have at least two different inner angles of the convex or concave polygon structure. Additionally, the pad 4 may form at least in part the shape of a conic section (also called conic), e.g. circle, ellipse, parabola or hyperbola. The pad 4 may have at least in part one, two, three, four, five or more curvatures of a shape of an arc with the curvature k in the range of 0.002 to 10 mm−1 or in the range of 0.004 to 5 mm−1 or in the range of 0.005 to 3 mm−1 or in the range of 0.006 to 2 mm−1. The pad 4 may have at least one, two, three, four, five or more arcs with the curvature k or may have at least two different inner angles of a convex or concave polygon structure, and may be suitable for the treatment of chin, cheeks, submental area (e.g. “banana shape 1” 4.2), for treating jaw line, perioral area, Marionette lines and nasolabial folds (e.g. “banana shape 2” 4.4), for the treatment of periorbital area (e.g. “horseshoe shape” 4.3) or other regions of face and neck. The “banana shape” pad 4.2 or 4.4 may have a convex-concave shape, which means that one side is convex and the opposite side is concave, that occupies at least 5% to 50% or 10% to 60% or 15% to 70% or 20% to 90% of a total circumference of the pad 4 seen from above, wherein the shortest distance between the endpoints 4.21 a and 4.21 b of the “banana shape” pad 4.2 (dashed line in FIG. 3A) is longer than the shortest distance between the endpoint 4.21 a or 4.21 b and the middle point 4.22 of the “banana shape” (full line in pad 4.2 in FIG. 3A). The “horseshoe shape” 4.3 seen from above may have the convex-concave shape that occupies at least 15% to 50% or 20% to 60% or 25% to 70% or 30% to 90% of its total circumference, wherein the shortest distance between the endpoints 4.31 a and 4.31 b of the “horseshoe shape” pad 4.3 (dashed line in FIG. 3B) is equal or shorter than the shortest distance between the endpoint 4.31 a or 4.31 b and the middle point 4.32 of the “horseshoe shape” (full line in pad 4.3 in FIG. 3B). When seen from above, if the longest possible center curve, which may be convex or concave and whose perpendiculars at a given point have equidistant distance from perimeter edges of the pad at each of its points (dotted line in pad 4.2 in FIG. 3A), intersects the circumference of the pad 4 then this point is the endpoint of the pad, e.g. endpoint 4.21 a or 4.21 b. The middle point, e.g. 4.22, is then given as the middle of the center curve, wherein the total length of the center curve is given by two endpoints, e.g. 4.21 a and 4.21 b, thus the length of the center curve (dotted line in pad 4.2 in FIG. 3A) from point 4.21 a to point 4.22 is the same as the length from point 4.21 b to point 4.22. The total length of the center curve may be in the range of 0.1 to 30 cm or in the range of 0.5 to 25 cm or in the range of 1 to 20 cm.
  • In addition, the center curve may have at least in part circular, elliptical, parabolic, hyperbolic, exponential, convex or concave curve such that the straight line connecting endpoint of the pad 4 with the middle point of the center curve forms an angle alpha with the tangent of the middle of the center curve. The angle alpha may be in a range of 0.1° to 179° or in a range of 0.2° to 170° or in a range of 0.5° to 160° or in a range of 10 to 150°.
  • The pad 4 whose shape has at least two concave arcs with the curvature k or has at least two concave inner angles of the polygon structure may be suitable for the treatment of the forehead like the “T shape” 4.1 in FIG. 3A. The “T shape” 4.1 may be also characterized by the arrangement of the active elements 13 where the centers of at least two active elements 13 lie in one straight line and center of at least one additional element 13 lies in a different line.
  • Another possible non-limiting configuration of the pad 4 used for the treatment of the forehead is depicted in FIG. 3C. In this non-limiting example, a forehead pad (pad 4 used for treatment of the forehead) my contain two lines of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes)—active elements 13 a-13 f as shown in FIG. 3C, wherein the active elements 13 a-13 f in one line may be at least partially separated by slots 43 for better flexibility of the pad 4. A first line of active elements comprises active elements (e.g. electrodes) depicted in the dotted box 131 a in FIG. 3C active elements 13 d, 13 e and 13 f. The second line of active elements (e.g. electrodes) comprises active elements depicted in the dashed box 131 b in FIG. 3C active elements 13 a, 13 b, 13 c. Dotted and dashed boxes 131 a and 131 b are used only for visualization of the first and second lines of active elements (e.g. electrodes), respectively. Such pad 4 may have a shape that has a total number of convex and/or concave arcs in a range of 14 to 36 or in a range of 18 to 32 or in a range of 20 to 30 or in a range of 22 to 28 with a curvature k. Additionally, the pad 4 may have a number of concave inner angles in a range of 2 to 20 or in a range of 5 to 17 or in a range of 7 to 15 or in a range of 9 to 13, or the pad 4 may have a number of convex inner angles in a range of 2 to 20 or in a range of 5 to 17 or in a range of 10 to 16 or in a range of 11 to 15.
  • FIG. 3C also shows the sticker 44 on a top side of the pad 4. The top side is the opposite side from the underside (the side where the adhesive layer or the active elements may be deposited on the substrate of the pad 4) or in other words, the top side is the side of the pad 4 that is facing away from the patient during the treatment. The sticker may have a bottom side and a top side, wherein the bottom side of the sticker may comprise a sticking layer and the top side of the sticker may comprise a non-sticking layer (eg. polyimide (PI) films, Teflon®, epoxy, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamide or PE foam).
  • As shown in FIG. 3C, the sticker may have the same shape as the pad 4 with an additional overlap over the pad 4. The overlap is hatched in FIG. 3C. The sticker may be bonded to the pad 4 such that the sticking layer of the bottom side of the sticker is facing toward the top side of the pad 4. The overlap of the sticker may exceed the pad 4 in the range of 0.1 to 10 cm, or in the range of 0.1 to 7 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 5 cm, or in the range of 0.2 to 3 cm, or in the range of 0.3 to 1 cm. This overlap may also comprise an adhesive layer and may be used to form additional and more proper contact of the pad 4 with the patient.
  • The forehead pad (pad 4 used for treatment of the forehead) may comprise edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)—13 a, 13 c, 13 d and 13 f in FIG. 3C and middle active elements (e.g. electrodes)—13 b and 13 e in FIG. 3C. The forehead pad 4 may be divided into an upper side —active elements (e.g. electrodes) in box 131 a; and bottom side—active elements (e.g. electrodes) in box 131 b as well as a left side—active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 a and 13 f, and a right side—active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 c and 13 d. Edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)—13 a, 13 c, 13 d and 13 f in the forehead pad 4 depicted in FIG. 3C may have a surface area in the range of 1 to 10 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 6.5 cm2 or in the range of 2.3 to 6 cm2 or in the range of 2.5 to 5.5 cm2, which may be the same for all edge active elements. The middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 b and 13 e in FIG. 3C may have a larger surface area than the edge active elements (e.g. electrodes), wherein the surface area of the middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be in the range of 1 to 20 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 15 cm2 or in the range of 3 to 12 cm2 or in the range of 4 to 10 cm2. In one aspect, each active element (e.g. electrode) may have a different surface area. The ratio of a surface area of one middle active element (e.g. electrode) to a surface area of one edge active element (e.g. electrode) on the forehead pad may be in a range of 0.8 to 2.5 or in a range of 1 to 2.3 or in a range of 1.1 to 2.2.
  • The distance dedge between the closest points of the bottom edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)— active elements 13 a and 13 c in the FIG. 3C or the upper edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)—13 d and 13 f in the FIG. 3C may be in the range of 2 to 8 cm or in the range of 3 to 7 cm or in the range of 4 to 6 cm or in the range of 4.5 to 5.5 cm. The distance between the upper edge active elements (e.g. electrodes) and the distance between the bottom edge active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be the same.
  • The distance dvert between the closest points of the upper active elements (e.g. electrodes) and the bottom active elements (e.g. electrodes) on one side (left, middle, right)— active elements 13 a and 13 f or active elements 13 b and 13 e or active elements 13 c and 13 d in FIG. 3C may be in the range of 0.5 to 20 mm or in the range of 1 to 10 mm or in the range of 1.5 to 6 mm or in the range of 2 to 5 mm. The distance dvert may be the same for the left, middle and right active elements.
  • Such distances (dedge and dvert) are optimized to effectively treat the Frontalis muscle or Procerus muscle during the treatment. The edge active elements (e.g. electrodes)—13 a, 13 c, 13 d and 13 f in FIG. 3C are used for treatment of Frontalis muscle and/or Corrugator supercilii and the middle active elements (e.g. electrodes)—13 b and 13 e in FIG. 3C are used for treatment of Procerus muscle.
  • The forehead pad (pad 4 used for treatment of the forehead) in FIG. 3C also shows a possible arrangement of the bottom middle part of the pad 4 comprising the bottom middle active element (e.g. electrode)—13 b. The pad 4 may comprise a convex protrusion 4 p and/or concave depression in the bottom middle part. Also the active element 13 b may be designed in a shape proximate to an oblong or rectangular shape with a convex protrusion 13 p and/or concave depression in the middle of the bottom part of the active element 13 b copying a shape of the pad 4 with the protrusion 4 p and/or depression of the pad. This protrusion 4 p and/or depression may serve as a focus point for a correct coupling of the pad 4 to the forehead area of the patient, wherein the protrusion 4 p and/or depression should be aligned with the middle of the nose of the patient (e.g. in the middle of Procerus muscle) and at the same time the bottom edge of the pad 4 should be coupled slightly over the eyebrows of the patient.
  • One possible non-limiting configuration of the pad 4 used for the treatment of the left cheek is depicted in FIG. 3D. In this non-limiting example, middle active elements (e.g. electrodes)— active elements 13 g, 13 h, 13 i and 13 j may be separated on the substrate and the distance dmid between the closest points of two neighboring middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be in the range of 0.5 to 5 mm or in the range of 0.8 to 3 mm or in the range of 1 to 2.5 mm or in the range of 1.2 to 2.3 mm. The left cheek pad (the pad 4 used for the treatment of the left cheek) depicted in FIG. 3D may be designed to be coupled to the patient such that the bottom of the pad 4 is aligned and slightly above the left part of the base of the mandible, represented by the number 301 in FIG. 3D. The middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 g, 13 h, 13 i and 13 j in FIG. 3D may have a surface area in the range of 1 to 15 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 8 cm2 or in the range of 2.5 to 6 cm2 or in the range of 3 to 5 cm2. The edge active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 k, 13 l and 13 m may have a surface area in the range of 1 to 20 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 10 cm2 or in the range of 2.5 to 8 cm2 or in the range of 3.5 to 7 cm2. The ratio of a surface area of the edge active element (e.g. electrode)—one of 13 k, 13 l or 13 m, to a surface area of the middle active element (e.g. electrode)—one of 13 g, 13 h, 13 i or 13 j in FIG. 3D, may be in a range of 0.5 to 3 or in a range of 0.8 to 2.5 or in a range of 1 to 2 or in a range of 1 to 1.8.
  • The middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 g, 13 h, 13 i and 13 j in FIG. 3D are optimally configured to treat the Buccinator, Risorius, Zygomaticus and/or Masseter muscle. The middle active elements (e.g. electrodes) 13 g, 13 h, 13 i and 13 j in FIG. 3D are optimally configured to treat the Platysma, Depressor and/or Lavator labii superioris muscles.
  • The pad 4 used for the treatment of the right cheek may be symmetrically arranged to the left cheek pad 4 depicted in FIG. 3D.
  • Pads may have different sizes with the surface areas ranging from 0.1 to 150 cm2 or from 0.2 to 125 cm2 or from 0.5 to 100 cm2 or in the range of 1 to 50 cm2 or in the range of 10 to 50 cm2 or in the range of 15 to 47 cm2 or in the range of 18 to 45 cm2. The pad may occupy approximately 1 to 99% or 1 to 80% or 1 to 60% or 1 to 50% of the face. The number of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within a single pad 4 ranges from 1 to 100 or from 1 to 80 or from 1 to 60 or from 2-20 or from 3 to 10 or from 4 to 9. A thickness at least in a part of the pad 4 may be in the range of 0.01 to 15 mm or in the range of 0.02 to 10 mm or in the range of 0.05 to 7 mm or in the range of 0.1 to 2 mm.
  • Furthermore the pads 4 may have a shape that at least partially replicates the shape of galea aponeurotica, procerus, levatar labii superioris alaeque nasi, nasalis, lavator labii superioris, zygomaticus minor, zygomaticus major, levator angulis oris, risorius, platysma, depressor anguli oris, depressor labii inferioris, occipitofrontalis (frontal belly), currugator supercilii, orbicularis oculi, buccinator, masseter, orbicularis oris or mentalis muscle when the pad 4 is attached to the surface of the patient skin.
  • The pad 4 may be characterized by at least one aforementioned aspect or by a combination of more than one aforementioned aspect or by a combination of all aforementioned aspects.
  • The electromagnetic energy generator 6 or the secondary generator 9 inside the main case may generate an electromagnetic or secondary energy (e.g. electric current) which may be delivered via a conductive lead to at least one active element 13 (e.g. electrode) attached to the skin, respectively. The active element 13 may deliver energy through its entire surface or by means of a so-called fractional arrangement. Active element 13 may be an active electrode in a monopolar, unipolar, bipolar or multipolar radiofrequency system. In the monopolar radiofrequency system, energy is delivered between an active electrode (active element 13) and a neutral electrode 7 with a much larger surface area. Due to mutual distance and difference between the surface area of the active and neutral electrode, energy is concentrated under the active electrode enabling it to heat the treated area. In the monopolar radiofrequency system, the energy may be delivered with the frequency in the range of 100 kHz to 550 MHz or in the range of 200 kHz to 300 MHz or in the range of 250 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 300 kHz to 50 MHz or in the range of 350 kHz to 14 MHz. In the unipolar, bipolar or multipolar radiofrequency system, there is no need for neutral electrode 7. In the bipolar and multipolar radiofrequency system, energy is delivered between two and multiple active electrodes with similar surface area, respectively. The distance between these electrodes determines the depth of energy penetration. In the unipolar radiofrequency system, only a single active electrode is incorporated and energy is delivered to the tissue and environment surrounding the active electrode. The distance between the two nearest active elements 13 (e.g. the nearest neighboring sides of electrodes) in one pad 4 may be in the range of 0.1 to 100 mm or in the range of 0.3 to 70 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 60 mm or in the range of 0.7 to 30 mm or in the range of 1 to 10 mm or in the range of 1 to 5 mm. The distance between the two nearest neighboring sides of the electrodes may mean the distance between the two nearest points of neighboring electrodes.
  • A distance between the nearest point of the active element 13 (e.g. electrode) and the nearest edge of the pad 4 may be in the range of 0.1 to 10 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 5 mm or in the range of 1 to 4 mm or in the range of 1 to 3 mm.
  • FIG. 4A-D represents a side view of possible configurations of the pad 4 configured for contact therapy. Pads 4 may be made of flexible substrate material 42—polyimide (PI) films, teflon, PET, epoxy or PE foam with an additional adhesive layer 40 on the underside. They may be of different shapes to allow the operator to choose according to the area to be treated. Active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) may have a circumference of annular, semicircular, elliptical, oblong, square, rectangular, trapezoidal or polygonal shape with a surface area in the range from 0.1 to 70 cm2 or from 0.5 to 50 cm2 or from 1 to 25 cm2 or from 1 to 10 cm2 or from 2 to 9.5 cm2 or from 2.5 to 9 cm2. The material used for active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be copper, aluminum, lead or any other conductive medium that can be deposited or integrated in the pad 4. Furthermore the active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) may be made of silver, gold or graphite. Electrodes in the pad 4 may be printed by means of biocompatible ink, such as silver ink, graphite ink or a combination of inks of different conductive materials.
  • In one aspect, the electrodes may have a sandwich structure where multiple conductive materials are deposited gradually on each other, e.g. a copper-nickel-gold structure. For example the copper may be deposited on the substrate with a thickness in the range of 5 to 100 μm or in the range of 15 to 55 μm or in the range of 25 to 45 μm. The nickel may be deposited on the copper with a thickness in the range of 0.1 to 15 μm or in the range of 0.5 to 8 μm or in the range of 1 to 6 μm. And the gold may be deposited on the nickel with a thickness in the range of 25 to 200 nm or in the range of 50 to 100 nm or in the range of 60 to 90 nm. Such a sandwich structure may be made for example by an ENIG process.
  • In another aspect, the electrodes may be made of copper and covered with another conductive layer, e.g. silver or silver-chloride ink, carbon paste, or aluminum segments coupled to the copper by conductive glue.
  • The active element 13 (e.g. electrode) may have a shape that has a total number of convex or concave arcs in a range of 1 to 12 or in a range of 2 to 10 or in a range of 3 to 9 or in a range of 4 to 8. Additionally, the active element (e.g. electrode) may have a number of concave inner angles in a range of 1 to 7 or in a range of 1 to 6 or in a range of 1 to 5 or in a range of 2 to 4, or the active element (e.g. electrode) may have a number of convex inner angles in a range of 1 to 10 or in a range of 1 to 9 or in a range of 2 to 8 in a range of 3 to 7. A possible arrangement of convex-concave active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) is depicted in FIG. 3C.
  • The active element 13 (e.g. electrode providing radiofrequency energy and/or electric current) may be full-area electrode that has a full active surface. This means that the whole surface of the electrode facing the patient is made of conductive material deposited or integrated in the pad 4 as mentioned above.
  • In one aspect, the electrode (made of conductive material) facing the patient may be with e.g. one or more apertures, cutouts and/or protrusions configured for example to improve flexibility of the electrode and/or pad, and/or reduce the edge effects and/or improve homogeneity of delivered energy density and/or improve homogeneity of provided treatment. Apertures may be an opening in the body of the electrode. A cutout may be an opening in the body of the electrode along the border of the electrode. Openings in the body of the electrode may be defined by view from floor projections, which shows a view of the electrode from above. The openings, e.g. apertures, cutouts and/or areas outside of protrusions may be filed by air, dielectric material, insulation material, substrate of the pad, air or hydrogel. The electrode is therefore segmented in comparison to a regular electrode by disruption of the surface area (i.e., an electrode with no apertures or cutouts). The two or more apertures or cutouts of the one electrode may be asymmetrical. The one or more aperture and cutout may have e.g. rectangular or circular shape. The apertures and/or cutouts may have regular, irregular, symmetrical and/or asymmetrical shapes. When the electrode includes two or more apertures or cutouts, the apertures or cutouts may have the same point of symmetry and/or line of symmetry. The distance between two closest points located on the borders of two different apertures and/or cutouts of the electrode may be in a range from 1 μm to 10 mm or from 10 μm to 8 mm or from 20 μm to 5 mm or from 50 μm to 3 mm or from 100 μm to 2 mm.
  • The electrode with one or more openings (e.g. apertures and/or cutouts) and/or protrusions may be framed by the conductive material and the inside of the frame may have a combination of conductive material and the openings. The frame may create the utmost circumference of the electrode from the side facing the patient. The frame may have a form of annular, semicircular, elliptical, oblong, square, rectangular, trapezoidal or polygonal shape. The inside of the frame 801 may have a structure of a grid 802 as shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B with the apertures 803. The frame 801 and the grid lines 802 are made of conductive material and are parts of the electrode 800. The frame 801 may be of the same thickness as the thickness of the grid lines 802 or the thickness of the frame 801 may be thicker than the grid lines 802 in the range of 1% to 2000% or in the range of 10% to 1000% or in the range of 20% to 500% or in the range of 50% to 200%. Additionally the frame 801 may be thinner than the grid lines 802 in the range of 0.01 times to 20 times or in the range of 0.1 times to 10 times or in the range of 0.2 times to 5 times or in the range of 0.5 times to 2 times. It may be also possible to design the electrode such that the conductive material of the electrode is getting thinner from the center 804 of the electrode 800 as shown in FIG. 9C. The thinning step between adjacent grid lines 802 in the direction from the center 804 may be in the range of 0.1 times to 10 times or in the range of 0.2 times to 5 times or in the range of 0.5 times to 2 times with the frame 801 having the thinnest line of conductive material.
  • In a first aspect, the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 15 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 8 cm2 or in the range of 2.5 to 6 cm2 or in the range of 3 to 5 cm2.
  • In a second aspect, the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 20 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 10 cm2 or in the range of 2.5 to 8 cm2 or in the range of 3.5 to 7 cm2.
  • In a third aspect, the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 10 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 6.5 cm2 or in the range of 2.3 to 6 cm2 or in the range of 2.5 to 5.5 cm2.
  • In a fourth aspect, the total area of the electrode 800 (comprising the frame 801 and the grid lines 802) and all apertures 803 inside the frame 801 of said electrode 800 may be in the range of 1 to 20 cm2 or in the range of 2 to 15 cm2 or in the range of 3 to 12 cm2 or in the range of 4 to 10 cm2.
  • A ratio of the area of the conductive material of the electrode 800 (i.e. the frame 801 and the gridlines 802) to the total area of all apertures inside the frame 801 of the electrode 800 may be in the range of 1% to 50%, or in the range of 2% to 45% or in the range of 5% to 40% or in the range of 8% to 35% or in the range of 10% to 33%. Additionally the ratio may be in the range of 1% to 20%, or in the range of 10% to 40% or in the range of 33% to 67% or in the range of 50% to 70% or in the range of 66% to 100%.
  • Alternatively, the electrode 800 may not be framed, e.g. it may have a form of a grid with no boundaries formed by openings 803 as shown in FIG. 9D. A ratio of conductive material to cutouts and/or apertures of the electrode may be in the range of 1% to 50%, or in the range of 2% to 45% or in the range of 5% to 40% or in the range of 8% to 35% or in the range of 10% to 33%. Additionally, the ratio of conductive material to openings of the electrode may be in the range of 1% to 20%, or in the range of 10% to 40% or in the range of 33% to 67% or in the range of 50% to 70% or in the range of 66% to 100%. Such a grated electrode may be very advantageous. It may be much more flexible, it may ensure contact with the patient that is more proper and it may have much better self-cooling properties than full-area electrode.
  • With reference to FIG. 9E, a distance between the two closest parallel grid lines 802 a and 802 b may be illustrated by at least one circle 820, which may be hypothetically inscribed into an aperture and/or cutout 803 and between the two closest parallel grid lines 802 a and 802 b and have at least one tangential point located on the first grid line 802 a and at least one tangential point located on the second grid line 802 b, thus having a diameter equal to the distance between the two closest parallel grid lines 802 a and 802 b. The at least one hypothetical circle 820 may have a diameter in a range from 0.001 to 10 mm or 0.005 mm to 9 mm, or from 0.01 mm to 8 mm or 0.05 mm to 7 mm or from 0.1 mm to 6 mm, or from 0.2 mm to 5 mm or from 0.3 mm to 5 mm or from 0.5 mm to 5 mm.
  • With reference to FIG. 9F, in one aspect, an electrode 800 may have multiple protrusions in the form of radial conductive lines 808 separated by cutouts 803, wherein the multiple radial conductive lines 808 are projected from one point of the electrode 805. The multiple radial conductive lines 808 are merged near the point 805 of the electrode and together create a full conductive surface 810 around the point of the electrode 805. The radial conductive lines 808 projected from the point 805 may have the same length or may have different lengths. Additionally, some of the radial conductive lines 808 projected from the point 805 may have the same length and some may have different lengths.
  • With reference to FIG. 9G, in another aspect, the electrode 800 may have a base part 806 of a defined shape and protrusions (radial conductive lines) 808 separated by cutouts 803. The base part 806 may have a shape of annular, semicircular, elliptical, oblong, square, rectangular, trapezoidal or polygonal. The base part 806 may be connected to the conductive leads.
  • With reference to FIG. 9H, in yet in another aspect, the electrode 800 may have a base conductive line 807 and multiple protrusions (radial conductive lines) 808 separated by cutouts 803. The base conductive line 807 is connected to all the radial conductive lines 808 as shown in FIG. 9H. The base conductive line may also be connected to the conductive lead. The radial conductive lines 808 emerging from the base conductive line 807 may have the same lengths and/or may have different lengths.
  • The distance between two closest protrusions 808 may be illustrated as at least one circle (similarly to the circle 820 in FIG. 9E), which may be hypothetically inscribed into an aperture and/or cutout 803 and between two closest protrusions 808 and have at least one tangential point located on the first protrusion and at least one tangential point located on the second protrusion, thus having a diameter equal to the distance between the two closest protrusions. The at least one circle may have a diameter in a range from 0.001 to 10 mm or 0.005 mm to 9 mm, or from 0.01 mm to 8 mm or 0.05 mm to 7 mm or from 0.1 mm to 6 mm, or from 0.2 mm to 5 mm or from 0.3 mm to 5 mm or from 0.5 mm to 5 mm.
  • The protrusions 808 or cutouts 803 may have a symmetrical, asymmetrical, irregular and/or regular shape. The size, shape and/or symmetry of individual radial conductive lines may be the same and/or different across the electrode. For example each protrusion 808 may have the same shape, the same dimension, the same direction and/or symmetry. The protrusions 808 may be characterized by a thickness and a length of the protrusion, wherein the length is larger than the thickness by factor in the range of 2 to 100, or in the range of 4 to 80, or in the range of 5 to 70. The thickness of a protrusion may be in the range of 1 μm to 5 mm or in the range of 20 μm to 4 mm or in the range of 50 μm to 3 mm or in the range of 100 μm to 2.5 mm or in the range of 120 μm to 2 mm or in the range of 150 μm to 1.5 mm or in the range of 200 μm to 1 mm. The length of the protrusions may be in the range of 0.05 to 50 mm or in the range of 0.1 to 30 mm or in the range of 0.5 to 20 mm. The number of protrusions that one electrode may comprise may be in a range of 1 to 1000, or of 5 to 500, or of 10 to 300, or of 15 to 250, or of 20 to 240.
  • The surface area of the electrode 800 with the protrusions 808 may be in the range of 0.1 to 10 cm2 or in the range of 0.3 to 9.5 cm2 or in the range of 0.4 to 9 cm2 or in the range of 0.5 to 8.5 cm2.
  • In addition, all the possible electrode arrangements depicted in FIG. 9F-H may be framed with a conductive frame 801, e.g. as shown in FIG. 9A, wherein the frame 801 is also a part of the electrode.
  • The total number of apertures and/or cutouts in one electrode regardless of the parallel cuts may be in a range of 5 to 250, or of 10 to 200, or of 15 to 170, or of 20 to 150, or of 300 to 1500, or of 400 to 1400, or of 500 to 1300, or of 600 to 1200.
  • In one aspect, where one or more active elements are in the form of an electrode, which is grated (FIGS. 9A-9D), the energy flux of one or more grated electrodes may be calculated as an energy flux of the grid 802 and/or the frame 801 of the active element and may be in the range of 0.001 W/cm2 to 1500 W/cm2 or 0.01 W/cm2 to 1000 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 500 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 200 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 100 W/cm2 or 1 W/cm2 to 70 W/cm2.
  • In another aspect, where one or more active elements are in the form of an electrode with openings and/or protrusions (FIGS. 9F-9H), the energy flux of one or more protruded electrodes may be calculated as an energy flux of the base part 806 or base conductive line 807 and the protrusions 808 of the active element and may be in the range of 0.001 W/cm2 to 1500 W/cm2 or 0.01 W/cm2 to 1000 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 500 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 200 W/cm2 or 0.5 W/cm2 to 100 W/cm2 or 1 W/cm2 to 70 W/cm2.
  • As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, the active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) may be partially embedded within the flexible substrate layer 42 or adhesive layer 40 or in the interface of the flexible substrate layer 42 and adhesive layer 40. The active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) may be supplied and controlled independently by multiple conductive leads 41 a (FIG. 4A) or they may be conductively interconnected and supplied/controlled via a single conductive lead 41 b (FIG. 4B). The multiple conductive leads 41 a may be connected to the active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) via a free space (e.g. hole) in the flexible substrate layer 42. The free space (e.g. hole) may have dimensions such that each conductive lead 41 a may fit tightly into the substrate layer 42, e.g. the conductive lead 41 a may be encapsulated by a flexible substrate layer 42. Furthermore, the free space (e.g. hole) itself may be metalized and serve as a connection between respective conductive leads 41 a and active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). As shown in FIG. 4A, the active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) may also be deposited on the underside of the flexible substrate 42 and may be covered by the adhesive layer 40 on the sides, which are not coupled to the substrate 42.
  • In another aspect, the active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) may be embedded in the flexible substrate 42 such, that the underside of the substrate 401 and the underside of the active elements 13A-D are in one plane, as shown in FIG. 4C. For clarity, the flexible substrate 42 is hatched in FIG. 4C. The substrate 42 may have no free space for conductive leads 41 a, as the conductive lead may be directly coupled to the top side of the active element (e.g. electrode) as shown in active elements 13A and 13B in FIG. 4C. Alternatively, the flexible substrate may have a free space (e.g. hole or metalized hole) for coupling the conductive leads 41 a to the active elements (e.g. electrodes), which may be thinner than the substrate, as shown in active elements 13C and 13D in FIG. 4C.
  • Another possible arrangement of the active elements (e.g. electrodes) in the pad 4 is represented in FIG. 4D. In a first aspect, the active element 13E may be deposited on the top side of the substrate 402 such, that the underside of the active element 13E is deposited on the top side of the substrate 402, creating an interface of the active element 13E and substrate 42 on the top side of the substrate 402. In a second aspect, the active element 13F may be embedded in the substrate 42 from the top side of the substrate 402, such that the top side of the active element (e.g. electrode) and the top side of the substrate 402 lies in one plane. In this case, the thickness of the active element 13F is less than thickness of the substrate 42. In a third aspect the active element 13G may be deposited on the top side of the surface 402 similarly to the active element 13E but even more, the active element 13G is partially embedded in the substrate 42 from the top side of the substrate. In all these cases (active elements 13E-G), the substrate 42 is perforated allowing the coupling of adhesive layer 40 with the active elements 13E-G through the perforations 403.
  • Alternatively, the active element (e.g. electrode) may be fully embedded in the substrate and protrude from its top side or underside. Thus, the thickness of the active element (e.g. electrode) may be bigger than the thickness of the substrate.
  • In addition, combinations of pad 4 structures mentioned above may be possible, e.g. one active element (e.g. first electrode) is deposited on the underside of the pad 4 and another active element (e.g. second electrode) is embedded in the pad 4.
  • In case of a single conductive lead connection, the active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) may be partially embedded inside the flexible substrate 42 or adhesive layer 40 or in the interface of the flexible substrate layer 42 and adhesive layer 40, and the active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) may be connected via single conductive lead 41 b which may be situated in the flexible substrate 42 or at the interface of the flexible substrate 42 and adhesive layer 40, as shown in FIG. 4B. The single conductive lead 41 b may leave the pad 4 on its lateral or top side in a direction away from the patient. In both cases the conductive lead 41 a or 41 b does not come into contact with the treatment area.
  • Additionally, the active elements 13 (e.g. electrode) may be partially embedded within the flexible substrate 42 and the adhesive layer 40 may surround the active elements 13 such that a surface of active elements 13 may be at least partially in direct contact with the surface of a treatment area.
  • Moreover, the top side of the pad 4 may be protected by a cover layer 410, which is shown for simplicity only in FIG. 4C.
  • A pad 4 may include flexible substrate 500, which may comprise a central part 501 and one or more segments 502, which may move at least partially independently from each other as shown in FIG. 5A. The flexible substrate may have a thickness in a range of 1 to 200 μm or in a range of 5 to 100 μm or in a range of 10 to 75 μm or in a range of 15 to 65 μm. The central part or the segments may include a sensor 15. The number of segments on the pad 4 may be in the range of 1 to 100, or in the range of 1 to 80 or in the range of 1 to 60 or in the range of 2 to 20 or in the range of 3 to 10 or in the range of 4 to 9, wherein each segment may comprise at least one active element 13 (e.g. electrode). The neighboring segments may be at least partially separated by slots 503.
  • Conventional therapy pads have routinely been made on a single non-segmented substrate which in some cases includes a flexible metal material or a polymeric material with a layer of metallic material deposited thereon.
  • As seen in FIG. 5A, the proposed segmented pad 4 may be more flexible and may provide a greater amount of contact with the patient than conventional pads routinely used. The substrate 500 of the pad 4 is divided into central part 501 and a plurality of connected segments 502. The plurality of segments 502 may move at least partially independently from one another. The individual segments 502 may be at least partially physically detached from one another by, for example, one or more slots 503, or other open area between neighboring segments 502. The plurality of segments 502 may be physically coupled together by a central part 501 including one or more conductive leads 506. In one aspect, the central part 501 may also include one or more active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). In another aspect, each active element 13 (e.g. electrode) may be partially deposited in the central part 501 and partially in the corresponding segment 502. In another aspect, some active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be deposited on the central part and some active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be deposited at least partially on the segments.
  • As shown in FIG. 5A, the slots 503 may extend from the central part 501 of the substrate 500 of the pad 4 proximate to a conductive lead 508 and between neighboring segments 502 to an edge of the substrate 500. Providing for the plurality of segments 502 of the pad 4 to move at least partially independently from one another may facilitate conformance of the pad 4 to curves or contours of a patient's body. A segmented pad 4 as illustrated in FIG. 5A may provide for a greater area, or a greater percentage of the total area, of the pad 4 portion to be in contact with the patient's body than if the pad 4 were formed as a single, non-segmented substrate. In addition, the segments 502 may comprise a perforated gap 503′ shown in FIG. 5A, which also provides greater conformance of the pad 4 to curves or contours of a patient's body.
  • The shapes and positions of the segments 502 and/or the slots 503 may be provided in different configurations from those illustrated in FIG. 5A. For example, the segments 502 may include rounded or squared ends or have different dimensional ratios than illustrated. The slots 503 may be curved, squared, triangular, oblong, polygonal or may include re-entrant portions extending between one of the segments 502 and the central part 501. The slots 503 may also be a combination of the shapes mentioned above, e.g. a combination of a triangular slot with the curved end as illustrated in FIG. 5B representing a detail of one possible slot arrangement between two neighboring segments 502′ and 502″. The slots may be very thin or may be wide, wherein the width of the slot ts may be illustrated in one example as follows: First, an imaginary curved or straight line 520 passes through the center of the slot such that it divides the slot into two symmetrical parts 503 a and 503 b, respectively. The width is then given by a second imaginary line 530 which is perpendicular to the first imaginary line 520 and which would connect the edges of the neighboring segments facing towards the slot 502 a and 502 b, and where the second imaginary line 530 is at a distance of at least 1 mm away from the beginning of the slot 503 c. The beginning of the slot 503 c is a point in the slot 503 closest to the central part 501 of the substrate 500 of the pad 4 as seen in FIG. 5B. The first imaginary line 520 is represented by a dashed line in the FIG. 5B and the second imaginary line 530 is represented as a dotted line in FIG. 5B. The width of the slot ws may be in the range of 100 μm to 10 mm or in the range of 500 μm to 8 mm or in the range of 600 μm to 7 mm or in the range of 800 μm to 5 mm.
  • Each segment 502 of the substrate 500 may comprise an active element 13 (e.g. electrode) on a portion of, or the entirety of, the segment 502.
  • The central part 501 may have a proximal end 504 and a distal end 505, wherein the proximal end 504 of the central part 501 may pass or may be connected to the connecting part 507. The central part 501 is connected to the connecting part 507 in the area of a dotted circle in FIG. 5A. Connecting part 507 may comprise a conductive lead 508 for each active element 13 (e.g. electrode)—13 a-13 f in FIG. 5A, or sensor(s) 15 included in a pad 4, wherein all conductive leads of the connecting part are entering the pad 4 in the proximal end of the central part of the pad 4. Conductive leads are mainly led by the central part until they reach the respective segment and its active element(s) or sensor(s), thus there may be no conductive lead at the distal end 505 of the central part 501 as shown in FIG. 5A. The conductive leads 506 may be led on the top side of the substrate—side facing away from the patient; and may be covered by a cover layer, e.g. by synthetic polymer like polyimide. In one aspect, the underside of the pad 4 (the side facing towards the body area of the patient) may also be at least partially covered by the cover layer, mainly in the area where the pad 4 is coupled to the connecting part 507—dotted circle in FIG. 5A, avoiding the active elements 13; to improve mechanical reinforcements of this part of the pad 4, among other benefits. The cover layer (e.g. polyimide film or foam) may have a thickness in a range of 5 to 50 μm or in a range of 7 to 35 μm or in a range of 10 to 30 μm.
  • The connecting part 507 may be flexible or partially elastic. The connecting part may be made of flexible PCB with the cover layer as an isolation layer on the top side and/or the underside of the connecting part 507. The connecting part may have a connector at its ends, which may be rigid. The connector may be one of a USB type A, USB type B, USB type C, USB Micro B, DC power cord, AC power cord, computer power cable, firewire, RJ11, fiber connector, USB 3.0, mini display, pin connector, SMA, DVI, BNC, IDE, PS/2, RCA, display port, PSU, SATA, mSATA, DB9, RJ45, RS232 or any other connector know in the art. The pin connector may have number of pins in a range of 5 to 60 or in a range of 10 to 44 or in a range of 15 to 36 or in a range of 20 to 34. Alternatively, the connector may be made on the flexible PCB with an attached stiffener underneath used to stiffen the connector against out of plane deformation. The stiffener may be made of a non-conductive material including but not limited to plastic or fiberglass. The stiffener may have a thickness in a range of 0.1 to 5 mm or in a range of 0.5 to 2 mm or in a range of 1 to 1.5 mm. The flexible PCB connector may comprise a number of contacts in the range of 5 to 60 or in a range of 10 to 44 or in a range of 15 to 36 or in a range of 20 to 34.
  • In one aspect, the pad 4, the connecting part 507 and the connector may all be part of the applicator.
  • The interconnecting block 3 or the main unit 2 may comprise one or more sockets configured to connect the connecting part via the connector on the opposite side to the side where the pad 4 is situated, wherein the one or more sockets are configured to connect an arbitrary pad and/or applicator. Alternatively, the interconnecting block or the main unit may comprise multiple sockets, each socket configured to connect one specific pad and/or applicator for a specific treatment area. The socket may be configured such that it will automatically determine a currently connected pad and/or applicator. The information about the connected pad and/or applicator may be read out from the memory of the pad. Alternatively, the memory may be part of the connector. After the connection, the connector may be linked with the control unit 11 (e.g. CPU). The control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may provide one or more predetermined treatment protocols to the user via the human machine interface 8 after the detection of the pad in the socket. For example if only a forehead pad is connected, the system may automatically detect this specific pad and propose only a treatment of a forehead of the patient, not allowing the user to set a treatment of other body parts of the patient. Furthermore, the connector may comprise cutouts, grooves, slots, holes and/or notches for locking the connector in the socket. The socket may also comprise a safeguard preventing unintentional connection of the connector in the socket.
  • In one aspect, the connector may comprise a symbol indicating on which body part the pad and/or the applicator is designated to treat.
  • In addition, a supplementary connection may be used between the main unit 2 and the connecting part; or between the interconnecting block 3 and the connecting part in order to extend the connection between the main unit 3 and the pad 4 or interconnecting block 3 and the pad 4.
  • Average pad thickness may be in the range of 10 μm to 2000 μm or in the range of 50 μm to 1000 μm or in the range of 80 μm to 300 μm or in the range of 100 μm to 200 μm.
  • The apparatus configured in a fractional arrangement may have the active element 13 (e.g. electrode) comprising a matrix formed by active points of defined size. These points are separated by inactive (and therefore untreated) areas that allow faster tissue healing. The surface containing active points may make up from 1 to 99% or from 2 to 90% or from 3 to 80% or from 4 to 75% of the whole active element area (active and inactive area). The active points may have blunt ends at the tissue contact side that do not penetrate the tissue, wherein the surface contacting tissue may have a surface area in the range of 500 μm2 to 250 000 μm2 or in the range of 1000 μm2 to 200 000 μm2 or in the range of 200 μm2 to 180 000 μm2 or in the range of 5000 μm2 to 160 000 μm2. The blunt end may have a radius of curvature of at least 0.05 mm. A diameter of the surface contacting tissue of one active point may be in the range of 25 μm to 1500 μm or in the range of 50 μm to 1000 μm or in the range of 80 μm to 800 μm or in the range of 100 μm to 600 μm.
  • Additionally, the device may employ a safety system comprising thermal sensors and a circuit capable of adjusting the therapy parameters based on the measured values. One or more thermal sensors, depending on the number and distribution of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes), may be integrated onto pad 4 to collect data from different points so as to ensure homogeneity of heating. The data may be collected directly from the treatment area or from the active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). If uneven heating or overheating is detected, the device may notify the operator and at the same time adjust the therapy parameters to avoid burns to the patient. Treatment parameters of one or more active elements (e.g. electrodes) might be adjusted. The main therapy parameters are power, duty cycle and time period regulating switching between multiple active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). Therapy may be automatically stopped if the temperature rises above the safe threshold.
  • Furthermore, impedance measurement may be incorporated in order to monitor proper active element 13 (e.g. electrodes) to skin contact. If the impedance value is outside the allowed limits, the therapy may be automatically suspended and the operator may be informed about potential contact issues.
  • Control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may be incorporated onto the pad 4 itself or it may form a separate part conductively connected to the pad 4. In addition to the control mechanism, control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may also contain main indicators (e.g. ongoing therapy, actual temperature and active element to skin contact).
  • FIG. 6 shows some delivery approaches of apparatus for contact therapy.
  • It is possible to switch between multiple active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within the single pad 4 in such a way so that the multiple active elements 13 deliver energy simultaneously, successively or in an overlapping method or any combination thereof. For example, in the case of two active elements: in the simultaneous method, both active elements (e.g. electrodes) are used simultaneously during the time interval e.g., 1-20 s. In the successive method, the first active element (e.g. first electrode) is used during the first time interval e.g., from 1 s to 10 s. The first active element is then stopped and the second active element (e.g. second electrode) is immediately used in a subsequent time interval e.g., from 10 s to 20 s. This successive step may be repeated. In the overlapping method, the first active element (e.g. first electrode) is used during a time interval for e.g., 1-10 s, and the second active element (e.g. second electrode) is used in a second overlapping time interval for e.g., 1-10 s, wherein during the second time interval the first active element and the second active element are overlapping e.g., with total overlapping method time of 0.1-9.9 s. Active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) may deliver energy sequentially in predefined switching order or randomly as set by operator via human machine interface 8. Schema I in FIG. 6 represents switching between pairs/groups formed of non-adjacent active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) located within a pad 4. Every pair/group of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) is delivering energy for a predefined period of time (dark gray elements in FIG. 6—in schema I elements 1 and 3) while the remaining pairs/groups of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) remain inactive in terms of energy delivery (light gray elements in FIG. 6—in schema I elements 2 and 4). After a predefined period of time, energy is delivered by another pair/group of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) and the initial active elements (e.g. electrodes) become inactive. This is indicated by arrows in FIG. 6. Switching between pairs/groups of active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) may continue until a target temperature is reached throughout the entire treatment area or a predefined energy is delivered by all active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). Schema II in FIG. 6 represents switching of all active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within the pad 4 between state ON when active elements (e.g. electrodes) are delivering energy and OFF when they are not delivering energy. The duration of ON and OFF states may vary depending on predefined settings and/or information provided by sensors, e.g. thermal sensors. Schema III in FIG. 6 shows sequential switching of individual active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within a pad 4. Each active element 13 (e.g. electrode) is delivering energy for predefined periods of time until a target temperature is reached throughout the entire treatment area or a predefined energy is delivered by all active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes). This sequential switching may be executed in a clockwise or anticlockwise order. Schema IV in FIG. 6 represents a zig-zag switching order during which preferably non-adjacent active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) deliver energy sequentially until all active elements 13 (e.g. electrodes) within a pad 4 have been switched ON. Each active element 13 (e.g. electrode) delivers energy for a predefined period of time until a target temperature is reached throughout the entire treatment area or a predefined energy is delivered by all active elements (e.g. electrodes).
  • The control unit (e.g. CPU) may be configured to control the stimulation device and provide treatment by at least one treatment protocol improving of visual appearance. Treatment protocol is set of parameters of the primary electromagnetic energy and the secondary energy ensuring the desired treatment effect. Each pad may be controlled to provide same or alternatively different protocol. Pair areas or areas where symmetrical effect is desired may be treated by the same treatment protocol. Each protocol may include one or several sections or steps.
  • As a non-limiting example: in case of applying the radiofrequency energy by the active elements (e.g. electrodes) one by one as shown in Schema III and IV in FIG. 6, the time when one active element (e.g. electrode) delivers the radiofrequency energy to the tissue of the patient may be in the range of 1 ms to 10 s or in the range of 10 ms to 5 s or in the range of 50 ms to 2 s or in the range of 100 ms to 1500 ms. Two consecutive elements may be switched ON and OFF in successive or overlapping method. Additionally, the delivery of the radiofrequency energy by two consecutive active elements (e.g. electrodes) may be separated by the time of no or low radiofrequency stimulation, such that non of the two consecutive active elements (e.g. electrodes) provides a radiofrequency energy causing heating of the treatment tissue. The time of no or low radiofrequency stimulation may be in the range of 1 μs to 1000 ms, or in the range of 500 μs to 500 ms or in the range of 1 ms to 300 ms or in the range of 10 ms to 250 ms.
  • In case of the treatment when more than one pad is used, the sequential switching of the active elements (e.g. electrodes) providing radiofrequency treatment may be provided within each pad independently of the other pads or active elements (e.g. electrodes) may deliver energy sequentially through all pads.
  • As an example for three dependent pads, each with two active elements (e.g. electrodes):
  • first step—the radiofrequency energy may be provided by active element one in the first pad, wherein other active elements are turned off,
    second step—the active element two of the first pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    third step—the active element one of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    fourth step—the active element two of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    fifth step—the active element one of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    sixth step—the active element two of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off.
  • Another non-limiting example may be:
  • first step—the radiofrequency energy may be provided by active element one in the first pad, wherein other active elements are turned off,
    second step—the active element one of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    third step—the active element one of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    fourth step—the active element two of the first pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    fifth step—the active element two of the second pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off,
    sixth step—the active element two of the third pad is turned on and the rest of the active elements are turned off.
  • In case that the pads are treating pair areas (e.g. cheeks, thighs or buttocks), where symmetrical effect is desired, the pair pads may be driven by the same protocol at the same time.
  • An example of treatment protocol for one pad delivering the radiofrequency energy for heating of the patient and the electric current causing the muscle contractions is as follow. The protocol may include a first section where electrodes in one pad may be treated such that the electrodes provide an electric current pulses modulated in an envelope of increasing amplitude modulation (increasing envelope) followed by constant amplitude (rectangle envelope) followed by decreasing amplitude modulation (decreasing envelope), all these three envelopes may create together a trapezoidal amplitude modulation (trapezoidal envelope). The trapezoidal envelope may last 1 to 10 seconds or 1.5 to 7 seconds or 2 to 5 seconds. The increasing, rectangle, or decreasing envelope may last for 0.1 to 5 seconds or 0.1 to 4 seconds or 0.1 to 3 seconds. The increasing and decreasing envelope may last for the same time, thus creating a symmetrical trapezoid envelope. Alternatively, the electric current may be modulated to a sinusoidal envelope or rectangular envelope or triangular envelope. The respective envelopes causing muscle contractions may be separated by time of no or low current stimulation, such that no muscle contraction is achieved or by a radiofrequency energy causing the heating of the tissue. During this time of no muscle contraction, the pressure massage by suction openings may be provided, which may cause the relaxation of the muscles. The first section may be preprogrammed such that electrodes on various places of the pad may be switched in time to provide alternating current pulses wherein some other electrodes in the pad may not provide any alternating current pulses but only RF pulses causing heating of the tissue. All electrodes in the pad may ensure providing (be switched by the switching circuitry 14 to provide) RF pulses for heating the tissue during the section of protocol or protocol, while only a limited amount of the electrodes may provide (be switched by the switching circuitry 14 to provide) alternating currents for muscle contracting during the section of protocol or protocol. The device may be configured such that the first section lasts for 1-5 minutes.
  • A second section may follow the first section. The second section may be preprogrammed such that different electrodes than the ones used in the first section on various places of the pad may be switched in time to provide alternating current pulses wherein some other electrodes (same or different electrodes than the ones used in the first section) in the pad may not provide any alternating current pulses but only RF pulses causing heating of the tissue.
  • A third section may follow the second section. The third section may be preprogrammed such that different electrodes than the ones used in the second section on various places of the pad may be switched in time to provide alternating current pulses wherein some other electrodes (same or different electrodes than the ones used in the second section) in the pad may not provide any alternating current pulses but only RF pulses causing heating of the tissue.
  • An example of a treatment protocol for three dependent pads, e.g. one pad for treatment of the forehead (forehead pad) and two pads for treatment of the left and right cheeks (left and right cheek pad), delivering radiofrequency energy for heating of the patient and electric current causing muscle contractions is as follows: The first pad, e.g. for treatment of the forehead, may have six active elements, e.g. electrodes E1-E6; the second pad, e.g. for treatment of the left cheek, may comprise seven active elements, e.g. electrodes E7-E13; and the third pad, e.g. for treatment of the right cheek, may comprise seven active elements, e.g. electrodes E14-E20. Some electrodes may be configured to provide radiofrequency energy and some electrodes may be configured to provide both radiofrequency energy and electric current.
  • The radiofrequency energy may be a monopolar radiofrequency energy with a frequency in the range of 100 kHz to 550 MHz or in the range of 250 kHz to 500 MHz or in the range of 350 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 350 kHz to 14 MHz. The radiofrequency energy may be delivered with a rectangular envelope which may last for 200 to 3000 ms or for 250 to 2000 ms or for 300 to 1800 ms or for 350 to 1500 ms. Alternatively, the radiofrequency envelope (hereinafter RF envelope) may be modulated to a sinusoidal envelope or triangular envelope or trapezoidal envelope.
  • The electric current may be a bipolar rectangular AC TENS current with a frequency in the range of 10 Hz to 10 kHz or in the range of 25 Hz to 1 kHz or in the range of 50 to 500 Hz or in the range of 100 to 300 Hz modulated to a trapezoidal envelope, which may last 1 to 10 seconds or 1.5 to 7 seconds or 2 to 5 seconds. An increasing, rectangular, or decreasing envelope of the trapezoidal envelope may last for 0.1 to 5 seconds or 0.1 to 4 seconds or 0.1 to 3 seconds. The increasing and decreasing envelopes may have the same duration, thus creating a symmetrical trapezoidal envelope. Alternatively, the electric current envelope (hereinafter EC envelope) may be modulated to a sinusoidal envelope or rectangular envelope or triangular envelope.
  • The protocol may have a cycle that includes sections. The number of protocol sections in one cycle may be the same number as the total number of used electrodes within all pads used for the treatment or may be different. The number of sections per pad may be in the range of 1 to 100, or of 1 to 80, or of 1 to 60, or of 2 to 20, or of 3 to 10, or of 4 to 9. The number of sections per cycle may be in the range of 1 to 100, or of 1 to 80, or of 1 to 60, or of 2 to 40, or of 3 to 35, or of 4 to 30. Each protocol section may follow the previous protocol section, e.g. the second section follows the first section. Each protocol section may last for 200 to 3000 ms or for 250 to 2000 ms or for 300 to 1800 ms or for 350 to 1500 ms. The cycle may repeat from 30 to 300, or from 50 to 250, or from 80 to 220, or from 100 to 200, times per treatment. Alternatively, the cycle may repeat from 150 to 600, or from 190 to 550, or from 200 to 520, or from 210 to 500, times per treatment. In one aspect the treatment protocol may repeat the same cycle. In another aspect the treatment protocol may repeat different cycles, wherein the cycles may be different in the number of sections, and/or duration of sections, and/or sequence of activating and/or deactivating the electrodes, and/or parameters set for RF and/or EC envelopes (e.g. shape of envelope, amplitude, frequency, duration and so on), and/or parameters set for radiofrequency and/or parameters of electric current.
  • An example of a cycle including 20 sections may be as follows:
  • In the first section, the electrode E2 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the second section, the electrode E7 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the third section, the electrode E14 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the fourth section, the electrode E5 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the fifth section, the electrode E8 delivers the RF envelope.
  • Throughout the first to fifth sections, the electrode pairs E1-E4, E3-E6, E9-E10, E11-E12, E16-E17 and electrode pair E18-E19 deliver the EC envelope causing muscle contractions under the first, second and third pads, e.g. under the forehead pad, the left cheek pad and the right cheek pad.
  • In the sixth section, the electrode E15 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the seventh section, the electrode E13 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the eighth section, the electrode E20 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the ninth section, the electrode E1 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the tenth section, the electrode E3 delivers the RF envelope.
  • Throughout the sixth to tenth sections, the electrode pairs E9-E10, E11-E12, E16-E17 and electrode pair E18-E19 deliver the EC envelope causing muscle contractions under the second and third pads, e.g. under the left and right cheek pads.
  • In the eleventh section, the electrode E6 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the twelfth section, the electrode E4 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the thirteenth section, the electrode E9 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the fourteenth section, the electrode E16 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the fifteenth section, the electrode E12 delivers the RF envelope.
  • Throughout the eleventh to fifteenth sections, no electrode pairs deliver the EC envelope, causing the muscles to relax.
  • In the sixteenth section, the electrode E19 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the seventeenth section, the electrode E10 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the eighteenth section, the electrode E17 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the nineteenth section, the electrode E11 delivers the RF envelope.
  • In the twentieth section, the electrode E18 delivers the RF envelope.
  • Throughout the sixteenth to twentieth sections, the electrode pairs E1-E4 and E3-E6 deliver the EC envelope causing muscle contractions under the first pad, e.g. under the forehead pad.
  • The treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that each electrode used during the treatment may deliver the RF envelope once per cycle and some electrode pairs (e.g. E1-E4) may deliver EC envelope twice per cycle. Alternatively, each electrode may deliver the RF envelope 2 to 10, or 2 to 8, or 2 to 5 times per cycle; and some electrode pairs may deliver the EC envelope 1 to 10, or 1 to 8, or 1 to 5 times per cycle.
  • In one aspect, the treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that only one electrode delivers the RF envelope per section. In another aspect, 2 to 20, or 2 to 15, or 2 to 10, or 2 to 5, or 2 to 3 electrodes deliver RF envelopes in each section simultaneously, wherein the RF envelopes may be the same or may be different. In another aspect, no RF envelopes may be delivered during at least one section.
  • The treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that during a single treatment the RF envelopes are delivered 25 to 300, or 50 to 250, or 80 to 200, or 100 to 180 times by each electrode with an RF pause time between each delivery of the RF envelope. The RF pause time—the time during which the electrode is not providing a radiofrequency energy to the patient between two consecutive deliveries of RF envelopes—may be in the range of 0.5 to 20 s, or of 1 to 15 s, or of 1.5 to 12 s, or of 2 to 10 s.
  • In one aspect, the radiofrequency energy may be controlled by a control unit (e.g. CPU) in order to provide a constant heating radiofrequency power (CHRP) on each electrode, which means that each electrode provides homogenous heating of the patient. A CRP setting may be preprogrammed in the treatment protocol for each specific electrode in each specific pad based on the dimensions of the electrode and/or its position in the pad and/or its position on the body area of the patient. In another aspect, the radio frequency power may be controlled by the control unit based on feedback from at least one thermal sensor measuring the temperature of the treated body area and/or the temperature of the electrode providing the radiofrequency energy such that when the desired temperature is reached, the electrodes are controlled to keep the temperature at this desired level. A typical treatment temperature of the body area under the electrode is in the range of 37.5° C. to 55° C. or in the range of 38° C. to 53° C. or in the range of 39° C. to 52° C. or in the range of 40° C. to 50° C. or in the range of 41° C. to 45° C.
  • The treatment protocol may be preprogrammed such that during a single treatment the EC envelopes are delivered 25 to 1000, or 50 to 900, or 100 to 750, or 120 to 600, or 150 to 500 times by at least one pair of electrodes with an EC pause time between each delivery of the EC envelope. The EC pause time—the time when the electrode pair is not providing electric current to the patient between two consecutive deliveries of EC envelopes—may be in the range of 0.5 to 20 s, or of 1 to 15 s, or of 1.5 to 12 s, or of 2 to 10 s. Alternatively, the electrode pair may deliver EC envelopes one after another without the EC pause time.
  • In another aspect, radiofrequency energy may be delivered constantly through all electrodes during the whole treatment and only the EC envelopes may be delivered sequentially.
  • A single treatment may last for 1 to 60 min, or for 5 to 45 min, or for 10 to 30 min, or for 15 to 25 min, or for 18 to 23 min based on the number of pads used during the treatment. The number of pads used in single treatment may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or up to 100. The protocol may be preprogrammed such, that the electrodes providing the electric current causing the muscle contractions are switched to provide radiofrequency heating after they produce one, two, three, four or five contractions on maximum.
  • The respective sections are assembled by the control unit (CPU) in the treatment protocol to provide at least 60-900 contractions or 90-800 contractions, or 150-700 contractions by a single pad per treatment.
  • In addition, the respective electrode pairs providing electric current to the patient are controlled by the control unit (CPU) to provide at least 50-1000 contractions or 60-900 contractions or 90-800 contractions, or 100-450 contractions per treatment.
  • The forehead pad may include a layout of electrodes such that the anatomical area 1 and anatomical area 2 are stimulated by alternating currents which may cause muscle contractions while anatomical area 3 is not stimulated by alternating currents causing muscle contraction as shown in FIG. 10. The control unit (CPU) is configured to provide a treatment protocol energizing by alternating electric currents only those electrodes located in proximity or above the anatomical area 1 and 2; and energizing electrode/electrodes in proximity of or above anatomical area 3 by radiofrequency energy only as shown in FIG. 10. The anatomical area 1 and 2 may comprise the Frontalis muscles and the anatomical area 3 may comprise the center of the Procerus muscle. The forehead pad may also treat the Corrugator supercilii muscle or Orbicularis oculi with radiofrequency energy.
  • The pad used for a treatment of the cheek (either side of the face below the eye) may include a layout of electrodes such that the anatomical area comprising the Buccinator muscle, the Masseter muscle, the Zygomaticus muscles or the Risorius muscle are stimulated by electrical currents, which may cause muscle contractions, wherein the other anatomical area may be only heated by the radiofrequency energy. A cheek pad may also be used for contraction of the Lavator labii superioris.
  • On the contrary the pad may be configured such that the layout of electrodes close to the eyes (e.g. body part comprising Orbicularis oculi muscles) or teeth (e.g. body part comprising Orbicularis oris muscles) may not provide energy causing muscle contractions.
  • The pad used for a treatment of the submentum or submental area may include a layout of electrodes such that the anatomical area comprising the Mylohyoid muscle or the Digastric muscle is stimulated with electrical current, which may cause muscle contractions, wherein the other anatomical area may only be heated by the radiofrequency energy. In one aspect, a submentum pad (pad used for treatment of the submentum) may not provide electric current to an Adam's apple, but may provide heating with radiofrequency energy to the Adam's apple.
  • The treatment device may be configured such, that in each section or step the impedance sensor provides the information about the contact of the pad or active element (e.g. electrode) with the patient to the control unit (e.g. CPU). The control unit (e.g. CPU) may determine based on the pre-set conditions if the contact of the pad or active element (e.g. electrode) with the patient is sufficient or not. In case of sufficient contact, the control unit (e.g. CPU) may allow the treatment protocol to continue. In case that the contact is inappropriate, the valuated pad or active element (e.g. electrode) is turned off and the treatment protocol continues to consecutive pad or active element (e.g. electrode) or the treatment is terminated. The determination of proper contact of the pad or active element (e.g. electrode) may be displayed on the human machine interface 8.
  • The impedance measurement may be made at the beginning of the section/step, during the section/step or at the end of the section/step. The impedance measurement and/or the proper contact evaluation may be determined only on the active electrodes for the given section/step or may be made on all electrodes of all pads used during the section/step.
  • In one aspect, the impedance may be monitored through all active elements (e.g. electrodes) while the therapy is being provided to the patient. The device monitors the impedance between the active element (e.g. electrode) and the skin of the patient while the treatment energy (e.g. radiofrequency or electric current) is being delivered to the patient, analyzes the monitored impedance at two or more different time instances in order to determine a change in the size of the electrode-skin contact area, and if the change in the monitored impedance reaches a pre-determined threshold, alters the stimulation being delivered to the patient or terminates the treatment. The change in the impedance value at a given time may be quantified by an impedance ratio between the impedance value at that time and a baseline impedance, which is a first impedance value from the history of impedance measurement of a given active element (e.g. electrode).
  • FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 are discussed together. FIG. 7 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for contactless therapy 100. FIG. 8 is an illustration of an apparatus for contactless therapy 100. Apparatus for contactless therapy 100 may comprise two main blocks: main unit 2 and a delivery head 19 interconnected via fixed or adjustable arm 21.
  • Main unit 2 may include a primary electromagnetic generator 6 which may generate one or more forms of electromagnetic radiation wherein the electromagnetic radiation may be e.g., in the form of incoherent light or in the form of coherent light (e.g. laser light) of predetermined wavelength. The electromagnetic field may be primarily generated by a laser, laser diode module, LED, flash lamp or incandescent light bulb. The electromagnetic radiation may be such that it may be at least partially absorbed under the surface of the skin of the patient. The wavelength of the applied radiation may be in the range of 100 to 15000 nm or in the range of 200 to 12000 nm or in the range of 300 to 11000 nm or in the range of 400 to 10600 nm or it may be in the form of second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh or eighth harmonic wavelengths of the above mentioned wavelength ranges. Main unit 2 may further comprise a human machine interface 8 represented by display, buttons, keyboard, touchpad, touch panel or other control members enabling an operator to check and adjust therapy and other device parameters. The power supply 5 located in the main unit may include a transformer, disposable battery, rechargeable battery, power plug or standard power cord. The output power of the power supply 5 may be in the range of 10 W to 600 W, or in the range of 50 W to 500 W, or in the range of 80 W to 450 W. Indicators 17 may provide additional information about the current status of the device independently on human machine interface 8. Indicators 17 may be realized through the display, LEDs, acoustic signals, vibrations or other forms capable of adequate notice.
  • Delivery head 19 may be interconnected with the main unit via arm 21 which may form the main optical and electrical pathway. Arm 21 may comprise transmission media, for example wires or waveguide, e.g. mirrors or fiber optic cables, for electromagnetic radiation in the form of light or additional electric signals needed for powering the delivery head 19. The control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 controls the primary electromagnetic generator 6 which may generate a continuous electromagnetic energy (CM) or a pulses, having a fluence in the range of 0.1 pJ/cm2 to 1000 J/cm2 or in the range of 0.5 pJ/cm2 to 800 J/cm2 or in the range of 0.8 pJ/cm2 to 700 J/cm2 or in the range of 1 pJ/cm2 to 600 J/cm2 on the output of the electromagnetic generator. The CM mode may be operated for a time interval in the range of 0.1 s to 24 hours or in the range of 0.2 s to 12 hours or in the range of 0.5 s to 6 hours or in the range of 1 s to 3 hours. The pulse duration of the electromagnetic radiation operated in the pulse regime may be in the range of 0.1 fs to 2000 ms or in the range of 0.5 fs to 1500 ms or in the range of 1 fs to 1200 ms or in the range of 1 fs to 1000 ms. Alternatively the pulse duration may be in the range of 0.1 fs to 1000 ns or in the range of 0.5 fs to 800 ns or in the range of 1 fs to 500 ns or in the range of 1 fs to 300 ns. Alternatively, the pulse duration may be in the range of 0.3 to 5000 μs or in the range of 1 to 4000 μs or in the range of 5 to 3500 μs or in the range of 10 to 3000 μs. Or alternatively the pulse duration may be in the range of 0.05 to 2000 ms or in the range of 0.1 to 1500 ms or in the range of 0.5 to 1250 ms or in the range of 1 to 1000 ms. The primary electromagnetic generator 6 in the pulse regime may be operated by control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 in a single shot mode or in a repetition mode or in a burst mode. The frequency of the repetition mode or the burst mode may be in the range of 0.05 to 10 000 Hz or in the range of 0.1 to 5000 Hz or in the range of 0.3 to 2000 Hz or in the range of 0.5 to 1000 Hz. Alternatively the frequency of the repetition mode or the burst mode may be in the range of 0.1 kHz to 200 MHz or in the range of 0.5 kHz to 150 MHz or in the range of 0.8 kHz to 100 MHz or in the range of 1 kHz to 80 MHz. The single shot mode may be configured to generate a single electromagnetic energy of specific parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, etc.) for irradiation of a single treatment area. The repetition mode may be configured to generate an electromagnetic energy, which may have one or more specific parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, etc.), with a repetition rate of the above-mentioned frequency for irradiation of a single treatment area. The burst mode may be configured to generate multiple consecutive electromagnetic energies, which may have variable parameters (e.g. intensity, duration, delay etc.), during one sequence, wherein the sequences are repeated with the above-mentioned frequency and wherein the sequence may include the same or different sets of consecutive electromagnetic energies.
  • Alternatively, the device may contain more than one primary electromagnetic generator 6 for generation of the same or a different electromagnetic energy, e.g. one primary electromagnetic generator is for generation of an ablative electromagnetic energy and the other is for generation of a non-ablative electromagnetic energy. In this case, it is possible for an operator to select which primary electromagnetic generators may be used for a given treatment or the clinician can choose a required treatment through the human machine interface 8 and the control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 will select which primary electromagnetic generators will be used. It is possible to operate one or more primary electromagnetic generators of the device 100 simultaneously, successively or in an overlapping method. For example in the case of two primary electromagnetic generators: in the simultaneous method, both primary electromagnetic generators are used simultaneously during a time interval e.g., 1-20 ps. In the successive method, the first primary electromagnetic generator is used during the first time interval e.g., from 1 to 10 ps. The first primary electromagnetic generator is then stopped and the second primary electromagnetic generator is immediately used in a subsequent time interval e.g., from 10 to 20 ps. Such a sequence of two or more successive steps may be repeated. In the overlapping method, the first primary electromagnetic generator is used during a time interval, e.g., 1-10 ps, and the second primary electromagnetic generator is used in a second overlapping time interval for e.g., 2-11 ps, wherein during the second time interval the first primary electromagnetic generator and the second primary electromagnetic generator are overlapping e.g., with total overlapping method time for 2-10 ps. In the case of more than two primary electromagnetic generators, the activating and deactivating of the primary electromagnetic generators in a successive or overlap method may be driven by control unit (e.g. CPU) 11 in the order which is suitable for a given treatment, e.g. first activating the pre-heating primary electromagnetic generator, then the ablation primary electromagnetic generator and then the non-ablative primary electromagnetic generator.
  • The active elements 13 in the delivery head 19 may be in the form of optical elements, which may be represented by one or more optical windows, lenses, mirrors, fibers or diffraction elements. The optical element representing active element 13 may be connected to or may contain primary electromagnetic generator 6 inside the delivery head 19. The optical element may produce one beam of electromagnetic energy, which may provide an energy spot having an energy spot size defined as a surface of tissue irradiated by one beam of light. One optical element may provide one or more energy spots e.g. by splitting one beam into a plurality of beams. The energy spot size may be in the range of 0.001 cm2 to 1000 cm2, or in the range of 0.005 cm2 to 700 cm2, or in the range of 0.01 cm2 to 300 cm2, or in the range of 0.03 cm2 to 80 cm2. Energy spots of different or the same wavelength may be overlaid or may be separated. Two or more beams of light may be applied to the same spot at the same time or with a time gap ranging from 0.1 s to 30 seconds. Energy spots may be separated by at least 1% of their diameter, and in addition, energy spots may closely follow each other or may be separated by a gap ranging from 0.01 mm to 20 mm or from 0.05 mm to 15 mm or from 0.1 mm to 10 mm.
  • The control unit (e.g. CPU) may be further responsible for switching between active elements 13 or for moving the active elements 13 within the delivery head 19 so that the electromagnetic radiation may be delivered homogeneously into the whole treatment area marked with aiming beam 18. The rate of switching between active elements 13 may be dependent on the amount of delivered energy, pulse length, etc. and the speed of control unit (e.g. CPU) or other mechanism responsible for switching or moving the active elements 13 (e.g. scanner). Additionally, a device may be configured to switch between multiple active elements 13 in such a way that they deliver energy simultaneously, successively or in an overlapping method. For example, in the case of two active elements: in the simultaneous method, both active elements are used simultaneously during the time interval e.g., 1-20 ps. In the successive method, the first active element is used during the first time interval e.g., from 1 to 10 ps. The first active element is then stopped and the second active element is immediately used in a subsequent time interval e.g., from 10 to 20 ps. This successive step may be repeated. In the overlapping method, the first active element is used during a time interval for e.g., 1-10 ps, and the second active element is used in a second overlapping time interval for e.g., 2-11 ps, wherein during the second time interval the first active element and the second active element are overlapping e.g., with total overlapping method time for 2-10 ps.
  • The aiming beam 18 has no clinical effect on the treated tissue and may serve as a tool to mark the area to be treated so that the operator knows which exact area will be irradiated and the control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may set and adjust treatment parameters accordingly. An aiming beam may be generated by a separate electromagnetic generator or by the primary electromagnetic generator 6. Aiming beam 18 may deliver energy at a wavelength in a range of 300-800 nm and may supply energy at a maximum power of 10 mW.
  • In addition, the pad may contain a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) driven distance sensor 22 for measuring a distance from active element 13 to the treated point within the treated area marked by aiming beam 18. The measured value may be used by CPU 11 as a parameter for adjusting one or more treatment parameters which may depend on the distance between the active element and a treating point, e.g. fluence. Information from distance sensor 22 may be provided to control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) before every switch/movement of an active element 13 so that the delivered energy will remain the same across the treated area independent of its shape or unevenness.
  • The patient's skin may be pre-cooled to a selected temperature for a selected duration over at least one treatment portion, the selected temperature and duration for pre-cooling preferably being sufficient to cool the skin to at least a selected temperature below normal body temperature. The skin may be cooled to at least the selected temperature to a depth below the at least one depth for the treatment portions so that the at least one treatment portion is substantially surrounded by cooled skin. The cooling may continue during the application of radiation, wherein the duration of the application of radiation may be greater than the thermal relaxation time of the treatment portions. Cooling may be provided by any known mechanism including water cooling, sprayed coolant, presence of an active solid cooling element (e.g. thermoelectric cooler) or air flow cooling. A cooling element may act as an optical element. Alternatively, a spacer may serve as a cooling element. Cooling may be provided during, before or after the treatment with electromagnetic energy. Cooling before treatment may also provide an environment for sudden heat shock, while cooling after treatment may provide faster regeneration after heat shock. The temperature of the coolant may be in the range of −200° C. to 36° C. The temperature of the cooling element during the treatment may be in the range of −80° C. to 36° C. or −70° C. to 35° C. or −60° C. to 34° C. or −20° C. to 30° C. or 0° C. to 27° C. or 5° C. to 25° C. Further, where the pad is not in contact with the patient's skin, cryogenic spray cooling, gas flow or other non-contact cooling techniques may be utilized. A cooling gel on the skin surface might also be utilized, either in addition to or instead of, one of the cooling techniques indicated above.
  • Additionally, device 100 may include one or more sensors. The sensor may provide information about at least one physical quantity and its measurement may lead to feedback which may be displayed by human machine interface 8 or indicators 17. The one or more sensors may be used for sensing a variety of physical quantities, including but not limited to the energy of the delivered electromagnetic radiation or backscattered electromagnetic radiation from the skin, impedance of the skin, resistance of the skin, temperature of the treated skin, temperature of the untreated skin, temperature of at least one layer of the skin, water content of the device, the phase angle of delivered or reflected energy, the position of the active elements 13, the position of the delivery element 19, temperature of the cooling media or temperature of the primary electromagnetic generator 6. The sensor may be a temperature, acoustic, vibration, electric, magnetic, flow, positional, optical, imaging, pressure, force, energy flux, impedance, current, Hall or proximity sensor. The sensor may be a capacitive displacement sensor, acoustic proximity sensor, gyroscope, accelerometer, magnetometer, infrared camera or thermographic camera. The sensor may be invasive or contactless. The sensor may be located on the delivery element 19 or in the main unit 2 or may be a part of a distance sensor 22. One sensor may measure more than one physical quantity. For example, a sensor may include a combination of a gyroscope, an accelerometer or a magnetometer. Additionally, the sensor may measure one or more physical quantities of the treated skin or untreated skin.
  • The thermal sensor measures and monitors the temperature of the treated skin. The temperature can be analyzed by a control unit 11 (e.g. CPU). The thermal sensor may be a contactless sensor (e.g. infrared temperature sensor). The control unit 11 (e.g. CPU) may also use algorithms to calculate a temperature below the surface of the skin based on the surface temperature of the skin and one or more additional parameters. A temperature feedback system may control the temperature and based on set or pre-set limits alert the operator in human perceptible form e.g. on the human machine interface 8 or via indicators 17. In a limit temperature condition, the device may be configured to adjust treatment parameters of each active element, e.g. output power, activate cooling or stop the treatment. Human perceptible form may be a sound, alert message shown on human machine interface 8 or indicators 17 or change of color of any part of the device 100.
  • A resistance sensor may measure the skin resistance, since it may vary for different patients, as well as the humidity—wetness and sweat may influence the resistance and therefore the behavior of the skin in the energy field. Based on the measured skin resistance, the skin impedance may also be calculated.
  • Information from one or more sensors may be used for generation of a pathway on a convenient model e.g. a model of the human body shown on a display of human machine interface 8. The pathway may illustrate a surface or volume of already treated tissue, presently treated tissue, tissue to be treated, or untreated tissue. A convenient model may show a temperature map of the treated tissue providing information about the already treated tissue or untreated tissue.
  • The sensor may provide information about the location of bones, inflamed tissue or joints. Such types of tissue may not be targeted by electromagnetic radiation due to the possibility of painful treatment. Bones, joints or inflamed tissue may be detected by any type of sensor such as an imaging sensor (ultrasound sensor, IR sensor), impedance and the like. A detected presence of these tissue types may cause general human perceptible signals or interruption of generation of electromagnetic radiation. Bones may be detected for example by a change of impedance of the tissue or by analysis of reflected electromagnetic radiation.
  • Furthermore, the device 100 may include an emergency stop button 16 so that the patient can stop the therapy immediately anytime during the treatment.
  • It may be part of the invention that the method of treatment includes the following steps: preparation of the tissue; positioning the proposed device; selecting or setting up the treatment parameters; and application of the energy. More than one step may be executed simultaneously.
  • Preparation of the tissue may include removing make-up or cleansing the patient's skin. For higher target temperatures, anesthetics may be applied topically or in an injection.
  • Positioning the device may include selecting the correct shape of the pad according to the area to be treated and affixing the pad or the neutral electrode to the patient, for example with an adhesive layer, vacuum suction, band or mask, and verifying proper contact with the treated tissue in the case of contact therapy. In the case of contactless therapy, positioning of the device may include adjusting the aiming beam of proposed device so that the device can measure the distance of the active element(s) from the treatment area and adjust the treatment parameters accordingly.
  • Selecting or setting up the treatment parameters may include adjusting treatment time, power, duty cycle, delivery time and mode (CM or pulsed), active points surface density/size for fractional arrangement and mode of operation. Selecting the mode of operation may mean choosing simultaneous, successive or overlapping methods or selecting the switching order of active elements or groups of active elements or selecting the proper preprogrammed protocol.
  • Application of the energy may include providing at least one type of energy in the form of RF energy, electric current, ultrasound energy or electromagnetic energy in the form of polychromatic or monochromatic light, or their combination. The energy may be provided from at least one active element into the skin by proposed device. Energy may be delivered and regulated automatically by the control unit (e.g. CPU) according to information from thermal sensors and impedance measurements and, in the case of contactless therapy, distance sensors. All automatic adjustments and potential impacts on the therapy may be indicated on the device display. Either the operator or the patient may suspend therapy at any time during treatment. A typical treatment might have a duration of about 1 to 60 min or 2 to 50 min or 3 to 40 min or 5 to 30 min or 8 to 25 min or 10 to 20 min depending on the treated area and the size and number of active elements located within one or more pads. A typical treatment with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or up to 10 pads may have a total duration of about 1 to 60 minutes or 2 to 50 minutes or 3 to 40 minutes 5 to 30 minutes or 8 to 25 minutes or 10 to 20 minutes. A typical treatment with one pad may have a total duration of about 1 to 30 minutes or 2 to 25 minutes or 3 to 22 minutes 5 to 20 minutes or 5 to 15 minutes or 5 to 12 minutes.
  • In one example, application of energy to the tissue may include providing radiofrequency energy and/or electric current and/or ultrasound energy or any combination of these, from the active elements embedded in the pad, to the skin of the patient. In such embodiment, active elements providing radiofrequency energy are capacitive or resistive RF electrodes and the RF energy may cause heating, coagulation or ablation of the skin. The electric current is provided by the RF electrodes and may cause muscle contractions. Ultrasound energy may be provided through an acoustic window and may rise the temperature in the depth which may suppress the gradient loss of RF energy and thus the desired temperature in a germinal layer may be reach. In addition, the RF electrode may act as an acoustic window for ultrasound energy.
  • Alternatively, the application of the energy to the tissue may include providing electromagnetic energy in the form of polychromatic or monochromatic light from the active elements into the skin of the patient. In such case, active elements providing the electromagnetic energy may comprise optical elements described in the proposed device. Optical elements may be represented by an optical window, lens, mirror, fiber or electromagnetic field generator, e.g. LED, laser, flash lamp, incandescent light bulb or other light sources known in the state of art. The electromagnetic energy in the form of polychromatic or monochromatic light may entail the heating, coagulation or ablation of the skin in the treated area.
  • After reaching the required temperature and therapy time the therapy is terminated, the device accessories may be removed and a cleansing of the patient's skin may be provided.

Claims (1)

1. A device for non-invasive treatment for an improvement of a visual appearance of a patient comprising:
a primary electromagnetic generator generating an electromagnetic energy;
a secondary generator generating a secondary energy;
a switching circuitry;
a pad configured to be attached to a treatment area of the body of the patient;
at least one active element attached to the treatment area configured to deliver electromagnetic energy from the primary electromagnetic generator or the secondary energy from the secondary generator to the treatment area;
a CPU controlling an energy delivered from the primary electromagnetic generator and the secondary energy generator to the at least one active element,
wherein the at least one active element is disposed in the pad.
US17/518,243 2020-05-04 2021-11-03 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient Pending US20220305275A1 (en)

Priority Applications (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/518,243 US20220305275A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2021-11-03 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/664,161 US11878167B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-05-19 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/941,777 US11633596B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-09-09 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
CA3178145A CA3178145A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2022-09-30 Device and method for unattended treatment of the patient
DE202022105837.7U DE202022105837U1 (en) 2021-11-03 2022-10-17 Device for the unattended treatment of the patient
ES202231768U ES1298498Y2 (en) 2021-11-03 2022-10-26 DEVICE FOR NEGLECTED TREATMENT OF THE PATIENT
GB2315394.3A GB2620511B (en) 2021-11-03 2022-11-02 Device and method for unattended treatment of the patient
CN202222911568.1U CN219208739U (en) 2021-11-03 2022-11-02 Device for the unattended treatment of a patient
GBGB2401926.7A GB202401926D0 (en) 2021-11-03 2022-11-02 Device and method for unattended treatment of the patient
CN202280023101.3A CN117062647A (en) 2021-11-03 2022-11-02 Apparatus and method for unattended treatment of a patient
PCT/EP2022/080502 WO2023078896A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2022-11-02 Device and method for unattended treatment of the patient
FR2211466A FR3128645B3 (en) 2021-11-03 2022-11-03 DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATMENT WITHOUT PATIENT MONITORING
TW111212037U TWM643961U (en) 2021-11-03 2022-11-03 Device for unattended treatment of the patient
US18/170,284 US11896816B2 (en) 2021-11-03 2023-02-16 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US18/174,368 US11813451B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2023-02-24 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US18/177,269 US11806528B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2023-03-02 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US18/184,813 US20230241384A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2023-03-16 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US18/363,478 US20240091547A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2023-08-01 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US18/477,126 US20240024691A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2023-09-28 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US18/507,846 US20240082576A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2023-11-13 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202063019619P 2020-05-04 2020-05-04
PCT/IB2021/000300 WO2021224678A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2021-05-03 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/518,243 US20220305275A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2021-11-03 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2021/000300 Continuation-In-Part WO2021224678A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2021-05-03 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/664,161 Continuation-In-Part US11878167B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-05-19 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/664,161 Continuation-In-Part US11878167B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-05-19 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220305275A1 true US20220305275A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Family

ID=76502747

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/518,243 Pending US20220305275A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2021-11-03 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/576,646 Pending US20220218987A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-01-14 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/661,406 Active US11491329B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-04-29 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/941,568 Active US11826565B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-09-09 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/930,888 Active US11679255B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-09-09 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient

Family Applications After (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/576,646 Pending US20220218987A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-01-14 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/661,406 Active US11491329B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-04-29 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/941,568 Active US11826565B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-09-09 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US17/930,888 Active US11679255B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2022-09-09 Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (5) US20220305275A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4146335A1 (en)
JP (2) JP2023515722A (en)
KR (1) KR20230000081U (en)
AU (1) AU2021269187B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112022022112A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3173876A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2022013485A (en)
WO (1) WO2021224678A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11247039B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2022-02-15 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Device including RF source of energy and vacuum system
US10583287B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2020-03-10 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Systems and methods for tissue treatment
US10556122B1 (en) 2016-07-01 2020-02-11 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US11878167B2 (en) 2020-05-04 2024-01-23 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
CA3173876A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2021-11-11 Tomas SCHWARZ Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US20220280808A1 (en) * 2021-03-04 2022-09-08 Accure Acne Llc Audible temperature readout apparatus for use with a photo-thermal targeted treatment system and associated methods
US11896816B2 (en) 2021-11-03 2024-02-13 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
CA3178145A1 (en) * 2021-11-03 2023-05-03 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Device and method for unattended treatment of the patient
US11819625B1 (en) * 2022-04-27 2023-11-21 Therabody, Inc. Facial wearable device and methods for providing external stimuli using the same

Family Cites Families (1108)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB304587A (en) 1928-01-21 1930-03-13 Abraham Esau Improvements in apparatus for treatment by diathermy
FR744411A (en) 1931-09-02 1933-04-20
US1973387A (en) 1932-06-13 1934-09-11 Gen Electric X Ray Corp Apparatus for use in giving diathermic treatments and the like
US2021676A (en) 1935-01-10 1935-11-19 Galvin Mfg Corp Balancing and filter system for radioreceivers
DE718637C (en) 1937-12-30 1942-03-17 Electricitaetsgesellschaft San Device for coil field treatment with short-wave electrical oscillations
DE1118902B (en) 1958-10-28 1961-12-07 Nemec Hans Apparatus for medical purposes
US3163161A (en) 1962-08-02 1964-12-29 Courtin Jacques Traveling wave air massaging method
US3658051A (en) 1967-11-13 1972-04-25 Kenneth Sheldon Maclean Method of treating living things using high intensity pulsed magnetic field
US3566877A (en) 1968-01-05 1971-03-02 Luther B Smith Electrotherapeutic apparatus and treatment head and method for tuning said treatment head
US3709228A (en) 1971-01-07 1973-01-09 D Barker Apparatus for facial stimulation
US3946349A (en) 1971-05-03 1976-03-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Air Force High-power, low-loss high-frequency electrical coil
US3841306A (en) 1972-10-25 1974-10-15 Univ Iowa State Res Found Inc Implantable, non-contacting nerve stimulating transducer
DE2314573C2 (en) 1973-03-23 1986-12-18 Werner Dipl.-Ing. 8000 München Kraus Device for promoting healing processes
US3952751A (en) 1975-01-08 1976-04-27 W. Denis Kendall High-performance electrotherapeutic apparatus
US3971387A (en) 1975-03-21 1976-07-27 Mantell Michael J Electro-therapeutic face mask
US4068292A (en) 1975-03-27 1978-01-10 International Medical Electronics, Inc. Electrostatic shield for diathermy treatment head
NL7510644A (en) 1975-09-09 1977-03-11 Enraf Nonius Short:wave therapy inductive electrode - has metal housing with screen of conductors over opening connected to it
US4105017A (en) 1976-11-17 1978-08-08 Electro-Biology, Inc. Modification of the growth repair and maintenance behavior of living tissue and cells by a specific and selective change in electrical environment
US4315503A (en) 1976-11-17 1982-02-16 Electro-Biology, Inc. Modification of the growth, repair and maintenance behavior of living tissues and cells by a specific and selective change in electrical environment
US4197851A (en) 1977-04-14 1980-04-15 Fellus Victor M Apparatus for emitting high-frequency electromagnetic waves
GB1594389A (en) 1977-06-03 1981-07-30 Max Planck Gesellschaft Dressing material for wounds
US4143661A (en) 1977-12-12 1979-03-13 Andros Incorporated Power supply for body implant and method for operation
US4237898A (en) 1978-03-27 1980-12-09 Critical Systems, Inc. Apparatus for heating tissue and employing protection against transients
US4305115A (en) 1979-03-14 1981-12-08 Harry H. Leveen Electrostatic shield
EP0039206B1 (en) 1980-04-23 1984-10-10 Inoue-Japax Research Incorporated Magnetic treatment device
CA1150361A (en) 1980-09-24 1983-07-19 Roland A. Drolet Electro-magnetic therapeutic system and method
US4392040A (en) 1981-01-09 1983-07-05 Rand Robert W Induction heating apparatus for use in causing necrosis of neoplasm
DE3205048A1 (en) 1982-02-12 1983-08-25 Werner Dipl.-Ing. 8000 München Kraus Field coil for magnetic field therapy according to Kraus-Lechner
US4454883A (en) 1982-02-16 1984-06-19 Therafield Holdings Limited Electrotherapeutic apparatus
US4456001A (en) 1982-07-02 1984-06-26 Electro-Biology, Inc. Apparatus for equine hoof treatment
US4550714A (en) 1983-03-09 1985-11-05 Electro-Biology, Inc. Electromagnetic coil insert for an orthopedic cast or the like
DE3328051A1 (en) 1983-08-03 1985-02-14 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München DEVICE FOR CONTACTLESS CRUSHING OF CONCRETE
US5156587A (en) 1983-09-01 1992-10-20 Montone Liber J Method for treating malignant cells
DE3340974C2 (en) 1983-11-11 1994-07-07 Werner Dipl Phys Kraus Electrotherapy device
US4665898A (en) 1984-05-23 1987-05-19 Maxwell Laboratories, Inc. Malignancy treatment
US4723536A (en) 1984-08-27 1988-02-09 Rauscher Elizabeth A External magnetic field impulse pacemaker non-invasive method and apparatus for modulating brain through an external magnetic field to pace the heart and reduce pain
US4889526A (en) 1984-08-27 1989-12-26 Magtech Laboratories, Inc. Non-invasive method and apparatus for modulating brain signals through an external magnetic or electric field to reduce pain
US4674482A (en) 1984-09-12 1987-06-23 Irt, Inc. Pulse electro-magnetic field therapy device with auto bias circuit
BG41964A1 (en) 1985-03-29 1987-09-15 Todorov Device for measuring of magnetic field stress
EP0209246A1 (en) 1985-06-12 1987-01-21 Graeme Ernest Daw Magnetic therapy device
US4989604A (en) 1985-10-03 1991-02-05 Accu Science Corporation Electromagnetic device
DE3605148A1 (en) 1986-02-18 1987-08-20 Vmei Lenin Nis DEVICE FOR MAGNETIC THERAPY
CN86204070U (en) 1986-09-09 1987-09-09 谢荣华 Magnetic and infrared therapeutic apparatus
US5067940A (en) 1988-03-23 1991-11-26 Life Resonances, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling the growth of cartilage
CN87203746U (en) 1987-03-12 1987-12-30 刘耀武 Multi-function administrative physiotherapeutic device
CN87215926U (en) 1987-11-30 1988-07-27 浙江省天台无线电厂 Multifunctional treating equipment
US4957480A (en) 1988-02-02 1990-09-18 Universal Health Products, Inc. Method of facial toning
US5143063A (en) 1988-02-09 1992-09-01 Fellner Donald G Method of removing adipose tissue from the body
IT1217550B (en) 1988-05-10 1990-03-30 Victor Marcel Fellus ELECTRODE STRUCTURE ESPECIALLY FOR ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIC EQUIPMENT
DE3825165A1 (en) 1988-07-23 1990-01-25 Kastl Electronic Gmbh & Co Kg Diathermy apparatus
US4850959A (en) 1988-08-02 1989-07-25 Bioresearch, Inc. Bioelectrochemical modulation of biological functions using resonant/non-resonant fields synergistically
US4993413A (en) 1988-09-22 1991-02-19 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Method and apparatus for inducing a current and voltage in living tissue
US4945912A (en) 1988-11-25 1990-08-07 Sensor Electronics, Inc. Catheter with radiofrequency heating applicator
BE1002610A6 (en) 1988-12-06 1991-04-09 Alsthom Internat S A PHYSIOTHERAPY APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING A MAGNETIC FIELD FOR USE AS A THERAPEUTIC MEANS.
CN1026953C (en) 1989-09-12 1994-12-14 赵贵春 All-information channels and collaterals acupuncture and moxibustion instrment
US5061234A (en) 1989-09-25 1991-10-29 Corteks, Inc. Magnetic neural stimulator for neurophysiology
IT1240362B (en) 1990-03-30 1993-12-10 Medisan S.L.R. PROCEDURE FOR THE ELECTROSTIMULATION OF A MUSCLE MASS IN ORDER TO IMPROVE THE AESTHETIC ASPECT, AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING THE PROCEDURE
US5199951A (en) 1990-05-17 1993-04-06 Wayne State University Method of drug application in a transporting medium to an arterial wall injured during angioplasty
DE9006056U1 (en) 1990-05-29 1991-09-26 Kraus, Werner, Dipl.-Ing., 8000 Muenchen, De
DE4017215A1 (en) 1990-05-29 1991-12-05 Aeg Elotherm Gmbh DEVICE FOR ELECTROLYTIC DEBURRING EDGES IN CONNECTING EYES
US5181902A (en) 1990-09-21 1993-01-26 American Medical Electronics, Inc. Double-transducer system for PEMF Therapy
ZA917281B (en) 1990-09-26 1992-08-26 Cryomedical Sciences Inc Cryosurgical instrument and system and method of cryosurgery
US5195941A (en) 1991-01-07 1993-03-23 American Medical Electronics, Inc. Contoured triangular transducer system for PEMF therapy
JP3091253B2 (en) 1991-04-25 2000-09-25 オリンパス光学工業株式会社 Thermal treatment equipment
GB9124379D0 (en) 1991-11-15 1992-01-08 Magstim Company The Limited Coils for magnetic nerve stimulators
CA2058179C (en) 1991-12-20 1999-02-09 Roland Drolet Basic electrophysiological conditioning system and method
CN1027958C (en) 1992-06-22 1995-03-22 犹学松 Simulated "Qi" generator
US6117066A (en) 1992-12-04 2000-09-12 Somatics, Inc. Prevention of seizure arising from medical magnetoictal non-convulsive stimulation therapy
US5344384A (en) 1992-12-11 1994-09-06 Electromagnetic Bracing Systems, Inc. Magnetotherapy apparatus
US5584863A (en) 1993-06-24 1996-12-17 Electropharmacology, Inc. Pulsed radio frequency electrotherapeutic system
DE69318706T2 (en) 1993-07-06 1999-01-14 Cryonic Medical Cryotherapy facility
US5807232A (en) 1993-12-10 1998-09-15 Espinoza; Fausto Leal Process for the treatment of saccharide three dimensional structures for the reactivation of recognition mechanisms among antigens and antibodies
GB2286660A (en) 1994-02-01 1995-08-23 David Thorner Peltier effect cooling apparatus for treating diseased or injured tissue
GB9402545D0 (en) 1994-02-10 1994-04-06 Magstim Co Ltd Magnetic stimulators
CN2192348Y (en) 1994-04-09 1995-03-22 犹学松 Energy transducer
AU2209195A (en) 1994-04-12 1995-10-30 Australasian Medical Technology (Nz) Limited Orthotic devices incorporating pulsed electromagnetic field therapy
US5419344A (en) 1994-04-28 1995-05-30 Thomas Lee DeWitt Razor bump electrolysis
US20050187599A1 (en) 1994-05-06 2005-08-25 Hugh Sharkey Method and apparatus for controlled contraction of soft tissue
JP3510016B2 (en) 1994-10-01 2004-03-22 林原 健 Magnetic generator
US5725471A (en) 1994-11-28 1998-03-10 Neotonus, Inc. Magnetic nerve stimulator for exciting peripheral nerves
US6132361A (en) 1994-11-28 2000-10-17 Neotonus, Inc. Transcranial brain stimulation
US6425852B1 (en) 1994-11-28 2002-07-30 Emory University Apparatus and method for transcranial magnetic brain stimulation, including the treatment of depression and the localization and characterization of speech arrest
US6086525A (en) 1994-11-28 2000-07-11 Neotonus, Inc. Magnetic nerve stimulator for exciting peripheral nerves
US6491620B1 (en) 1994-11-28 2002-12-10 Neotonus, Inc. Sham for transcranial magnetic stimulator
US5562706A (en) 1995-01-11 1996-10-08 Electro Anti Age, Inc. Device for cosmetic and relaxation treatment
GB9504216D0 (en) 1995-03-02 1995-04-19 Magstim Co Ltd Magnetic stimulator for neuro-muscular tissue
US5755753A (en) 1995-05-05 1998-05-26 Thermage, Inc. Method for controlled contraction of collagen tissue
US5660836A (en) 1995-05-05 1997-08-26 Knowlton; Edward W. Method and apparatus for controlled contraction of collagen tissue
US6042531A (en) 1995-06-19 2000-03-28 Holcomb; Robert R. Electromagnetic therapeutic treatment device and methods of using same
US6099523A (en) 1995-06-27 2000-08-08 Jump Technologies Limited Cold plasma coagulator
WO1997015348A1 (en) 1995-10-11 1997-05-01 Regeneration Technology Bio-active frequency generator and method
US7267675B2 (en) 1996-01-05 2007-09-11 Thermage, Inc. RF device with thermo-electric cooler
US6350276B1 (en) 1996-01-05 2002-02-26 Thermage, Inc. Tissue remodeling apparatus containing cooling fluid
JPH09276418A (en) 1996-02-15 1997-10-28 Nippon Koden Corp Urine incontinence treating device
EP0788813B1 (en) 1996-02-15 2003-10-15 Nihon Kohden Corporation An apparatus for treating urinary incontinence
US5782743A (en) 1996-05-06 1998-07-21 Russell; John J. Magnetic medical treatment device
US6500110B1 (en) 1996-08-15 2002-12-31 Neotonus, Inc. Magnetic nerve stimulation seat device
AU747678B2 (en) 1996-08-15 2002-05-16 Neotonus, Inc. Transcranial brain stimulation
US7608035B2 (en) 1996-09-10 2009-10-27 Gradient Technologies, Llc Method and morphologically adaptable apparatus for altering the charge distribution upon living membranes with functional stabilization of the membrane physical electrical integrity
BE1010730A7 (en) 1996-11-04 1998-12-01 Pira Luc Louis Marie Francis Cryoprobe based on peltier module.
US7204832B2 (en) 1996-12-02 2007-04-17 Pálomar Medical Technologies, Inc. Cooling system for a photo cosmetic device
US6179769B1 (en) 1996-12-27 2001-01-30 Nihon Kohden Corporation Magnetic stimulus type urinary incontinence treatment apparatus
US6063108A (en) 1997-01-06 2000-05-16 Salansky; Norman Method and apparatus for localized low energy photon therapy (LEPT)
US6029090A (en) 1997-01-27 2000-02-22 Herbst; Ewa Multi-functional electrical stimulation system
US5968527A (en) 1997-02-27 1999-10-19 Catholic University Of America, The Protection of living systems from the adverse effects of stress
US5857957A (en) 1997-03-04 1999-01-12 Lin; Vernon Wen-Hau Functional magentic stimulation of the expiratory muscles
WO1998041157A1 (en) 1997-03-17 1998-09-24 Boris Rubinsky Freezing method for controlled removal of fatty tissue by liposuction
DK1023107T3 (en) 1997-04-03 2006-12-27 Electrofect As Method of administration of pharmaceutical compositions and nucleic acids in skeletal muscle
JP4056091B2 (en) 1997-05-15 2008-03-05 パロマー・メディカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテッド Dermatological treatment method and apparatus
DE19723910A1 (en) 1997-06-06 1998-12-10 Braun Ag Epilation device and method
US5904712A (en) 1997-06-12 1999-05-18 Axelgaard Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Current-controlling electrode
CA2294631C (en) 1997-06-13 2007-08-28 Alain Baudry Method and device for electromagnetic cutaneous stimulation for treating pathological conditions
US5908444A (en) 1997-06-19 1999-06-01 Healing Machines, Inc. Complex frequency pulsed electromagnetic generator and method of use
WO1999002218A1 (en) 1997-07-12 1999-01-21 Sergey Vladimirovich Pletnev Device for local magnetotherapy
US6104959A (en) 1997-07-31 2000-08-15 Microwave Medical Corp. Method and apparatus for treating subcutaneous histological features
ES2224420T3 (en) 1997-08-01 2005-03-01 Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research IMPLANTABLE DEVICE WITH IMPROVED POWER AND BATTERY RECHARGE CONFIGURATION.
CA2306918C (en) 1997-10-17 2008-04-15 Respironics, Inc. Muscle stimulating device and method for diagnosing and treating a breathing disorder
CN1224431C (en) 1997-11-28 2005-10-26 松浦优之 Method of wave therapy and apparatus therefor
WO1999032191A1 (en) 1997-12-22 1999-07-01 Friedrich Wolff Device for producing a magnetic field
ATE446122T1 (en) 1998-01-15 2009-11-15 Regenesis Biomedical Inc IMPROVED APPARATUS FOR TREATMENT USING PULSE ELECTROMAGNETIC ENERGY
US6047215A (en) 1998-03-06 2000-04-04 Sonique Surgical Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for electromagnetically assisted liposuction
FR2775589B1 (en) 1998-03-06 2000-04-28 Cryonic Medical SELF-CONTAINED, PORTABLE CRYOGENIC APPARATUS USING CARBONIC ANHYDRIDE IN LIQUID / SOLID PHASE
US6094599A (en) 1998-03-24 2000-07-25 Ehti Medical Corporation RF diathermy and faradic muscle stimulation treatment
US6605080B1 (en) 1998-03-27 2003-08-12 The General Hospital Corporation Method and apparatus for the selective targeting of lipid-rich tissues
US6179771B1 (en) 1998-04-21 2001-01-30 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Coil arrangement for transcranial magnetic stimulation
GB9808764D0 (en) 1998-04-25 1998-06-24 Magstim Co Ltd Magnetic stimulators for neuro-muscular tissue
DE19819214B4 (en) 1998-04-29 2004-07-01 Markoll, Richard, Dr., Boca Raton Device for the treatment of tissue and / or joint diseases
JPH11333003A (en) 1998-05-27 1999-12-07 Nippon Koden Corp Remedial device for incontinence of urine
US6002965A (en) 1998-06-10 1999-12-14 Katz; Amiram Self applied device and method for prevention of deep vein thrombosis
US6324430B1 (en) 1998-07-06 2001-11-27 Abiomed, Inc. Magnetic shield for primary coil of transcutaneous energy transfer device
FI105163B (en) 1998-07-10 2000-06-30 Juha Virtanen Method and apparatus for generating placebo magnetic stimulation
EP1100582B1 (en) 1998-08-03 2005-06-15 Amei Technologies Inc. Pemf treatment for osteoporosis and tissue growth stimulation
US6255815B1 (en) 1998-08-20 2001-07-03 Neotonus, Inc. Magnetic field calibration device including housing with locator window
US6099459A (en) 1998-09-04 2000-08-08 Jacobson; Jerry I. Magnetic field generating device and method of generating and applying a magnetic field for treatment of specified conditions
US6213933B1 (en) 1998-09-10 2001-04-10 Vernon Wen-Hau Lin Apparatus and method for functional magnetic stimulation
US7901400B2 (en) 1998-10-23 2011-03-08 Covidien Ag Method and system for controlling output of RF medical generator
CA2287087C (en) 1998-10-23 2007-12-04 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical device for the collection of soft tissue
US7137980B2 (en) 1998-10-23 2006-11-21 Sherwood Services Ag Method and system for controlling output of RF medical generator
US6366814B1 (en) 1998-10-26 2002-04-02 Birinder R. Boveja External stimulator for adjunct (add-on) treatment for neurological, neuropsychiatric, and urological disorders
US6155966A (en) 1998-11-17 2000-12-05 Parker; Lloyd S. Apparatus and method for toning tissue with a focused, coherent electromagnetic field
US9192780B2 (en) 1998-11-30 2015-11-24 L'oreal Low intensity light therapy for treatment of retinal, macular, and visual pathway disorders
US6663659B2 (en) 2000-01-13 2003-12-16 Mcdaniel David H. Method and apparatus for the photomodulation of living cells
MXPA01007069A (en) 1999-01-11 2002-09-18 Bmr Res & Dev Ltd An electrotherapy device and method.
EP1022034A1 (en) 1999-01-19 2000-07-26 Manfred Dr. Leubner Method and device for stimulating muscles or nervous tissue
US6635053B1 (en) 1999-01-25 2003-10-21 Cryocath Technologies Inc. Cooling system
WO2000044346A1 (en) 1999-02-03 2000-08-03 Gerard Hassler Lowering skin temperature
EP1158919B1 (en) 1999-03-09 2005-06-29 Thermage, Inc. Apparatus for treatment of tissue
US6200259B1 (en) 1999-06-03 2001-03-13 Keith L. March Method of treating cardiovascular disease by angiogenesis
WO2000078267A2 (en) 1999-06-08 2000-12-28 Medical Bracing Systems Ltd. Pemf biophysical stimulation field generator and method
US6445955B1 (en) 1999-07-08 2002-09-03 Stephen A. Michelson Miniature wireless transcutaneous electrical neuro or muscular-stimulation unit
US6939287B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2005-09-06 Nu-Magnetics, Inc. Magnetotherapeutic device with bio-ceramic fibers
WO2001007111A2 (en) 1999-07-22 2001-02-01 Neotonus, Inc. Magnetic toroids for the stimulation of biological tissue
US6246905B1 (en) 1999-07-30 2001-06-12 Jamil Ahmad Mogul Medical instrument that supplies multiple energy forms
WO2001012089A1 (en) 1999-08-12 2001-02-22 Somnus Medical Technologies, Inc. Nerve stimulation and tissue ablation apparatus and method
US7133717B2 (en) 1999-08-25 2006-11-07 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Tissue electroperforation for enhanced drug delivery and diagnostic sampling
US6161757A (en) 1999-09-21 2000-12-19 Neotonus, Inc. Patient protocol card
EP1092451B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2007-03-07 Nihon Kohden Corporation Air-cooling system for a urinary incontinence device
US6324432B1 (en) 1999-11-01 2001-11-27 Compex Sa Electrical neuromuscular stimulator for measuring muscle responses to electrical stimulation pulses
GB9926621D0 (en) 1999-11-11 2000-01-12 Magstim Co Ltd Stimulating coil
US6527695B1 (en) 2000-01-11 2003-03-04 Emory University Magnetic stimulation coil and circuit design
EP1120131A3 (en) 2000-01-27 2001-10-10 Nihon Kohden Corporation Electromagnetic coil apparatus for urinary incontinence treatment
JP2001293098A (en) 2000-04-14 2001-10-23 Nippon Koden Corp Coil device and coil driving device
US20020107514A1 (en) 2000-04-27 2002-08-08 Hooven Michael D. Transmural ablation device with parallel jaws
US6520903B1 (en) 2000-05-18 2003-02-18 Patsy Yukie Yamashiro Multiple mode photonic stimulation device
US7044924B1 (en) 2000-06-02 2006-05-16 Midtown Technology Massage device
US7030764B2 (en) 2000-06-09 2006-04-18 Bed-Check Corporation Apparatus and method for reducing the risk of decubitus ulcers
US6402678B1 (en) 2000-07-31 2002-06-11 Neuralieve, Inc. Means and method for the treatment of migraine headaches
US8251986B2 (en) 2000-08-17 2012-08-28 Angiodynamics, Inc. Method of destroying tissue cells by eletroporation
US6697670B2 (en) 2001-08-17 2004-02-24 Minnesota Medical Physics, Llc Apparatus and method for reducing subcutaneous fat deposits by electroporation with improved comfort of patients
US6871099B1 (en) 2000-08-18 2005-03-22 Advanced Bionics Corporation Fully implantable microstimulator for spinal cord stimulation as a therapy for chronic pain
US6591138B1 (en) 2000-08-31 2003-07-08 Neuropace, Inc. Low frequency neurostimulator for the treatment of neurological disorders
US6658301B2 (en) 2000-09-13 2003-12-02 Alfred E. Mann Institute For Biomedical Engineering At The University Of Southern California Method and apparatus for conditioning muscles during sleep
DE10046275A1 (en) 2000-09-19 2002-03-28 Albrecht Struppler Magnetic coil with interwoven spiral of two conductors with one hollow conductor carrying a coolant, so that a high magnetic field can be generated at a relatively low temperature, for use in nerve stimulation
USD447806S1 (en) 2000-10-06 2001-09-11 Neotonus, Inc. Transcranial magnetic nerve stimulator
DE10062050A1 (en) 2000-10-09 2002-04-18 Medical Magnetics S A Device for treating obesity, cellulite, etc. has permanent magnet that interacts with variable magnetic field so as to exert time variable forces on surface of body part to be treated
FR2815246B1 (en) 2000-10-13 2003-01-24 Cryonic Medical AUTONOMOUS AND PORTABLE CRYOTHERAPY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL PUBLIC USE
EP1326681B1 (en) 2000-10-20 2007-01-10 THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, as represented by THE SECRETARY, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Coil for magnetic stimulation
EP1363577B1 (en) 2000-11-03 2009-04-15 Elemé Medical Inc. System for tissue treatment
EA002179B1 (en) 2000-11-03 2002-02-28 Жилинская, Ольга Владимировна Method for the treating diabetes mellitus
US20020082466A1 (en) 2000-12-22 2002-06-27 Jeongho Han Laser surgical system with light source and video scope
US6738667B2 (en) 2000-12-28 2004-05-18 Medtronic, Inc. Implantable medical device for treating cardiac mechanical dysfunction by electrical stimulation
EP2263743A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2010-12-22 BMR Research & Development Limited Apparatus for stimulating a muscle of a subject
US20020143373A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-10-03 Courtnage Peter A. System and method for therapeutic application of energy
RU2226115C2 (en) 2001-01-26 2004-03-27 Галимов Илдар Рафагатович Electric stimulation device
US20110087312A1 (en) 2001-03-02 2011-04-14 Erchonia Corporatin Method for Treatment of Diabetes and Prediabetes with Low-Level Laser Therapy
US20050004632A1 (en) 2001-03-08 2005-01-06 Mellen-Thomas Benedict Universal light processing for a human body
US20020160436A1 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-10-31 Marko Markov Method and apparatus for determining biologically useful field metrics associated with magnetic fields
US7520875B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2009-04-21 Mattioli Engineering Ltd. Method and apparatus for skin absorption enhancement and transdermal drug delivery
US7496401B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2009-02-24 Mattioli Engineering Ltd Method and apparatus for skin absorption enhancement and transdermal drug delivery
US7083580B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2006-08-01 Mattioli Engineering Ltd. Method and apparatus for skin absorption enhancement and transdermal drug delivery
JP4178762B2 (en) 2001-04-18 2008-11-12 日本光電工業株式会社 Magnetic stimulator using litz wire coil
US7250048B2 (en) 2001-04-26 2007-07-31 Medtronic, Inc. Ablation system and method of use
EA003851B1 (en) 2001-05-04 2003-10-30 Сергей Владимирович ПЛЕТНЕВ Method for restoring work efficiency using geomagnetic therapy
US7087008B2 (en) 2001-05-04 2006-08-08 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Apparatus and methods for delivery of transcranial magnetic stimulation
JP2002345979A (en) 2001-05-28 2002-12-03 Ya Man Ltd Pulse giving health instrument
DE20109058U1 (en) 2001-05-31 2002-10-10 Deltamed Gmbh Device for treatment with magnetic fields
KR100491988B1 (en) 2001-06-09 2005-05-31 (주) 엠큐브테크놀로지 Method of forming therapy protocol for use in a magnetic urinary incontinence therapy system and apparatus thereof
RU2212909C2 (en) 2001-06-25 2003-09-27 Тульский государственный университет Conform magnetotherapeutic device
US6625563B2 (en) 2001-06-26 2003-09-23 Northern Digital Inc. Gain factor and position determination system
DE50106039D1 (en) 2001-06-28 2005-06-02 Brainlab Ag Device for transcranial magnetic stimulation
IES20010651A2 (en) 2001-07-12 2003-01-22 Bmr Res & Dev Ltd A method and apparatus for applying electrical stimulation to a human or animal subject
US6939344B2 (en) 2001-08-02 2005-09-06 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method for controlling skin temperature during thermal treatment
US20030032900A1 (en) 2001-08-08 2003-02-13 Engii (2001) Ltd. System and method for facial treatment
JP4734808B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2011-07-27 株式会社村田製作所 Card type wireless communication terminal device
US7344533B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2008-03-18 Angiodynamics, Inc. Impedance controlled tissue ablation apparatus and method
CA2408656C (en) 2001-10-17 2016-06-21 Rehabilicare, Inc. Electrical nerve stimulation stimulator
FI114613B (en) 2001-10-17 2004-11-30 Nexstim Oy Method and apparatus for dose calculation of magnetic stimulation
KR200261417Y1 (en) 2001-10-19 2002-03-15 (주)애니텍 Osteoblast healing apparatus using pulsed electromagnetic fields
US6745082B2 (en) 2001-10-22 2004-06-01 Jens Axelgaard Current-controlling electrode with adjustable contact area
US6920883B2 (en) 2001-11-08 2005-07-26 Arthrocare Corporation Methods and apparatus for skin treatment
US7004941B2 (en) 2001-11-08 2006-02-28 Arthrocare Corporation Systems and methods for electrosurigical treatment of obstructive sleep disorders
KR20030039567A (en) 2001-11-13 2003-05-22 이영희 Intramuscular stimulator having a puncture aid
US6889090B2 (en) 2001-11-20 2005-05-03 Syneron Medical Ltd. System and method for skin treatment using electrical current
US7762965B2 (en) 2001-12-10 2010-07-27 Candela Corporation Method and apparatus for vacuum-assisted light-based treatments of the skin
EP1627662B1 (en) 2004-06-10 2011-03-02 Candela Corporation Apparatus for vacuum-assisted light-based treatments of the skin
US20030139740A1 (en) 2002-01-22 2003-07-24 Syneron Medical Ltd. System and method for treating skin
KR20030065126A (en) 2002-01-31 2003-08-06 (주) 엠큐브테크놀로지 System for cooling stimulus coil for use in equipment using magnetic field
KR100484618B1 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-04-20 주식회사 오스테오시스 Apparatus for stimulating nerves
US20030158585A1 (en) 2002-02-19 2003-08-21 Burnett Daniel R. Method and apparatus for electromagnetic stimulation of nerve, muscle, and body tissues
US6701185B2 (en) 2002-02-19 2004-03-02 Daniel Burnett Method and apparatus for electromagnetic stimulation of nerve, muscle, and body tissues
US8840608B2 (en) 2002-03-15 2014-09-23 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and devices for selective disruption of fatty tissue by controlled cooling
EP1490005B1 (en) 2002-03-15 2008-02-20 The General Hospital Corporation Devices for selective disruption of fatty tissue by controlled cooling
US6662054B2 (en) 2002-03-26 2003-12-09 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method and system for treating skin
JP2003305131A (en) 2002-04-16 2003-10-28 Kyoichi Nakagawa Magnetic therapeutic apparatus
KR100497500B1 (en) 2002-04-24 2005-07-01 (주) 엠큐브테크놀로지 A stimulation coil using magnetic mirror and use thereof
US20030236487A1 (en) 2002-04-29 2003-12-25 Knowlton Edward W. Method for treatment of tissue with feedback
CN1206975C (en) 2002-05-13 2005-06-22 沈来沛 Method for integrating sound, light electric, magnetic, heat, medicinal and mechanical treatment method into one, inducing and removing obstruction in channels and its product
US7967839B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2011-06-28 Rocky Mountain Biosystems, Inc. Electromagnetic treatment of tissues and cells
US20120035608A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2012-02-09 Marchitto Kevin S Electromagnetic treatment of tissues and cells
WO2003099102A2 (en) 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Kevin Marchitto Device and method for wound healing and uses therefor
FI20021050A (en) 2002-05-31 2003-12-01 Nexstim Oy Targeting method and apparatus for magnetic stimulation of the brain
UA78051C2 (en) 2002-06-05 2007-02-15 Device for magnetic inductive therapy, method of therapeutic use, unipolar pulse emitter
JP2006500972A (en) 2002-06-19 2006-01-12 パロマー・メディカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレイテッド Method and apparatus for treating tissue at a depth by radiant heat
JP2005535370A (en) 2002-06-19 2005-11-24 パロマー・メディカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレイテッド Method and apparatus for treating skin and subcutaneous conditions
DE10229112B4 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-07-15 Siemens Ag Circuit for an electromagnetic source for generating acoustic waves
US7250047B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2007-07-31 Lumenis Ltd. System and method for treating tissue
US6876883B2 (en) 2002-08-26 2005-04-05 Arthur F. Hurtado Method for applying variable electro-muscle stimulation and system therefor
US8020560B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2011-09-20 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Devices, systems and methods using magnetic force systems affecting the tongue or hyoid muscles in the upper airway
CN2595398Y (en) 2002-09-25 2003-12-31 王健 Dynamic and static magnetic pulse physiotherapeutic instrument
US6899667B2 (en) 2002-10-21 2005-05-31 Paul F. Becker Method and apparatus for the treatment of physical and mental disorders with low frequency, low flux density magnetic fields
US6860852B2 (en) 2002-10-25 2005-03-01 Compex Medical S.A. Ultrasound therapeutic device
GB0227147D0 (en) 2002-11-21 2002-12-24 Magstim The Company Ltd Magnetic stimulators and coils therefor
US7367936B2 (en) 2002-11-21 2008-05-06 The Magstim Company Ltd. Magnetic stimulators and coils therefor
TWI278327B (en) 2002-12-17 2007-04-11 Hakuju Inst For Health Science An apparatus for treating disorders by altering ion flux across cell membranes with electric fields
US7294101B2 (en) 2002-12-21 2007-11-13 Neuropace, Inc. Means and methods for treating headaches
WO2004066899A2 (en) 2003-01-24 2004-08-12 Engii (2001) Ltd. System and method for face and body treatment
US7697998B2 (en) 2006-01-20 2010-04-13 Axelgaard Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Electrode with edge protection
US20090209840A1 (en) * 2003-02-06 2009-08-20 Jens Axelgaard Electrode chain
US6971984B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2005-12-06 Vincent Ardizzone Magneto-cymatic therapeutic face mask
GB0304714D0 (en) 2003-03-01 2003-04-02 Finetech Medical Ltd Nerve stimulation apparatus
US7153256B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2006-12-26 Neuronetics, Inc. Reducing discomfort caused by electrical stimulation
US8118722B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2012-02-21 Neuronetics, Inc. Reducing discomfort caused by electrical stimulation
US7914469B2 (en) 2003-03-13 2011-03-29 Real Aesthetics Ltd. Cellulite ultrasound treatment
US20060199992A1 (en) 2003-03-17 2006-09-07 Eisenberg Solomon R Magnetic stimulator
US20040206365A1 (en) 2003-03-31 2004-10-21 Knowlton Edward Wells Method for treatment of tissue
US9149322B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2015-10-06 Edward Wells Knowlton Method for treatment of tissue
KR100547265B1 (en) 2003-03-31 2006-01-26 모승기 Apparatus and method for creating pulse magnetic stimulation having modulation function
WO2004095385A2 (en) 2003-04-02 2004-11-04 Biophan Technologies, Inc. Device and method for preventing magnetic-device imaging induced damage
ITFI20030104A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2004-10-11 Luciano Alcidi NON-DESTRUCTIVE HYPERTEMIA THERAPY EQUIPMENT
US20040205345A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-10-14 Ripley Michael S. System for identification and revocation of audiovisual titles and replicators
US20040210287A1 (en) 2003-04-21 2004-10-21 Greene Judy L. Portable cooling or heating device for applying cryotherapy
US20050070977A1 (en) 2003-04-28 2005-03-31 Molina Sherry L. Light and magnetic emitting mask
IL155639A0 (en) 2003-04-29 2003-11-23 A thorny mosaic-like massaging article
CA2496262C (en) 2003-06-06 2012-04-03 Telea Electronic Engineering S.R.L. Cosmetic method of treating skin ageing
US7503927B1 (en) 2003-06-30 2009-03-17 Vetanze Nelson W Multiple therapy system and method
US7711431B2 (en) 2003-08-04 2010-05-04 Brainlab Ag Method and device for stimulating the brain
US7418292B2 (en) 2003-10-01 2008-08-26 Medtronic, Inc. Device and method for attenuating an immune response
US20050075702A1 (en) 2003-10-01 2005-04-07 Medtronic, Inc. Device and method for inhibiting release of pro-inflammatory mediator
FR2870132B1 (en) 2003-10-01 2008-01-11 Jean Sebastien Berger APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUS ELECTROSTIMULATION BI-MODE ELECTRICAL AND MAGNETIC
US7186209B2 (en) 2003-10-09 2007-03-06 Jacobson Jerry I Cardioelectromagnetic treatment
US8467876B2 (en) 2003-10-15 2013-06-18 Rmx, Llc Breathing disorder detection and therapy delivery device and method
US20050085874A1 (en) 2003-10-17 2005-04-21 Ross Davis Method and system for treating sleep apnea
FR2862112B1 (en) 2003-11-06 2007-01-26 Sarma METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING AN ORGAN COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BALLOLET AND ORGAN THUS OBTAINED
US7104947B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2006-09-12 Neuronetics, Inc. Determining stimulation levels for transcranial magnetic stimulation
KR100571823B1 (en) 2003-11-18 2006-04-17 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus for controlling blood circulation using magnetic field and method for the same
US9433797B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2016-09-06 Rio Grande Neurosciences, Inc. Apparatus and method for electromagnetic treatment of neurodegenerative conditions
US7651459B2 (en) 2004-01-06 2010-01-26 Neuronetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for coil positioning for TMS studies
IL159783A (en) 2004-01-08 2009-06-15 Tavtech Ltd High velocity liquid-gas mist tissue abrasion device
ES2300978T3 (en) 2004-01-12 2008-06-16 Compex Medical S.A SECURITY SYSTEM FOR ELECTRO-STIMULATION DEVICE.
US7041100B2 (en) 2004-01-21 2006-05-09 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method and system for selective electro-thermolysis of skin targets
US7499746B2 (en) 2004-01-30 2009-03-03 Encore Medical Asset Corporation Automated adaptive muscle stimulation method and apparatus
US8813756B1 (en) 2004-02-06 2014-08-26 Erchonia Corporation Non-invasive method for slimming a human body using laser energy of wavelengths shorter than 632 nm
US8932338B2 (en) 2004-02-06 2015-01-13 Erchonia Corporation Noninvasive method for site-specific fat reduction
DE102004006192B4 (en) 2004-02-06 2008-11-06 Axel Muntermann Device for treatment with magnetic fields
US8074655B2 (en) 2004-02-26 2011-12-13 Linguaflex, Inc. Methods and devices for treating sleep apnea and snoring
JP2005245585A (en) * 2004-03-02 2005-09-15 Ngoc Phuong Nguyen Thi Electric stimulation apparatus for facial massage
WO2005091009A1 (en) 2004-03-15 2005-09-29 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Main magnet perforated eddy current shield for a magnetic resonance imaging device
US7520848B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2009-04-21 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Robotic apparatus for targeting and producing deep, focused transcranial magnetic stimulation
FR2868686B1 (en) 2004-04-09 2007-04-06 Spinevision Sa DEVICE FOR MONITORING THE PENETRATION OF AN INSTRUMENT IN AN ANATOMICAL STRUCTURE COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE REMOVABLE LONGITUDINAL PORTION
US8052591B2 (en) 2006-05-05 2011-11-08 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Trajectory-based deep-brain stereotactic transcranial magnetic stimulation
US8177702B2 (en) 2004-04-15 2012-05-15 Neuronetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for determining the proximity of a TMS coil to a subject's head
AU2012200610B2 (en) 2004-04-15 2014-07-10 Neuronetics, Inc Method and apparatus for determining the proximity of a TMS coil to a subject's head
CA2564795A1 (en) 2004-04-26 2005-11-10 Ivivi Technologies, Inc. Electromagnetic treatment induction apparatus and method
KR100556230B1 (en) 2004-05-10 2006-03-03 주식회사 씨알테크놀로지 Coil cooling device for magnetic stimulus therapeutic apparatus
BE1016013A5 (en) 2004-05-11 2006-01-10 Letec Nv Device for influencing a cellular structure.
JP2007244400A (en) 2004-05-19 2007-09-27 Nippon Kosei Kagaku Kenkyusho:Kk Thermotherapy system
GB0411610D0 (en) 2004-05-24 2004-06-30 Bioinduction Ltd Electrotherapy apparatus
US7601115B2 (en) 2004-05-24 2009-10-13 Neuronetics, Inc. Seizure therapy method and apparatus
NL1026431C1 (en) 2004-06-16 2005-12-19 Umc Utrecht Holding Bv Device for generating electric current fields in a human body and method for the use thereof.
GB0414909D0 (en) 2004-07-01 2004-08-04 Magstim The Company Ltd Magnetic stimulators and slimulating coils
US20060020236A1 (en) 2004-07-21 2006-01-26 Asher Ben-Nun Disposable compression sleeve
US20060036300A1 (en) 2004-08-16 2006-02-16 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method for lypolisis
US20060047281A1 (en) 2004-09-01 2006-03-02 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method and system for invasive skin treatment
US7520849B1 (en) 2004-09-20 2009-04-21 Ebi, Lp Pulsed electromagnetic field method of treating soft tissue wounds
US8444562B2 (en) 2004-10-06 2013-05-21 Guided Therapy Systems, Llc System and method for treating muscle, tendon, ligament and cartilage tissue
US20120046547A1 (en) 2004-10-06 2012-02-23 Guided Therapy Systems, Llc System and method for cosmetic treatment
CA2484880A1 (en) 2004-10-15 2006-04-15 Tuan Vinh Le Electrical stimulation apparatus and method
US8417352B2 (en) 2004-10-19 2013-04-09 Meagan Medical, Inc. System and method for stimulating sensory nerves
US20060085048A1 (en) 2004-10-20 2006-04-20 Nervonix, Inc. Algorithms for an active electrode, bioimpedance-based tissue discrimination system
US7857746B2 (en) 2004-10-29 2010-12-28 Nueronetics, Inc. System and method to reduce discomfort using nerve stimulation
JP4324673B2 (en) 2004-11-05 2009-09-02 国立大学法人東北大学 Cryotherapy device with Peltier module
US8617152B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2013-12-31 Medtronic Ablation Frontiers Llc Ablation system with feedback
RU2281128C2 (en) 2004-11-23 2006-08-10 Открытое акционерное общество "Елатомский приборный завод" Magneto-therapeutic apparatus
US9713567B2 (en) 2004-12-06 2017-07-25 Vissman S.R.L. Apparatus for the conditioning of muscular fibrils reaction coordination capacity by means a pressure wave, and aesthetic and therapeutic application thereof
ITRM20040597A1 (en) 2004-12-06 2005-03-06 Axe S R L CONDITIONING DEVICE FOR THE COORDINATION CAPACITY OF THE REACTION OF THE MUSCLE FIBERS THROUGH A WAVE OF PRESSURE, AND ITS APPLICATION IN AESTHETIC AND THERAPEUTIC FIELD.
CN100402110C (en) 2004-12-24 2008-07-16 任长学 Microwave heating method and device for whole body or regionality
GB2422109B (en) 2005-01-13 2007-02-21 Richard Mills Apparatus for providing a heating and cooling effect
EP1715810B1 (en) 2005-01-18 2012-05-09 Alma Lasers Ltd Improved system for heating biological tissue via rf energy
US8088058B2 (en) 2005-01-20 2012-01-03 Neuronetics, Inc. Articulating arm
US8825166B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2014-09-02 John Sasha John Multiple-symptom medical treatment with roving-based neurostimulation
US7643883B2 (en) 2005-01-28 2010-01-05 Syneron Medical Ltd. Device and method for treating skin
WO2006086513A2 (en) 2005-02-08 2006-08-17 Carewave, Inc. Apparatus and method for using a portable thermal device to reduce accommodation of nerve receptors
BRPI0607903A2 (en) 2005-02-18 2009-10-20 Palomar Medical Tech Inc dermatological treatment device
US20060253176A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-11-09 Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. Dermatological treatment device with deflector optic
JP4143114B2 (en) 2005-03-02 2008-09-03 メリディアン カンパニー リミテッド Lipolysis device using low power laser
US7857775B2 (en) 2005-03-15 2010-12-28 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method for soft tissue treatment
JP2006296669A (en) 2005-04-19 2006-11-02 Kagoshima Univ Magnetic coil
ES2561581T3 (en) 2005-04-19 2016-02-29 Compex Technologies, Inc. Electrical stimulation device
MX2007013316A (en) * 2005-04-28 2008-03-18 Carol Cole Company Micro-dermal tone skin stimulator.
US7942874B2 (en) 2005-05-12 2011-05-17 Aragon Surgical, Inc. Apparatus for tissue cauterization
IL168616A (en) 2005-05-16 2010-12-30 Michael Tavger High velocity liquid-gas stream device for administering therapeutic substances
US7396326B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2008-07-08 Neuronetics, Inc. Ferrofluidic cooling and acoustical noise reduction in magnetic stimulators
US7217265B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2007-05-15 Cooltouch Incorporated Treatment of cellulite with mid-infrared radiation
US8588930B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2013-11-19 Ethicon, Inc. Piezoelectric stimulation device
US7976451B2 (en) 2005-06-16 2011-07-12 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Transcranial magnetic stimulation system and methods
US8109982B2 (en) 2005-06-23 2012-02-07 Morteza Naghavi Non-invasive modulation of the autonomic nervous system
US20070016274A1 (en) 2005-06-29 2007-01-18 Boveja Birinder R Gastrointestinal (GI) ablation for GI tumors or to provide therapy for obesity, motility disorders, G.E.R.D., or to induce weight loss
GB0515040D0 (en) 2005-07-21 2005-08-31 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Compression device for the limb
US7955262B2 (en) 2005-07-26 2011-06-07 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method and apparatus for treatment of skin using RF and ultrasound energies
US7824324B2 (en) 2005-07-27 2010-11-02 Neuronetics, Inc. Magnetic core for medical procedures
EP1912701A2 (en) 2005-08-05 2008-04-23 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Measurement and stimulation of muscle tissue
EP1928549B1 (en) 2005-09-28 2014-06-11 Candela Corporation Apparatus for treating cellulite
US20070083237A1 (en) 2005-10-12 2007-04-12 Teruel Elberto B Magnetic therapeutic device and method of using the same
US20070088419A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Fiorina Mark A Conductive pad assembly for electrical therapy device
US7856264B2 (en) 2005-10-19 2010-12-21 Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for patient interactive neural stimulation and/or chemical substance delivery
US8702691B2 (en) 2005-10-19 2014-04-22 Thermage, Inc. Treatment apparatus and methods for delivering energy at multiple selectable depths in tissue
DE102005052152A1 (en) 2005-11-02 2007-05-03 Mikas Elektronik Entwicklungen E.K. Therapy device operating method for treatment of e.g. nerve, involves determining transient oscillation of oscillation circuit by interrupting oscillation circuit, where power is discharged from circuit over power supply and load resistor
US9089719B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2015-07-28 ElectroCore, LLC Non-invasive methods and devices for inducing euphoria in a patient and their therapeutic application
US8868177B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2014-10-21 ElectroCore, LLC Non-invasive treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
US20110125203A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2011-05-26 ElectroCore, LLC. Magnetic Stimulation Devices and Methods of Therapy
US9037247B2 (en) 2005-11-10 2015-05-19 ElectroCore, LLC Non-invasive treatment of bronchial constriction
KR200407524Y1 (en) 2005-11-11 2006-01-31 넥슨 주식회사 Radiator for quantum therapy
US8170643B2 (en) 2005-11-22 2012-05-01 Bsd Medical Corporation System and method for irradiating a target with electromagnetic radiation to produce a heated region
US20070232966A1 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-10-04 Robert Applebaum Apparatus for skin and muscle treatment
KR200410065Y1 (en) 2005-12-06 2006-03-03 최동환 Multiple function magnetic band using magnetic force and far-infrared rays, minus ion
US8262556B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2012-09-11 Neuralieve, Inc. Magnetic pulsing system for inducing electric currents in a human body
US7618429B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2009-11-17 Spamedica International Srl Skin rejuvination resurfacing method
WO2011053607A1 (en) 2009-10-26 2011-05-05 Emkinetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for electromagnetic stimulation of nerve, muscle, and body tissues
US9339641B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2016-05-17 Emkinetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for transdermal stimulation over the palmar and plantar surfaces
US20100168501A1 (en) 2006-10-02 2010-07-01 Daniel Rogers Burnett Method and apparatus for magnetic induction therapy
US9610459B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2017-04-04 Emkinetics, Inc. Cooling systems and methods for conductive coils
US20070173749A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-07-26 Biocellulase, Inc. Mechanical massage device
CA2574935A1 (en) 2006-01-24 2007-07-24 Sherwood Services Ag A method and system for controlling an output of a radio-frequency medical generator having an impedance based control algorithm
US20090254154A1 (en) 2008-03-18 2009-10-08 Luis De Taboada Method and apparatus for irradiating a surface with pulsed light
US8133191B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2012-03-13 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method and apparatus for treatment of adipose tissue
US20130184693A1 (en) 2006-02-17 2013-07-18 Joseph Neev Device and method for treating medical, skin, and hair disorders with energy
GB201317485D0 (en) 2013-10-02 2013-11-13 Goroszeniuk Teodor Transcutaneous stimulting device for pain relief
AU2011265424B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2014-07-31 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Cooling device for removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
US7854754B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2010-12-21 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Cooling device for removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
IES20060134A2 (en) * 2006-02-23 2007-09-05 Sensor Technologies And Device Biomedical surface electrode
ITRE20060026A1 (en) 2006-02-24 2007-08-25 Genesis Elettronica S R L APPARATUS FOR MEDICINAL TREATMENTS
US20090270945A1 (en) 2006-03-16 2009-10-29 Ernestine Binder Markoll Portable Applicator for Collagen Stimulation
WO2007117580A2 (en) 2006-04-06 2007-10-18 Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. Apparatus and method for skin treatment with compression and decompression
EP2010283A2 (en) 2006-04-27 2009-01-07 Eyad Kishawi Device and method for non-invasive, localized neural stimulation utilizing hall effect phenomenon
JP4703724B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2011-06-15 ゼルティック エステティックス インコーポレイテッド Antifreeze for use in therapeutic devices with improved cooling of subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
AU2013207657B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2015-11-19 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Cryoprotectant for use with a treatment device for improved cooling of subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
US9352167B2 (en) 2006-05-05 2016-05-31 Rio Grande Neurosciences, Inc. Enhanced spatial summation for deep-brain transcranial magnetic stimulation
US8267850B2 (en) 2007-11-27 2012-09-18 Cervel Neurotech, Inc. Transcranial magnet stimulation of deep brain targets
US20070270925A1 (en) 2006-05-17 2007-11-22 Juniper Medical, Inc. Method and apparatus for non-invasively removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells including a coolant having a phase transition temperature
DE102006024467B4 (en) 2006-05-24 2012-04-26 Mag & More Gmbh Magnetic neurostimulator
WO2007140584A1 (en) 2006-06-02 2007-12-13 William Toderan Method and apparatus for treating sleep apnea and snoring
ITVR20060113A1 (en) 2006-06-07 2008-01-07 Giglio Antonio Del DEVICE FOR THE TREATMENT OF ADIPOSE SUBCUTANEOUS FABRIC BY NON-FOICALIZED AND OPPOSED SHOCKWAVES
US8545378B2 (en) 2006-06-15 2013-10-01 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Systems and methods for inducing electric field pulses in a body organ
US9630003B2 (en) 2006-06-15 2017-04-25 Htk Enterprises, Inc. Non-invasive neuro stimulation system
US7753836B2 (en) 2006-06-15 2010-07-13 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Systems and methods for inducing electric field pulses in a body organ
US9913976B2 (en) 2006-06-19 2018-03-13 Highland Instruments, Inc. Systems and methods for stimulating and monitoring biological tissue
WO2007149811A2 (en) 2006-06-19 2007-12-27 Highland Instruments, Inc. Apparatus and method for stimulation of biological tissue
US8303478B2 (en) 2006-06-26 2012-11-06 Universite De Strasbourg Robotized installation for the positioning and movement of a component or instrument and treatment device that comprises such an installation
US8700176B2 (en) 2006-07-27 2014-04-15 Pollogen Ltd. Apparatus and method for non-invasive treatment of skin tissue
US8909342B2 (en) 2006-08-15 2014-12-09 Andres M. Lozano Method for treating eating disorders
EP2087778A4 (en) 2006-08-22 2010-11-17 Mattson Tech Inc Inductive plasma source with high coupling efficiency
US7854232B2 (en) 2006-08-30 2010-12-21 Nexstim Oy Transcranial magnetic stimulation induction coil device with attachment portion for receiving tracking device
US7998053B2 (en) 2006-08-30 2011-08-16 Nexstim Oy Transcranial magnetic stimulation induction coil device and method of manufacture
US9079010B2 (en) 2006-08-30 2015-07-14 Nexstim Oy Transcranial magnetic stimulation induction coil device with attachment portion for receiving tracking device
US9101751B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2015-08-11 Nexstim Oy Method and system for displaying the electric field generated on the brain by transcranial magnetic stimulation
US7925066B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2011-04-12 Nexstim Oy Method and apparatus for correcting an error in the co-registration of coordinate systems used to represent objects displayed during navigated brain stimulation
WO2008036383A1 (en) 2006-09-20 2008-03-27 Ivivi Technologies, Inc. Electromagnetic apparatus for respiratory disease and method for using same
US9132031B2 (en) 2006-09-26 2015-09-15 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Cooling device having a plurality of controllable cooling elements to provide a predetermined cooling profile
US8192474B2 (en) 2006-09-26 2012-06-05 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Tissue treatment methods
US20080077201A1 (en) 2006-09-26 2008-03-27 Juniper Medical, Inc. Cooling devices with flexible sensors
US7794457B2 (en) 2006-09-28 2010-09-14 Covidien Ag Transformer for RF voltage sensing
US7742828B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2010-06-22 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Medical electrode suitable for high-energy stimulation
US20100222629A1 (en) 2006-10-02 2010-09-02 Emkinetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for magnetic induction therapy
US20180050216A9 (en) 2006-10-02 2018-02-22 Emkinetics, Inc. Methods and devices for treating migraines with electromagnetic stimulation
WO2008042902A2 (en) 2006-10-02 2008-04-10 Emkinetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for magnetic induction therapy
CA2700235A1 (en) 2006-10-10 2008-04-17 Medical Device Innovations Limited Apparatus for treating tissue with microwave radiation and antenna calibration system and method
US9913982B2 (en) 2011-01-28 2018-03-13 Cyberonics, Inc. Obstructive sleep apnea treatment devices, systems and methods
DE102006050369A1 (en) 2006-10-25 2008-04-30 Oncotherm Kft. Hyperthermia device for the selective treatment and monitoring of surface tissue
ITRE20060127A1 (en) 2006-10-27 2008-04-28 Genesis Elettronica S R L APPARATUS FOR MEDICAL TREATMENTS
EP2088950A2 (en) 2006-10-31 2009-08-19 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for cooling subcutaneous lipid-rich cells or tissue
WO2008053482A2 (en) 2006-11-02 2008-05-08 Shlomo Laniado Application of magnetic field to treat tissue
WO2008060494A2 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-22 Lumenis, Inc. Apparatus and method for treating tissue
WO2008070001A2 (en) 2006-12-01 2008-06-12 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Transcranial magnetic stimulation (tms) methods and apparatus
WO2008101228A2 (en) 2007-02-15 2008-08-21 Hansen Medical, Inc. Robotic medical instrument system
US8128549B2 (en) 2007-02-20 2012-03-06 Neuronetics, Inc. Capacitor failure detection
US7706885B2 (en) 2007-02-23 2010-04-27 Gradient Technologies, Llc Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and method of using same
WO2008109058A1 (en) 2007-03-01 2008-09-12 Finsterwald P Michael Magnetic stimulator
US20080228520A1 (en) 2007-03-13 2008-09-18 Scott Day Body Management System and Business Method
US8273037B2 (en) 2007-03-19 2012-09-25 Syneron Medical Ltd Method and system for soft tissue destruction
WO2008124112A1 (en) 2007-04-06 2008-10-16 Stephen Flock Inductive heating of tissues using alternating magnetic fields and uses thereof
US10441346B2 (en) 2007-04-06 2019-10-15 Rocky Mountain Biosystems, Inc Inductive heating of tissues using alternating magnetic fields and uses thereof
US20080262574A1 (en) 2007-04-11 2008-10-23 Eleme Medical Inc. Use of low intensity light therapy for the treatment of various medical conditions
BRPI0701434B8 (en) 2007-04-12 2021-06-22 Eneura Therapeutics Llc portable magnetic pulsator system for treating migraines in a human patient
KR100866378B1 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-11-03 이승영 A Low Frequency Magnetic Physical Treatment Device using Shumann Resonance Frequency, Water Molecule Resonance Frequency and Brain Waves as the Important Treatment Information
US20080262287A1 (en) 2007-04-14 2008-10-23 Etis Investments, Inc. System for delivery of magnetic stimulation
US8768454B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2014-07-01 Orthocor Medical, Inc. Electromagnetic thermal therapy
US9968797B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2018-05-15 Orthocor Medical, Inc. Electromagnetic thermal therapy
US7783348B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2010-08-24 Orthocor Medical, Inc. Stimulation device for treating osteoarthritis
US20140046232A1 (en) 2007-05-03 2014-02-13 Orthocor Medical, Inc. Brace to provide hot and cold therapy
GB0708783D0 (en) 2007-05-04 2007-06-13 Gyrus Medical Ltd Electrosurgical system
US20090018384A1 (en) 2007-05-09 2009-01-15 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Portable, Modular Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation Device
US20080287839A1 (en) 2007-05-18 2008-11-20 Juniper Medical, Inc. Method of enhanced removal of heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells and treatment apparatus having an actuator
AU2012244313B2 (en) 2007-05-18 2014-11-27 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Device for enhanced removal of heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells having an actuator
DE202007007920U1 (en) 2007-05-31 2008-10-09 Storz Medical Ag Medical device for the treatment of the human or animal body
KR100841596B1 (en) 2007-06-05 2008-06-26 한국전기연구원 Cooling device of coil for magnetic stimulator
US7744523B2 (en) 2007-06-07 2010-06-29 Emory University Drive circuit for magnetic stimulation
US20120143178A9 (en) 2007-06-15 2012-06-07 Primaeva Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for percutaneous energy delivery
US20090036958A1 (en) 2007-08-01 2009-02-05 Primaeva Medical, Inc. Methods and devices for treating tissue
US20080312647A1 (en) 2007-06-15 2008-12-18 Primaeva Medical, Inc. Methods and devices for treating tissue
IL184218A0 (en) 2007-06-26 2007-10-31 Zidkiyahu Simenhaus Photo-magnetic radiation device
WO2009009661A1 (en) 2007-07-10 2009-01-15 Thermage, Inc. Treatment apparatus and methods for delivering high frequency energy across large tissue areas
US7885713B2 (en) 2007-07-11 2011-02-08 Ampcare, Llc Method and apparatus for laryngeal elevator musculature rehabilitation
US20090018627A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-01-15 Juniper Medical, Inc. Secure systems for removing heat from lipid-rich regions
US20090018624A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-01-15 Juniper Medical, Inc. Limiting use of disposable system patient protection devices
US20090018626A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-01-15 Juniper Medical, Inc. User interfaces for a system that removes heat from lipid-rich regions
US20090018625A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-01-15 Juniper Medical, Inc. Managing system temperature to remove heat from lipid-rich regions
US8523927B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2013-09-03 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. System for treating lipid-rich regions
WO2009011708A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-01-22 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. System for treating lipid-rich regions
US8103355B2 (en) 2007-07-16 2012-01-24 Invasix Ltd Method and device for minimally invasive skin and fat treatment
CN101784236A (en) 2007-07-26 2010-07-21 赛诺龙医疗公司 A method and apparatus for ultrasound tissue treatment
WO2009055634A1 (en) 2007-10-24 2009-04-30 Neostim Inc. Intra-session control of transcranial magnetic stimulation
US20100185042A1 (en) 2007-08-05 2010-07-22 Schneider M Bret Control and coordination of transcranial magnetic stimulation electromagnets for modulation of deep brain targets
WO2009036040A1 (en) 2007-09-10 2009-03-19 Neostim, Inc. Automated movement of electromagnets tracking eccentricity of the head
US8956274B2 (en) 2007-08-05 2015-02-17 Cervel Neurotech, Inc. Transcranial magnetic stimulation field shaping
US20090099405A1 (en) 2007-08-05 2009-04-16 Neostim, Inc. Monophasic multi-coil arrays for trancranial magnetic stimulation
WO2009023568A1 (en) 2007-08-10 2009-02-19 Eleme Medical Inc. Multi-module skin or body treatment device and the method of using
US20120109241A1 (en) 2007-08-10 2012-05-03 Elizabeth Rauscher Enhancement of Biological Functioning by the use of Electromagnetic and Magnetic Fields
WO2009023680A1 (en) 2007-08-13 2009-02-19 Neostim, Inc. Gantry and switches for position-based triggering of tms pulses in moving coils
US9039697B2 (en) 2007-08-17 2015-05-26 Endymed Medical Ltd. Electrosurgical methods and devices employing inductive energy
JP2010536496A (en) 2007-08-20 2010-12-02 ネオスティム インコーポレイテッド Firing patterns of deep brain transcranial magnetic stimulation
US8285390B2 (en) 2007-08-21 2012-10-09 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Monitoring the cooling of subcutaneous lipid-rich cells, such as the cooling of adipose tissue
US9757554B2 (en) 2007-08-23 2017-09-12 Bioness Inc. System for transmitting electrical current to a bodily tissue
US20100331602A1 (en) 2007-09-09 2010-12-30 Mishelevich David J Focused magnetic fields
CA2604112C (en) 2007-09-24 2016-07-05 Meridian Co. Ltd. Adipose resolve apparatus for low-power laser
ES2672107T3 (en) 2007-09-25 2018-06-12 Neosync, Inc. Device with two permanent rotating magnets for application to the head of a subject
WO2009042863A1 (en) 2007-09-26 2009-04-02 Neostim, Inc. System and methods for cooling electromagnets for transcranial magnetic stimulation
WO2009044400A2 (en) 2007-10-01 2009-04-09 Kineticure Limited Wearable vibrating means and thermal conditioning therapeutic devices
US8265910B2 (en) 2007-10-09 2012-09-11 Cervel Neurotech, Inc. Display of modeled magnetic fields
US9008793B1 (en) 2007-10-15 2015-04-14 Chenes Llc Multiple electrode radiofrequency generator
US20090108969A1 (en) 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Los Alamos National Security Apparatus and method for transcranial and nerve magnetic stimulation
KR100936914B1 (en) 2007-11-13 2010-01-18 이근용 Magnet type medical instrument
RU2373971C2 (en) 2007-11-22 2009-11-27 ООО "НейроСофт" Magnetic stimulator
US8035385B2 (en) 2007-11-22 2011-10-11 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba MRI system and RF coil with enhanced cooling in vicinty of included circuit elements
TW200924819A (en) 2007-12-06 2009-06-16 Szu Wei Entpr Co Ltd Device of flywheel treading module for exercise apparatus
US20090149930A1 (en) 2007-12-07 2009-06-11 Thermage, Inc. Apparatus and methods for cooling a treatment apparatus configured to non-invasively deliver electromagnetic energy to a patient's tissue
US8579953B1 (en) 2007-12-07 2013-11-12 Peter J. Dunbar Devices and methods for therapeutic heat treatment
US20090156958A1 (en) 2007-12-12 2009-06-18 Mehta Bankim H Devices and methods for percutaneous energy delivery
KR20090063618A (en) 2007-12-14 2009-06-18 주식회사 씨알테크놀러지 Stimulus treatment using magnetic field and method of controlling thereof
RU2395267C2 (en) 2007-12-26 2010-07-27 Евгений Юрьевич Чернышев Physeotherapeutic device
US20090171424A1 (en) 2007-12-27 2009-07-02 Alma Lasers Ltd. Rf device for heating biological tissue using a vibrating applicator
CN101234231A (en) 2008-01-24 2008-08-06 武汉依瑞德医疗设备新技术有限公司 A plurality of stimulating coil transcranial magnetic field stimulator
US20090248004A1 (en) 2008-02-28 2009-10-01 Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for treatment of soft tissue
CA2716407C (en) 2008-02-29 2018-04-03 Sensory Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for treating restless leg syndrome
KR20090095143A (en) 2008-03-05 2009-09-09 임형준 Heat treatment device radiating magnetic field
US20150141877A1 (en) 2008-03-07 2015-05-21 Inrexrem Inc. Led and shockwave therapy for tattoo removal
US9884200B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2018-02-06 Neuronetics, Inc. Apparatus for coil positioning for TMS studies
RU2392979C2 (en) 2008-03-17 2010-06-27 Тамара Геннадьевна Киселева Method of electrical myostimulation training
WO2009116972A1 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Thomson Licensing System and method for processing priority transport stream data in real time in a multi-channel broadcast multimedia system
WO2009119236A1 (en) 2008-03-26 2009-10-01 テルモ株式会社 Treatment apparatus
CA2739072A1 (en) 2008-04-01 2009-12-03 The General Hospital Corporation Method and apparatus for cooling biological tissue
GB2459157B (en) 2008-04-17 2010-10-13 Magstim Co Ltd Magnetic stimulators and stimulators coils
US10238447B2 (en) 2008-04-29 2019-03-26 Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. System and method for ablating a tissue site by electroporation with real-time monitoring of treatment progress
KR101453071B1 (en) 2008-05-14 2014-10-23 삼성전자주식회사 Transformer balun and integrated circuit including the same
WO2009143503A2 (en) 2008-05-23 2009-11-26 Neostim, Inc. Transcranial magnetic stimulation by enhanced magnetic field perturbations
US8172835B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2012-05-08 Cutera, Inc. Subcutaneous electric field distribution system and methods
US8226639B2 (en) 2008-06-10 2012-07-24 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp System and method for output control of electrosurgical generator
US9981143B2 (en) 2008-06-29 2018-05-29 Venus Concept Ltd. Esthetic apparatus useful for increasing skin rejuvenation and methods thereof
US20220370814A1 (en) 2008-06-29 2022-11-24 Venus Concept Ltd. Esthetic apparatus useful for increasing skin rejuvenation and methods thereof
US8998791B2 (en) 2008-06-29 2015-04-07 Venus Concept Ltd Esthetic apparatus useful for increasing skin rejuvenation and methods thereof
CA2727498C (en) 2008-07-02 2020-04-21 Niveus Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for automated muscle stimulation
US20100004536A1 (en) 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Avner Rosenberg Method and apparatus for ultrasound tissue treatment
US8868204B2 (en) 2008-07-15 2014-10-21 Venus Technologies LTD. Esthetic device useful for increasing skin beautification and methods thereof
US20100017750A1 (en) 2008-07-16 2010-01-21 Avner Rosenberg User interface
CN101327358A (en) 2008-07-23 2008-12-24 李久峰 Therapeutic equipment for physical therapy using dense multi-point fine magnetic field
PT2309954E (en) 2008-07-30 2015-02-05 François Dufay Apparatus for body treatment consisting of a shell made of at least two complementary portions
EP2321007B1 (en) 2008-08-04 2016-10-12 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York Apparatus and systems for magnetic stimulation
US20100036191A1 (en) 2008-08-06 2010-02-11 Walter Timothy J Brain stimulation systems and methods
US20100036368A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-11 Laura England Method of selectively heating adipose tissue
US8433403B2 (en) 2009-02-20 2013-04-30 Niveus Medical, Inc. Systems and methods of powered muscle stimulation using an energy guidance field
US9149386B2 (en) 2008-08-19 2015-10-06 Niveus Medical, Inc. Devices and systems for stimulation of tissues
US9597145B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2017-03-21 Prostacare Pty Ltd Non-thermal ablation system for treating tissue
EP2326274B8 (en) 2008-08-20 2019-11-27 Prostacare Pty Ltd Catheter for treating tissue with non-thermal ablation
WO2010027874A2 (en) 2008-08-26 2010-03-11 Niveus Medical, Inc. Device, system, and method to improve powered muscle stimulation performance in the presence of tissue edema
KR101022244B1 (en) 2008-08-29 2011-03-16 (주) 엠큐브테크놀로지 Magnetic field generating apparatus having low noise
JP5099846B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2012-12-19 Necトーキン株式会社 Electromagnetic induction module
US8926490B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2015-01-06 Neosync, Inc. Systems and methods for depression treatment using neuro-EEG synchronization therapy
US8275442B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2012-09-25 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Treatment planning systems and methods for body contouring applications
US20100145399A1 (en) 2008-09-29 2010-06-10 Pooja Johari Multifunction devices and methods of using the multifunction devices
US8469957B2 (en) 2008-10-07 2013-06-25 Covidien Lp Apparatus, system, and method for performing an electrosurgical procedure
BRPI0920548B8 (en) 2008-10-09 2021-06-22 Imthera Medical Inc device to control the position of a patient's tongue
US20100121131A1 (en) 2008-11-11 2010-05-13 Mathes Richard A Apparatus and methods for stimulating a body's natural healing mechanisms
US8795148B2 (en) 2009-10-26 2014-08-05 Cervel Neurotech, Inc. Sub-motor-threshold stimulation of deep brain targets using transcranial magnetic stimulation
US20130317281A1 (en) 2010-10-08 2013-11-28 M. Bret Schneider Transcranial magnetic stimulation for improved analgesia
WO2010068797A1 (en) 2008-12-10 2010-06-17 Waverx, Inc. Devices, systems and methods for preventing and treating sensation loss
US9180305B2 (en) 2008-12-11 2015-11-10 Yeda Research & Development Co. Ltd. At The Weizmann Institute Of Science Systems and methods for controlling electric field pulse parameters using transcranial magnetic stimulation
US8603073B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2013-12-10 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Systems and methods with interrupt/resume capabilities for treating subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
WO2010080879A2 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-07-15 Neostim, Inc. Shaped coils for transcranial magnetic stimulation
US8506506B2 (en) 2009-01-12 2013-08-13 Solta Medical, Inc. Tissue treatment apparatus with functional mechanical stimulation and methods for reducing pain during tissue treatments
US20100179372A1 (en) 2009-01-13 2010-07-15 Glassman Harry A Method of enhancing skin appearance through the combination of Titan TM and TMR methods
WO2011156495A2 (en) 2010-06-08 2011-12-15 Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Apparatus, systems, and methods for neurostimulation and neurotelemetry using semiconductor diode systems
CN102300602B (en) 2009-01-26 2014-01-22 都柏林大学,爱尔兰都柏林国立大学 Method and apparatus for stimulating pelvic floor muscles
BRPI1007623A2 (en) 2009-03-02 2016-02-16 Yeda Res & Dev Magnetic regulation and configuration scheme for transcranial magnetic stimulation
US20100228250A1 (en) 2009-03-05 2010-09-09 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Cut and seal instrument
EP2403598A4 (en) 2009-03-05 2013-07-31 Cynosure Inc Pulsed therapeutic light system and method
US20190224490A1 (en) 2009-03-06 2019-07-25 eNeura Inc. Methods and systems for preventative migraine headache treatment
US9265690B2 (en) 2009-03-06 2016-02-23 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Electrical stimulation device with additional sensory modalities
JP2010207268A (en) 2009-03-06 2010-09-24 Tohoku Univ Method and device for therapeutic magnetic stimulation of living body
US9492680B2 (en) 2009-03-06 2016-11-15 Neuralieve Method and apparatus to record and analyze TMS treatments and results
US20100331603A1 (en) 2009-03-18 2010-12-30 Johann Szecsi Method and device for the physical treatment of paretic patients
US20190111255A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2019-04-18 Electrocore, Inc. Systems and methods for initial provisioning and refilling of medical devices
US9174045B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2015-11-03 ElectroCore, LLC Non-invasive electrical and magnetic nerve stimulators used to treat overactive bladder and urinary incontinence
US8320988B2 (en) 2009-04-09 2012-11-27 Axelgaard Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Multi-electrode strung on a common connector
ES2902988T3 (en) 2009-04-16 2022-03-30 Inovio Pharmaceuticals Inc Non-contact electropermeabilization electrode and procedure
US8493286B1 (en) 2009-04-21 2013-07-23 Mark T. Agrama Facial movement measurement and stimulation apparatus and method
BRPI1014240A2 (en) 2009-04-24 2016-04-12 Regenesis Biomedical Inc pulsed electromagnetic field and negative pressure therapy wound treatment method and system
US20100274329A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Chris Bradley System and method for skin care using light and microcurrents
AU2014203094B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2015-07-23 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Device, system and method of removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
CA3075147C (en) 2009-04-30 2022-06-21 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Device, system and method of removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
US8187273B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2012-05-29 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Apparatus, system, and method for performing an electrosurgical procedure
US9345901B2 (en) 2009-05-19 2016-05-24 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Systems and methods for inducing electric field pulses in a body organ
TWI402868B (en) 2009-05-27 2013-07-21 Delta Electronics Inc Coil with emi shielding and magnetic device using same
US20100309689A1 (en) 2009-06-03 2010-12-09 David Coulson Bootstrap Circuitry
DE102009023855B4 (en) 2009-06-04 2013-01-31 Technische Universität München Nerve irritation device with magnetic field impulses
WO2010144560A2 (en) 2009-06-09 2010-12-16 The General Hospital Corporation Method and apparatus for dermatological treatment and tissue reshaping
EP2442868B1 (en) 2009-06-17 2016-10-05 Nexstim Oyj Magnetic stimulation device
WO2010151619A2 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 Optogen Medical Llc Devices, systems and methods for treatment of soft tissue
US8271090B1 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-09-18 Customkynetics, Inc. Apparatus and methods for providing electrical stimulation
US8788060B2 (en) 2009-07-16 2014-07-22 Solta Medical, Inc. Tissue treatment systems with high powered functional electrical stimulation and methods for reducing pain during tissue treatments
US9919168B2 (en) 2009-07-23 2018-03-20 Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. Method for improvement of cellulite appearance
US20120116271A1 (en) 2009-07-23 2012-05-10 Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. Cellulite treatment
EP2279708B1 (en) 2009-07-27 2013-05-15 Straumann Holding AG Container for a medical instrument or implant, in particular a dental instrument or a dental implant
WO2011016019A1 (en) 2009-08-04 2011-02-10 Pollogen Ltd. Cosmetic skin rejuvination
WO2011017466A1 (en) 2009-08-06 2011-02-10 Neosync, Inc. Systems and methods for modulating the electrical activity of a brain using neuro-eeg synchronization therapy
KR101687854B1 (en) 2009-08-20 2016-12-19 시네론 메디컬 리미티드 Method and apparatus for non-invasive aesthetic treatment of skin and sub-dermis
US8366756B2 (en) 2009-08-28 2013-02-05 Erchonia Corporation Low level laser therapy device with open bore
US8827886B2 (en) 2009-09-14 2014-09-09 Minnesota Medical Physics Llc Thermally assisted pulsed electro-magnetic field stimulation device and method for treatment of osteoarthritis
US9061134B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2015-06-23 Ripple Llc Systems and methods for flexible electrodes
DE202009013768U1 (en) 2009-10-09 2011-02-24 Pichler, Christian Sitting or lying device with integrated circuit for magnetic field therapy
DE102009049145A1 (en) 2009-10-12 2011-04-21 Quanten-Medicine Ag Device for magnetic stimulation of body tissue
US8585617B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2013-11-19 Nyxoah SA Diagnosis and prediction of obstructive sleep apnea
DE102009050010A1 (en) 2009-10-21 2011-05-12 Waltraud Schmidt Method for stimulation of muscles of human, involves applying electrical energy in form of pulse blocks to muscle, where individual pulses differ from each other with respect to e.g. pulse strength in central region of blocks
WO2011048586A1 (en) 2009-10-24 2011-04-28 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method and apparatus for real time monitoring of tissue layers
WO2011053639A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-05-05 Wms Gaming, Inc. Wagering game leaderboards
US8204446B2 (en) 2009-10-29 2012-06-19 Motorola Mobility, Inc. Adaptive antenna tuning systems and methods
GB0919031D0 (en) 2009-10-30 2009-12-16 Dezac Group The Ltd Apparatus and methods for the treatment of human or animal tissue by light
NL1037451C2 (en) 2009-11-05 2011-05-10 Vabrema B V Device, system and method for magnetic stimulation.
WO2011055282A1 (en) 2009-11-05 2011-05-12 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Electrical muscle stimulation
US20110112520A1 (en) 2009-11-11 2011-05-12 Invasix Corporation Method and device for fat treatment
WO2011058556A2 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-19 The Ballast Safe Filtration Company Ltd. Filter proximity nozzle
US8585568B2 (en) 2009-11-12 2013-11-19 Neosync, Inc. Systems and methods for neuro-EEG synchronization therapy
AU2010317380B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2016-02-11 Pollogen Ltd. Non-invasive fat removal
US11590346B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2023-02-28 Pollogen Ltd. Apparatus and method for cosmetic treatment of human mucosal tissue
US20110130796A1 (en) 2009-11-27 2011-06-02 Mohn Louise Thermostimulation methods using multilayer pads with integrated temperature regulation
US8376925B1 (en) 2009-12-01 2013-02-19 Robert Glenn Dennis Magnetic system for treatment of a tissue
US8137259B1 (en) 2009-12-01 2012-03-20 Magnafix, Llc Magnetic method for treatment of an animal
SE1050420A1 (en) 2010-04-27 2011-07-26 Inerventions Ab System and clothing for relaxing a spastic muscle
AU2010325682B2 (en) 2009-12-06 2014-09-11 Gilead Bar - Ilan A method and apparatus for personal skin treatment
DE102009060543B4 (en) 2009-12-23 2014-02-06 Axel Muntermann Method for cosmetic skin smoothing
US20110172735A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-14 Pooja Johari Systems and methods for therapy
US20110172750A1 (en) 2010-01-11 2011-07-14 David Ellsworth Cassidy Methods and apparatus for active patient warming
DE102010004307B4 (en) 2010-01-11 2013-01-31 Technische Universität München Magnetic stimulation with freely selectable pulse shape
US20110300079A1 (en) 2010-01-21 2011-12-08 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Compositions for use with a system for improved cooling of subcutaneous lipid-rich tissue
EP2528560A1 (en) 2010-01-25 2012-12-05 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Home-use applicators for non-invasively removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells via phase change coolants, and associated devices, systems and methods
US20120029394A1 (en) 2010-02-05 2012-02-02 Bacoustics, Llc Ultrasound Assisted Laser Skin and Tissue Treatment
US20110196438A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-11 Lukas Mnozil Therapy device and method for treating underlying tissue using electrical and acoustic energies
WO2011100211A2 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Neostim, Inc. Power management in transcranial magnetic stimulators
US9980765B2 (en) 2010-02-15 2018-05-29 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and devices for selective disruption of visceral fat by controlled cooling
EP2538874A4 (en) 2010-02-24 2017-06-21 Syneron Medical Ltd. A body contouring apparatus
US20110218464A1 (en) 2010-03-01 2011-09-08 Lumenis Ltd. System, Device and Methods of Tissue Treatment for Achieving Tissue Specific Effects
MX350386B (en) 2010-03-22 2017-09-05 Univ City New York Res Found Charge-enhanced neural electric stimulation system.
JP2011194176A (en) 2010-03-24 2011-10-06 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Cosmetic apparatus
WO2011123548A2 (en) 2010-04-02 2011-10-06 Neostim, Inc Neuromodulation of deep-brain targets by transcranial magnetic stimulation enhanced by transcranial direct current stimulation
US8306628B2 (en) 2010-04-06 2012-11-06 BDS Medical Corporation Deep heating hyperthermia using phased arrays and patient positioning
DE102010014157B4 (en) 2010-04-08 2021-02-18 Horst Dittmann E.K. Muscle and nerve stimulation system with TENS-EMS device, belt and thermal storage
DE102010016458B4 (en) 2010-04-15 2011-12-15 Ingo Dreher Handheld cooling device for cryotherapy
US20110263925A1 (en) 2010-04-23 2011-10-27 Charles Bratton Pulsed Magnetic Therapy Device
GB201006841D0 (en) 2010-04-26 2010-06-09 Thomsen Lars Method, device and system for targetted cell lysis
US9272157B2 (en) 2010-05-02 2016-03-01 Nervive, Inc. Modulating function of neural structures near the ear
KR20110123831A (en) 2010-05-10 2011-11-16 주식회사 씨알테크놀러지 Pseudo magnetic stimulator for confirming effectiveness of magnetic stimulation method
WO2011163264A2 (en) 2010-06-21 2011-12-29 Candela Corporation Driving microneedle arrays into skin and delivering rf energy
WO2012003451A2 (en) 2010-07-01 2012-01-05 Stimdesigns Llc Universal closed-loop electrical stimulation system
US10588684B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2020-03-17 Covidien Lp Hydraulic conductivity monitoring to initiate tissue division
US8676338B2 (en) 2010-07-20 2014-03-18 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Combined modality treatment systems, methods and apparatus for body contouring applications
MX2013000663A (en) 2010-07-25 2013-01-29 Syneron Medical Ltd A method and apparatus for measuring the thickness of adipose tissue.
US8646239B2 (en) 2010-08-04 2014-02-11 John David Rulon Modular building block building system
US10765882B2 (en) 2010-09-05 2020-09-08 Madryn Heatlh Partners, Lp Self operated esthetic device with a substrate
EP2618890A4 (en) 2010-09-20 2014-03-26 Emkinetics Inc Method and apparatus for transdermal stimulation over the palmar and plantar surfaces
JP5883010B2 (en) 2010-10-07 2016-03-09 バイオモビエ コーポレーションBiomobie Corp. EMF emitter and therapeutic effect and teletherapy system providing handheld excitation terminal and dynamic optimization of irradiation
CN201906360U (en) 2010-10-09 2011-07-27 李明宙 Dual-mode stimulation therapeutic instrument
WO2012052986A2 (en) * 2010-10-17 2012-04-26 Syneron Medical Ltd. A disposable patch for personal aesthetic skin treatment
US8523754B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2013-09-03 Laurie A. Bechler Multi-polar magnetic devices for treating patients and methods therefor
JP2013542035A (en) 2010-11-12 2013-11-21 シネロン メディカル リミテッド Method and device for soft tissue treatment
GB2486400B (en) 2010-11-20 2016-02-10 Pulse Medical Technologies Ltd Device for generating magnetic fields
US9233257B1 (en) 2010-11-22 2016-01-12 Jacob Zabara Electromagnetic radiation treatment
US8684901B1 (en) 2010-11-22 2014-04-01 Jacob Zabara Electromagnetic radiation treatment for cancer and pathological genetic regulations
US9433781B2 (en) 2010-12-03 2016-09-06 Syneron Medical Ltd. Method and apparatus for improving electrode-skin contact
US20140025033A1 (en) 2010-12-03 2014-01-23 Cynosure, Inc. Non-Invasive Fat Reduction by Hyperthermic Treatment
GB201021032D0 (en) 2010-12-10 2011-01-26 Creo Medical Ltd Electrosurgical apparatus
US9610429B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2017-04-04 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Methods and devices for activating brown adipose tissue with targeted substance delivery
US10441459B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2019-10-15 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Methods and devices for activating brown adipose tissue with cooling
WO2012098338A1 (en) 2011-01-21 2012-07-26 Cosmosoft Device for emitting a magnetic field
FR2970656B1 (en) 2011-01-21 2014-06-27 Cosmosoft METHOD FOR REDUCING VISCERAL OR INTRAMUSCULAR FAT MASS
US10722395B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2020-07-28 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Devices, application systems and methods with localized heat flux zones for removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells
US9078634B2 (en) 2011-01-27 2015-07-14 Cryosa, Llc Apparatus and methods for treatment of obstructive sleep apnea utilizing cryolysis of adipose tissues
JP5723253B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2015-05-27 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Semiconductor device
US20140031605A1 (en) 2011-02-02 2014-01-30 Universite Laval Method and Use of Peripheral Theta-Burst Stimulation (PTBS) for Improving Motor Impairment
WO2012114337A2 (en) 2011-02-22 2012-08-30 Tavtech Ltd. A device for administering therapeutic substances using a high velocity liquid-gas stream
ES2806641T3 (en) 2011-03-03 2021-02-18 Nexstim Oy Cognitive mapping using transcranial magnetic stimulation
US10413349B2 (en) 2011-03-04 2019-09-17 Covidien Lp System and methods for identifying tissue and vessels
WO2012119293A1 (en) 2011-03-04 2012-09-13 Zhao Zhigang Combined electrode for photo-electro-magnetic therapy and photo-electro-magnetic therapeutic equipment with the electrode
DE102011014291A1 (en) 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 Magic Race Llc Device for extracorporeal magnetic innervation
CN103687646B (en) 2011-03-17 2016-09-21 基文影像公司 Capsule phototherapy
US20140128780A1 (en) 2011-04-01 2014-05-08 Syneron Beauty Ltd Treatment Device
US8996115B2 (en) 2011-04-07 2015-03-31 Greatbatch, Ltd. Charge balancing for arbitrary waveform generator and neural stimulation application
KR101106834B1 (en) 2011-04-08 2012-01-19 황주영 Low frequency stimulattion apparatus for nausea and emesis control
DE102011018470B4 (en) 2011-04-18 2013-01-10 Otto Bock Healthcare Gmbh Bandage and electrode system
EP2703043A4 (en) 2011-04-28 2015-03-11 Univ Osaka Therapeutic electromagnetic stimulation device and method of generating custom data pairs used in said device
JP6242787B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2017-12-06 ネクスティム オーワイジェイ A system that combines anatomic connectivity patterns with guided brain stimulation
US20140303525A1 (en) 2011-06-10 2014-10-09 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York Method and device for non-invasive acoustic stimulation of stem cells and progenitor cells in a patient
WO2012174161A1 (en) 2011-06-14 2012-12-20 Aerin Medical, Inc. Devices for treating nasal airways
US8731657B1 (en) 2011-07-05 2014-05-20 TAMA Research Corp. Multi-mode microcurrent stimulus system with safety circuitry and related methods
US9452302B2 (en) 2011-07-10 2016-09-27 Guided Therapy Systems, Llc Systems and methods for accelerating healing of implanted material and/or native tissue
US20140200388A1 (en) 2011-07-18 2014-07-17 M. Bret Schneider Concurrent stimulation of deep and superficial brain regions
KR101233286B1 (en) 2011-07-22 2013-02-14 포텍마이크로시스템(주) Physical treatment device
KR101233287B1 (en) 2011-07-22 2013-02-14 포텍마이크로시스템(주) Physical treatment device
JP6082864B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2017-02-22 シネロン メディカル リミテッド Beauty skin care equipment
CN102319141B (en) 2011-08-23 2014-08-13 广州贝伽电子科技有限公司 Method for reducing human body fat and weight reducing instrument adopting method
RU2635653C2 (en) 2011-08-26 2017-11-14 Эндомагнетикс Лтд Device for energy field generation for treatment of body cavities cancer and cavity organs cancer
US20140378875A1 (en) 2011-09-05 2014-12-25 Venus Concept Ltd. Apparatus and method for selective heating of a tissue
EP2564895B1 (en) 2011-09-05 2015-11-18 Venus Concept Ltd An improved esthetic device for beautifying skin
US20130238061A1 (en) 2011-09-05 2013-09-12 Venus Concept Ltd. Esthetic device
US9782324B2 (en) 2011-09-15 2017-10-10 Sigma Instruments Holdings, Llc System and method for treating skin and underlying tissues for improved health, function and/or appearance
JP2013066597A (en) * 2011-09-22 2013-04-18 Jsv Co Ltd Pulse roller for face shape-up
US9737726B2 (en) 2011-09-27 2017-08-22 The Mclean Hospital Corporation Magnetic field stimulation
US8560077B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2013-10-15 Feinstein Patents Llc Universal musculoskeletal rehab device (brace, sleeve, or pad) for electrical treatment modalities and biofeedback response monitoring
FI20116085L (en) 2011-11-03 2013-05-04 Nexstim Oy Method and apparatus for determining the effects of transcranial stimulation of the brain
US20140249355A1 (en) 2011-10-20 2014-09-04 Bioelectronics Corp. Pulsed electromagnetic field device with adhesive applicator
US10004915B2 (en) 2011-10-24 2018-06-26 Teijin Pharma Limited Transcranial magnetic stimulation system
WO2013062785A1 (en) 2011-10-27 2013-05-02 Scientific Partners, Llc System and method for delivering a therapy and sensing a biological activity in the mouth
KR101415141B1 (en) 2011-10-28 2014-07-04 주식회사 리메드 Apparatus for Circulating Refrigerants with Reduced Pressure Method
KR101292289B1 (en) 2011-10-28 2013-08-21 주식회사 씨알테크놀러지 Focus Sweep Type of Apparatus for Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation and Method for Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
US20140303425A1 (en) 2011-11-04 2014-10-09 Ivivi Health Sciences, Llc Method and apparatus for electromagnetic treatment of cognition and neurological injury
RU2496532C2 (en) 2011-11-07 2013-10-27 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего профессионального образования "Рязанский государственный радиотехнический университет" Method for generating magnetotherapeutic exposure and device for implementing it
US20140364841A1 (en) 2011-11-14 2014-12-11 Andrew Kornstein Cryolipolyis device having a curved applicator surface
US9649502B2 (en) 2011-11-14 2017-05-16 Neosync, Inc. Devices and methods of low frequency magnetic stimulation therapy
EP3766445A1 (en) 2011-11-16 2021-01-20 The General Hospital Corporation Method and apparatus for cryogenic treatment of skin tissue
US20160220834A1 (en) * 2011-11-16 2016-08-04 Btl Holdings Limited Method and system for skin treatment
US9867996B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2018-01-16 Btl Holdings Limited Methods and systems for skin treatment
KR20190133299A (en) 2011-11-16 2019-12-02 더 제너럴 하스피탈 코포레이션 Method and apparatus for cryogenic treatment of skin tissue
US20130123765A1 (en) 2011-11-16 2013-05-16 Btl Holdings Limited Methods and systems for subcutaneous treatments
US8548599B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2013-10-01 Btl Holdings Limited Methods and systems for subcutaneous treatments
KR20160014770A (en) 2011-11-16 2016-02-11 비티엘 홀딩스 리미티드 Methods and systems for subcutaneous treatments
US20130131764A1 (en) 2011-11-18 2013-05-23 P. Eric Grove Cool fat burner
JP5916362B2 (en) * 2011-12-05 2016-05-11 株式会社スターアベニュー Facial massager
US9414759B2 (en) 2011-12-06 2016-08-16 Imris Inc. Surface electrode design that can be left in place during MR imaging
US8728064B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2014-05-20 Candela Corporation Devices for the treatment of biological tissue
US20130172871A1 (en) 2011-12-28 2013-07-04 Josef LUZON Skin treatment device
EP2614807B1 (en) 2012-01-11 2018-06-06 Syneron Medical Ltd. Large area body shaping applicator
CN104244899B (en) 2012-01-11 2018-04-13 赛诺龙医疗公司 The moulding apply device of large area body beautification
US20150018667A1 (en) 2012-01-30 2015-01-15 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health And Human Services Promoting transcranial direct current stimulation or transcranial magnetic stimulation using temperature-induced synaptic modulation
EP2809244B1 (en) 2012-01-31 2020-03-11 HI Impacts LTD High pressure ballistic extracorporeal shockwave system
WO2013116013A1 (en) 2012-02-02 2013-08-08 The United States Government, As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs Integrated surface stimulation device for pain management and wound therapy
US10335606B2 (en) 2012-02-13 2019-07-02 Brainsway, Ltd. Use of transcranial magnetic stimulation to modulate permeability of the blood-brain barrier
CA2864468C (en) 2012-02-13 2021-06-22 Gaby PELL Use of transcranial magnetic stimulation to modulate permeability of the blood-brain barrier
ITRE20120010A1 (en) 2012-02-16 2013-08-17 Mantis S R L METHOD AND CIRCUIT FOR THE GENERATION OF A PULSATED MAGNETIC FIELD FOR AN ELECTROMEDICAL DEVICE
ITRE20120011A1 (en) 2012-02-16 2013-08-17 Mantis S R L ELECTROMEDICAL DEVICE
US9084665B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2015-07-21 Dynatronics Corporation Systems and methods for providing a thermo-electro-stimulation probe device
US9044595B2 (en) 2012-03-05 2015-06-02 Heidi Araya System and method for reducing lipid content of adipocytes in a body
PL2822650T3 (en) 2012-03-05 2020-07-13 Nexstim Oyj Bi-phasic paired pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation
DE102012101921B4 (en) 2012-03-07 2017-08-10 Technische Universität München Circuit topologies and methods for magnetic stimulation
DE202012002278U1 (en) 2012-03-08 2012-06-26 Friedemann Lotsch Device for cryolipolysis
CA2867661A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-10 Newport Brain Research Laboratory Inc. Frequency specific sensory stimulation
EA201400987A3 (en) 2012-04-06 2015-10-30 Ньюпорт Брейн Рисёч Лаборатори Инк. RTMS ON HARMONICS OF BIOLOGICAL SIGNALS
WO2013152355A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-10 Newport Brain Research Laboratory Inc. Rtms device
US20150088105A1 (en) 2012-04-18 2015-03-26 Afschin Fatemi Medical system for treating deep surface targets
CN202637725U (en) 2012-04-20 2013-01-02 南京理工大学 Dynamic variable multichannel transcranial magnetic stimulation coil array
CN102847231B (en) 2012-04-20 2015-02-25 南京理工大学 Dynamic variable multichannel transcranial magnetic stimulation coil array and control method thereof
US9261574B2 (en) 2012-05-02 2016-02-16 General Electric Company Structured RF coil assembly for MRI scanner
US20150133718A1 (en) 2012-05-03 2015-05-14 Cervel Neurotech, Inc. Hinged transcranial magnetic stimulation array for novel coil alignment
EP2892610B1 (en) 2012-05-07 2022-07-06 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Radio -frequency system for skin treatment including a roller with an electrode
DE102012012149A1 (en) 2012-06-20 2013-12-24 Quantenmedicine AG Method and device for machine-assisted pelvic floor training
MX2012012158A (en) 2012-06-21 2014-04-02 Liliana Paez Cooling device for lipid-rich cell disruption.
DE102012013534B3 (en) 2012-07-05 2013-09-19 Tobias Sokolowski Apparatus for repetitive nerve stimulation for the degradation of adipose tissue by means of inductive magnetic fields
JP5847353B2 (en) 2012-07-09 2016-01-20 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェKoninklijke Philips N.V. Skin treatment method and apparatus
US20150224020A1 (en) 2012-07-26 2015-08-13 Syneron Beauty Ltd Home-use cosmetic treatment device
JP6043686B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2016-12-14 株式会社 Mtg Beauty equipment
GB2504984A (en) 2012-08-16 2014-02-19 Quest Ion Pte Ltd Toning belt
US9737238B2 (en) 2012-08-18 2017-08-22 Wright Therapy Products, Inc. Methods for determining the size of body parts as part of compression therapy procedures
US20140066786A1 (en) 2012-09-04 2014-03-06 Morteza Naghavi Method and Apparatus For Improved Wound Healing and Enhancement of Rehabilitation
KR101447532B1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-10-10 주식회사 리메드 Stimulus treatment using magnetic field
KR101413022B1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-07-04 주식회사 리메드 Stimulus treatment using magnetic field
US20140081359A1 (en) 2012-09-19 2014-03-20 Bruce J. Sand Enhanced light based lipoplasty
KR102435858B1 (en) 2012-10-24 2022-08-23 바이오레이즈, 인크. Handpiece assembly for laser treatment device
CA2845438C (en) 2012-11-13 2015-02-03 Mehran TALEBINEJAD Circuit and method for use in transcranial magnetic stimulation
KR101351356B1 (en) 2012-12-18 2014-01-15 (주) 엠큐브테크놀로지 Biofeedback device using a magnetic stimulator and control method of the biofeedback device
CN203169831U (en) 2012-12-21 2013-09-04 广州赫尔玛思电子科技有限公司 Electromagnetic radio-frequency body-slimming and -shaping instrument
RU2529471C2 (en) 2012-12-28 2014-09-27 Федеральное государственное бюджетное учреждение науки Институт физиологии им. И.П. Павлова Российской академии наук (ИФ РАН) Method for cutaneous electrical stimulation of spinal cord
PL402395A1 (en) 2013-01-08 2014-07-21 Kriosystem Spółka Z Ograniczoną Odpowiedzialnością Cryotherapy device with weighing system
KR101451891B1 (en) 2013-01-22 2014-10-16 유니스파테크주식회사 Decompression skin management device
US9802058B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2017-10-31 Brainsway, Ltd. Central base coils for deep transcranial magnetic stimulation
US9248308B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2016-02-02 Brainsway, Ltd. Circular coils for deep transcranial magnetic stimulation
US9533168B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2017-01-03 Brainsway, Ltd. Unilateral coils for deep transcranial magnetic stimulation
US9808642B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2017-11-07 Brainsway, Ltd. Circular coils for deep transcranial magnetic stimulation
US9254394B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2016-02-09 Brainsway, Ltd. Central base coils for deep transcranial magnetic stimulation
US20140243933A1 (en) 2013-02-25 2014-08-28 Medos International Sarl Modulation of the Activity of Mitochondria in Brown Adipose Tissue By Photobiomodulation for the Treatment of Obesity
CA2899615C (en) 2013-03-01 2023-08-08 Empi, Inc. Systems and methods for wireless control of noninvasive electrotherapy
US8880196B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-11-04 Zoll Medical Corporation Flexible therapy electrode
US9026196B2 (en) 2013-03-05 2015-05-05 St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. System and method for detecting sheathing and unsheathing of localization elements
EP2964126B1 (en) 2013-03-07 2018-11-28 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Apparatus for treating a neuromuscular defect
US10835767B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2020-11-17 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Rapid pulse electrohydraulic (EH) shockwave generator apparatus and methods for medical and cosmetic treatments
US10369373B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2019-08-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Portable transcutaneous magnetic stimulator and systems and methods of use thereof
US9545523B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-01-17 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Multi-modality treatment systems, methods and apparatus for altering subcutaneous lipid-rich tissue
US9844460B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-12-19 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Treatment systems with fluid mixing systems and fluid-cooled applicators and methods of using the same
WO2014152868A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Cynosure, Inc. Current delivery systems, apparatuses and methods
EP2967744B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-10-18 Syneron Medical Ltd. Skin treatment apparatus
JP2016515869A (en) 2013-03-15 2016-06-02 エムキネティクス,インコーポレイテッド Method and apparatus for transcutaneous stimulation on palm and plantar surfaces
DK3446743T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-12-14 Carewear Corp Ultrasonic transducer device
WO2014149021A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Cynosure, Inc. Non-invasive fat reduction by hyperthermic treatment
US20140276693A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Palomar Medical Technologies, Llc Treatment of tissue
US9707121B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-07-18 Elwha Llc Treating sleep apnea with negative pressure
ES2879286T3 (en) 2013-03-29 2021-11-22 Gsk Consumer Healthcare Sarl Skin electrode detachment detection using electrocutaneous impedance
CN105050658B (en) 2013-04-02 2017-09-12 帝人制药株式会社 Magnetic stimulating device
CN105120947B (en) 2013-04-02 2018-04-13 帝人制药株式会社 Head positioning device, medical system, medical apparatus positioner and holding shell
WO2014176420A1 (en) * 2013-04-24 2014-10-30 Tufts University Apparatus, systems, and methods for detecting or stimullating muscle activity
US10780291B2 (en) 2013-06-03 2020-09-22 Nexstim Oyj mTMS coil device with overlapping coil windings
US9072891B1 (en) 2013-06-04 2015-07-07 Dantam K. Rao Wearable medical device
SG11201509901VA (en) 2013-06-06 2016-01-28 Tricord Holdings L L C Modular physiologic monitoring systems, kits, and methods
US9308381B2 (en) 2013-06-17 2016-04-12 Nyxoah SA Ceramic encapsulation of an implantable device
DE102013211859B4 (en) 2013-06-21 2015-07-16 Technische Universität München Magnetic stimulator for stimulating a tissue through a magnetic field
US11724130B2 (en) 2013-06-24 2023-08-15 Zetroz Systems Llc Wearable ultrasound device
KR102249019B1 (en) 2013-06-28 2021-05-10 스탑파킨슨 헬스케어 시스템즈 엘엘씨 An electro-stimulation device
WO2015012672A1 (en) 2013-07-22 2015-01-29 Товарищество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Фармацевтическая Компания "Ромат" Pulsed electromagnetic field corrector (variants)
WO2015012639A1 (en) 2013-07-26 2015-01-29 부산대학교 산학협력단 Magnetic field applying apparatus for mitigating pain felt on skin which is generated when low frequency electrical stimulation using strong magnetic field is made
KR101487850B1 (en) 2013-08-08 2015-02-02 (주)클래시스 apparatus for treating obesity by freezing fat cell
US9168096B2 (en) 2013-09-09 2015-10-27 Invasix Corp. System and method for tissue treatment using non-symmetric radio-frequency energy waveform
WO2015040049A1 (en) 2013-09-19 2015-03-26 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Treatment device for the skin using radio-frequency electric current
DE102013110984B3 (en) 2013-10-02 2015-04-02 Pierenkemper Gmbh Apparatus for electrostimulation and method for controlling a plurality of electrodes in an apparatus for electrical stimulation
ES2533145B1 (en) 2013-10-03 2016-07-12 Clinipro, S. L. COSMETIC PROCEDURE TO REDUCE SUBCUTANEOUS ADIPOSE TISSUE
US20150342661A1 (en) 2013-10-09 2015-12-03 Venus Concept Ltd Integrated Treatment System
KR101622143B1 (en) 2013-10-30 2016-05-18 주식회사 화니메디칼 High Frequency Stimulating Apparatus for Treatment of Skin Texture or Removal of Subcutaneous Fat
KR101511444B1 (en) 2013-10-30 2015-04-10 주식회사 리메드 Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation Therapy Apparatus For Head Gear Type
JP2015085137A (en) 2013-11-01 2015-05-07 株式会社東芝 Magnetic resonance imaging device
US9205258B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2015-12-08 ElectroCore, LLC Nerve stimulator system
WO2015069629A1 (en) 2013-11-06 2015-05-14 Terry Ward Cellulite and fat reducing device and method utilizing optical emitters
US10183172B2 (en) 2013-11-11 2019-01-22 Neuronetics, Inc. Monitoring and detecting magnetic stimulation
WO2015075548A1 (en) 2013-11-22 2015-05-28 Simon Fraser University Apparatus and methods for assisted breathing by transvascular nerve stimulation
GB2521609B (en) 2013-12-23 2016-02-10 Nexstim Oy Device support apparatus
US10188868B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2019-01-29 Nexstim Oyj Device support apparatus
EP2878336B1 (en) 2013-11-29 2019-10-30 Nexstim Oy Device support apparatus
JP5771261B2 (en) 2013-12-03 2015-08-26 株式会社Ifg Medical continuous magnetic pulse generator
WO2015089425A1 (en) 2013-12-13 2015-06-18 Guided Therapy Systems, Llc System and method for non-invasive treatment with improved efficiency
US9968798B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2018-05-15 Eneura, Inc. Transcranial magnetic stimulation device with body proximity sensors for the treatment of migraine headaches
US10029112B1 (en) 2014-01-06 2018-07-24 Eneura, Inc. Transcranial magnetic stimulation device for the treatment of migraine headaches
US10195426B2 (en) 2014-01-07 2019-02-05 Invicta Medical, Inc. Method and apparatus for treating sleep apnea
US9849301B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2017-12-26 Neuronetics, Inc. Magnetic stimulation coils and ferromagnetic components for reduced surface stimulation and improved treatment depth
WO2015117001A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2015-08-06 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Compositions, treatment systems and methods for improved cooling of lipid-rich tissue
KR101539633B1 (en) 2014-02-06 2015-07-27 정상문 Multi-function therapy device
WO2015120479A1 (en) 2014-02-10 2015-08-13 Neuronetics, Inc. Head modeling for a therapeutic or diagnostic procedure
EP3104796B1 (en) 2014-02-12 2019-04-10 The General Hospital Corporation Method and apparatus for affecting pigmentation of tissue
US10237962B2 (en) 2014-02-26 2019-03-19 Covidien Lp Variable frequency excitation plasma device for thermal and non-thermal tissue effects
WO2015137733A1 (en) 2014-03-11 2015-09-17 송재훈 Skin cooling device and method
KR20150106379A (en) 2014-03-11 2015-09-21 송재훈 Cooling device for skin and cooling method for the same
RU2015146661A (en) 2014-03-21 2017-05-16 Некстим Ой PLANNING OF TRANS-CRANIAL MAGNETIC STIMULATION WITH NAVIGATION USING THE INDEX OF STRUCTURAL EFFICIENCY
EP3125986B1 (en) 2014-04-02 2019-03-06 University of Maryland, Baltimore Systems for controlling magnetic fields and magnetic field induced current
US9586048B2 (en) 2014-04-04 2017-03-07 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods and apparatus for apnea therapy stimulation
CN203989490U (en) 2014-04-08 2014-12-10 奥利·莱德尼 Portable massage and magneto-optic therapeutic instrument
US10737107B2 (en) 2014-04-08 2020-08-11 Ori Ledany LED-laser biomagnetic wave therapy device
GB201406604D0 (en) 2014-04-11 2014-05-28 Zeez Technology Ltd Therapeutic field generator
CA2945350A1 (en) 2014-04-11 2015-10-15 Bioelectronics Corp. Electromagnetic therapy device and methods
US20150297909A1 (en) 2014-04-17 2015-10-22 Thomas J. Peashock Apparatus for assisting with the physiological recovery from fatigue, stress or injury
US10195454B2 (en) 2014-05-05 2019-02-05 Patsy Yamashiro Use of magnetic stimulation to modulate muscle contraction
US9526912B1 (en) 2014-05-13 2016-12-27 Eneura, Inc. Transcranial magnetic stimulation device for the treatment of migraine headaches
CN106794348A (en) 2014-05-20 2017-05-31 电核有限责任公司 The Noninvasive nerve stimulation carried out via mobile device
JP6700505B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2020-05-27 ブレインズウェイ リミテッド Control of spike-timing dependent brain network plasticity through multi-coil transcranial magnetic stimulation
US20170128720A1 (en) 2014-06-03 2017-05-11 Vomaris Innovations, Inc Methods and devices for modulating gene expression and enzyme activity
US20150360045A1 (en) 2014-06-13 2015-12-17 Zygood, Llc Electrical pulse generator to create magnetic pulses for the treatment of pain
GB2530475A (en) 2014-06-20 2016-03-30 Stefan M Goetz Device and method for quiet magnetic neurostimulation
JP3192971U (en) * 2014-06-27 2014-09-11 株式会社キュービックアイディ Beauty machine
US20150375005A1 (en) 2014-06-30 2015-12-31 BrainQ Technologies Ltd. Therapeutic electromagnetic field
FI20145644A (en) 2014-07-02 2016-01-03 Nexstim Oy The position determination device
GB201412044D0 (en) 2014-07-07 2014-08-20 Magstim The Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation (MS) coil arrangement
KR101660830B1 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-09-29 피에스케이 주식회사 Apparatus for generating plasma using dual plasma source and apparatus for treating substrate comprising the same
US9649148B2 (en) 2014-07-24 2017-05-16 Arthrocare Corporation Electrosurgical system and method having enhanced arc prevention
US9884199B2 (en) 2014-08-11 2018-02-06 Minnesota Medical Physics Llc Methods and apparatus for treatment of chronic kidney disease
EP3180080B1 (en) 2014-08-14 2021-01-06 Functional Neuromodulation, Inc. Brain stimulation system including multiple stimulation modes
US20160045755A1 (en) 2014-08-18 2016-02-18 Donghoon CHUN Apparatus, system and method for treating fat tissue
US10568759B2 (en) 2014-08-19 2020-02-25 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Treatment systems, small volume applicators, and methods for treating submental tissue
DE102014112548A1 (en) 2014-09-01 2016-03-03 Logicdata Electronic & Software Entwicklungs Gmbh Workplace chair system and method for adjusting and using a workstation chair system
US20160066994A1 (en) 2014-09-09 2016-03-10 Erchonia Corporation Non-Invasive Method for Slimming a Human Body Using Two Wavelngths of Laser Energy Concurrently
WO2016048721A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Treatment systems, methods, and apparatuses for altering the appearance of skin
US10675819B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2020-06-09 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Magnetic field alignment of emulsions to produce porous articles
DK3200868T3 (en) 2014-10-03 2020-08-03 Nervive Inc Deep nerve stimulator
CN107106860B (en) 2014-10-07 2020-09-22 帝人制药株式会社 Transcranial magnetic stimulation system
CN106999287B (en) 2014-10-21 2019-05-17 泰克里斯公司 Prosthese for shoulder joint
US20160129273A1 (en) 2014-11-07 2016-05-12 Sam Boong Park Pulsed electromagnetic therapy device with combined energy delivery
US20160129274A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2016-05-12 Sam Boong Park Wearable energy delivery system
US9967838B2 (en) 2014-11-21 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Network synchronization for system configuration exchanges
GB201421448D0 (en) 2014-12-03 2015-01-14 Armighorn Medical Ltd Oral muscle training
JP2018501927A (en) 2014-12-05 2018-01-25 イーニューラ インコーポレイテッド Method and system for preventive treatment of migraine headache
GB2534369A (en) 2015-01-20 2016-07-27 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic field shielding arrangement for a magnetic stimulation (MS) coil
ES2928639T3 (en) 2015-01-26 2022-11-21 Cymedica Orthopedics Inc Systems and methods of patient therapy
GB201501983D0 (en) 2015-02-06 2015-03-25 Morgan Innovation & Technology Ltd Treatment of snoring and sleep apnoea
SI24921A (en) 2015-02-10 2016-08-31 Iskra Medical D.O.O. A device for magnetic nerve muscle stimulation with a large number of independent coils installed in the applicator
US10556121B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2020-02-11 Endonovo Therapeutics, Inc. Method and apparatus for electromagnetic treatment of multiple sclerosis
US10376145B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2019-08-13 Elira, Inc. Systems and methods for enabling a patient to achieve a weight loss objective using an electrical dermal patch
NL2014356B1 (en) 2015-02-26 2017-01-17 Louis Biesbrouck Electrical body stimulator cushion device, a medical or therapeutic device comprising same and use thereof in a method of therapy.
CA2977913A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 Mtg Co., Ltd. Muscle electrostimulation device
EP3061494A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-08-31 Nihon Kohden Corporation Link mechanism for arm portion
US9962553B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2018-05-08 Btl Holdings Limited Device and method for contactless skin treatment
JP2016163663A (en) 2015-03-06 2016-09-08 株式会社 Mtg Muscle electrostimulator
WO2016149176A1 (en) 2015-03-13 2016-09-22 Case Western Reserve University System for ensuring airway patency when asleep
FI20155181A (en) 2015-03-17 2016-09-18 Cryotech Nordic Oü Handpiece unit for a device used in cosmetic treatment
WO2016159139A1 (en) 2015-04-02 2016-10-06 国立大学法人東京大学 Coil device for use in transcranial magnetic stimulation device
WO2016159371A1 (en) 2015-04-03 2016-10-06 国立大学法人東京大学 Coil device for use in transcranial magnetic stimulation device
US9919161B2 (en) * 2015-07-01 2018-03-20 Btl Holdings Limited Method of neural structure stimulation by magnetic field
US20170001024A1 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Btl Holdings Limited High power time varying magnetic field therapy
US10124187B2 (en) * 2015-04-28 2018-11-13 Btl Holdings Limited Combination of radiofrequency and magnetic treatment methods
US20170001029A1 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Btl Holdings Limited Methods for controlling a magnetic stimulation device
US9636519B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-05-02 Btl Holdings Limited Magnetic stimulation methods and devices for therapeutic treatments
US20160317346A1 (en) 2015-04-28 2016-11-03 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Systems and methods for monitoring cooling of skin and tissue to identify freeze events
US20170001025A1 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Btl Holdings Limited Aesthetic method of biological structure stimulation by magnetic field
US11491342B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2022-11-08 Btl Medical Solutions A.S. Magnetic stimulation methods and devices for therapeutic treatments
US11129982B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2021-09-28 Dasyo Technology Ltd Apparatus and method of non-invasive directional tissue treatment using radiofrequency energy
US10610696B1 (en) 2015-05-31 2020-04-07 Yona Peled Apparatus and method for treating biological tissue
US10478633B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2019-11-19 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US11266850B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2022-03-08 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. High power time varying magnetic field therapy
US10695575B1 (en) 2016-05-10 2020-06-30 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US9974519B1 (en) 2015-07-01 2018-05-22 Btl Holdings Limited Aesthetic method of biologoical structure treatment by magnetic field
US20180125416A1 (en) 2016-11-07 2018-05-10 Btl Holdings Limited Apparatus and method for treatment of biological structure
US10709894B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2020-07-14 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10245439B1 (en) 2015-07-01 2019-04-02 Medical Technologies Cz A.S. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10549110B1 (en) 2015-07-01 2020-02-04 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10478634B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2019-11-19 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10549109B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2020-02-04 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US20170001030A1 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Btl Holdings Limited Magnetic stimulation device and methods
US10569094B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2020-02-25 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10569095B1 (en) 2015-07-01 2020-02-25 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US20180001107A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Btl Holdings Limited Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US9937358B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2018-04-10 Btl Holdings Limited Aesthetic methods of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10493293B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2019-12-03 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US20170106201A1 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-04-20 Btl Holdings Limited Combination of magnetic and electromagnetic treatment method
US10821295B1 (en) 2015-07-01 2020-11-03 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10695576B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2020-06-30 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10471269B1 (en) 2015-07-01 2019-11-12 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
KR101673182B1 (en) 2015-07-30 2016-11-07 주식회사 리메드 Medical device using a magnetic field
CN105030408A (en) 2015-08-28 2015-11-11 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Snore stopping device
AU2016323117B2 (en) 2015-09-15 2019-10-31 I-Lumen Scientific, Inc. Apparatus and method for ocular microcurrent stimulation therapy
CN106540375B (en) 2015-09-18 2019-03-12 乐慈元(武汉)生物科技发展有限公司 The magnetic means and its beauty method of a kind of pair of human body beauty treatment, smoothing wrinkle
US11484724B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-11-01 Btl Medical Solutions A.S. Methods and devices for tissue treatment using mechanical stimulation and electromagnetic field
US10080906B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2018-09-25 Btl Holdings Limited Methods and devices for tissue treatment using mechanical stimulation and electromagnetic field
US9636516B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2017-05-02 Btl Holdings Limited Methods and devices for tissue treatment using shock waves and electromagnetic field
FR3041881A1 (en) 2015-10-02 2017-04-07 Deleo Sas APPLICATOR FOR NON-INVASIVE COLD REDUCTION TREATMENT BY COLD
WO2017070112A1 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-04-27 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Vascular treatment systems, cooling devices, and methods for cooling vascular structures
US11253717B2 (en) 2015-10-29 2022-02-22 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
EP3374021B1 (en) 2015-11-09 2019-08-28 Axilum Robotics (Société par Actions Simplifiée) Magnetic stimulation device comprising a force-sensing resistor
EP4252833A3 (en) 2015-11-17 2023-11-15 Inspire Medical Systems, Inc. Microstimulation sleep disordered breathing (sdb) therapy device
GB201521133D0 (en) 2015-12-01 2016-01-13 Magstim The Company Ltd Auxilliary magnetic stimulation (MS) coil arrangement and system
RU2645923C2 (en) 2015-12-01 2018-02-28 Закрытое акционерное общество "ОКБ "РИТМ" Method of adaptive impact on a living organism (versions)
IL259809B (en) 2015-12-16 2022-09-01 Pollogen Ltd Apparatus and cosmetic method for cosmetic treatment of human mucosal tissue
WO2017106878A1 (en) 2015-12-18 2017-06-22 Thync Global, Inc. Apparatuses and methods for transdermal electrical stimulation of nerves to modify or induce a cognitive state
ITUB20159823A1 (en) 2015-12-31 2017-07-01 Mantis S R L ELECTROMEDICAL EQUIPMENT FOR HUMAN BODY TREATMENT AND PROCEDURE OF TREATMENT USING THIS EQUIPMENT
US20200330782A1 (en) 2016-01-04 2020-10-22 Jacob Zabara Electromagnetic radiation treatment
US10729914B2 (en) 2016-01-04 2020-08-04 Jacob Zabara Electromagnetic radiation treatment
CA3009414A1 (en) 2016-01-07 2017-07-13 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Temperature-dependent adhesion between applicator and skin during cooling of tissue
KR101891154B1 (en) 2016-01-29 2018-08-23 이영규 Home transcranial magnetic stimulation medical device
US10765552B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2020-09-08 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Cooling cup applicators with contoured heads and liner assemblies
US10195456B2 (en) 2016-03-03 2019-02-05 The Florida International University Board Of Trustees Low intensity magnetic field device for cosmetic skin treatment
WO2017150490A1 (en) 2016-03-04 2017-09-08 国立大学法人東京大学 Coil and magnetic stimulator using same
US10398906B2 (en) 2016-03-10 2019-09-03 Kosivana Holdings Limited Systems and methods for pain treatment using spinal nerve magnetic stimulation
KR101794269B1 (en) 2016-03-15 2017-11-08 주식회사 엔씨바이오 A cooling system for medical
KR101650155B1 (en) 2016-03-17 2016-08-22 정성재 Device for lipolysis using cooling and control method thereof
WO2017168101A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 Deleo System for reducing localised fatty masses by means of cold application, applicator for such a system and non-invasive treatment method for reducing fats by means of cold application
AT518082B1 (en) 2016-03-31 2017-07-15 Gerhard Kunze Dr Air conditioning by multi-phase plate heat exchanger
CA3019140C (en) 2016-04-04 2022-02-15 Jean-Philippe Trembley Indirectly cooled cryotherapy apparatus
GB2549762A (en) 2016-04-28 2017-11-01 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation coil arrangement
US11247039B2 (en) * 2016-05-03 2022-02-15 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Device including RF source of energy and vacuum system
US10195453B2 (en) * 2016-05-03 2019-02-05 Btl Holdings Limited Device including RF source of energy and vacuum system
US11464993B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2022-10-11 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Device including RF source of energy and vacuum system
US20190099220A1 (en) * 2016-05-04 2019-04-04 Syneron Medical Ltd. A Transparent Electrode
US10555831B2 (en) 2016-05-10 2020-02-11 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Hydrogel substances and methods of cryotherapy
EP3454800A1 (en) 2016-05-10 2019-03-20 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Skin freezing systems for treating acne and skin conditions
US10709895B2 (en) 2016-05-10 2020-07-14 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
US10682297B2 (en) 2016-05-10 2020-06-16 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Liposomes, emulsions, and methods for cryotherapy
US11382790B2 (en) 2016-05-10 2022-07-12 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Skin freezing systems for treating acne and skin conditions
US20170326346A1 (en) 2016-05-10 2017-11-16 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Permeation enhancers and methods of cryotherapy
GB2591692B (en) 2016-05-12 2022-05-04 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation coil arrangement
GB2554043B (en) 2016-05-12 2021-09-08 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic Stimulation Coil Arrangement
US10583287B2 (en) * 2016-05-23 2020-03-10 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Systems and methods for tissue treatment
US20220003112A1 (en) 2016-05-31 2022-01-06 Transocean Innovation Labs Ltd. Methods for assessing the reliability of hydraulically-actuated devices and related systems
EP3463132A4 (en) 2016-06-03 2020-01-22 R2 Dermatology, Inc. Cooling systems and methods for skin treatment
GB201609981D0 (en) 2016-06-08 2016-07-20 Magstim The Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation coil arrangement
GB201609980D0 (en) 2016-06-08 2016-07-20 Magstim The Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation coil arrangement
GB2551171B (en) 2016-06-08 2021-09-22 Feeligreen Sa Skin treatment device and method for producing said skin treatment device
US20200352633A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2020-11-12 Cynosure, Llc Non-invasive, uniform and non-uniform rf methods and systems related applications
US10556122B1 (en) 2016-07-01 2020-02-11 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Aesthetic method of biological structure treatment by magnetic field
WO2018006086A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Cynosure, Inc. Non-invasive, uniform and non-uniform rf methods and systems related applications
GB2552004A (en) 2016-07-06 2018-01-10 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation coil arrangment including coolant leak detector
EP3481495A4 (en) 2016-07-07 2020-04-29 Venus Concept Ltd An esthetic apparatus useful for increasing skin rejuvenation and methods thereof
JP6840487B2 (en) 2016-07-27 2021-03-10 株式会社ブラウニー Electromagnetic induction heating device and electromagnetic induction heating system
JP6784092B2 (en) 2016-08-10 2020-11-11 Smk株式会社 Biological electrodes and wearing equipment with biological electrodes
GB2552810B (en) 2016-08-10 2021-05-26 The Magstim Company Ltd Headrest assembly
US11141219B1 (en) * 2016-08-16 2021-10-12 BTL Healthcare Technologies, a.s. Self-operating belt
US10420953B2 (en) 2016-08-27 2019-09-24 Wave Neuroscience, Inc. RTMS pulse frequency optimization
KR20180024571A (en) 2016-08-30 2018-03-08 주식회사 바디프랜드 Massage Apparatus Having Pulsed Electro Magnetic Field Therapy
JP2019531168A (en) 2016-08-30 2019-10-31 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション Cryotherapy and cryoablation systems and methods for cell tissue treatment
DE102016116399A1 (en) 2016-09-01 2018-03-01 Iskra Medical D.O.O. Sitting or lying device for a magnetic field therapy
US20180103991A1 (en) 2016-10-18 2018-04-19 Btl Holdings Limited Device and method for tissue treatment by combination of energy and plasma
EP3532162A1 (en) 2016-10-25 2019-09-04 Brainsway Ltd Apparatus and methods for predicting therapy outcome
US10786382B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2020-09-29 Jargalsaikhan Shagdar Multifunctional vest for posture correcting, pain relieving and workout boosting
WO2018089450A1 (en) 2016-11-08 2018-05-17 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Systems and methods of facial treatment and strain sensing
GB2555809B (en) 2016-11-10 2019-07-24 The Magstim Company Ltd Fault detector
KR101904778B1 (en) 2016-11-25 2018-10-05 주식회사 리메드 Medical device
TW201825045A (en) 2016-11-28 2018-07-16 美商脫其泰有限責任公司 Monitoring and Treating Pain with Epidermal Electronics
RU2019119439A (en) 2016-12-23 2021-01-26 ДжиЭсКей Консьюмер Хелткер С.А. "Intelligent" electrode node for transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TESN)
EP3342379B1 (en) 2016-12-27 2019-10-23 Suvaddhana Sarin Loap Non-shivering cryothermogenesis method for reducing adipose tissues
FR3061012B1 (en) 2016-12-27 2020-02-14 Deleo METHOD FOR REDUCING A FAT SUBCUTANEOUS VOLUME BY COLD USING ANTI-CELLULITE ACTIVE
US11617615B2 (en) 2017-01-19 2023-04-04 Bios S.R.L. Apparatus and cosmetic method for body orifice remodeling
AU2018215194B2 (en) 2017-02-01 2023-02-02 The Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research Stimulator systems and methods for obstructive sleep apnea
KR20180092020A (en) 2017-02-08 2018-08-17 대양의료기(주) Device and method for complex medical treatment of high frequency and low frequency
US20180229048A1 (en) 2017-02-15 2018-08-16 Btl Holdings Limited Method and device for body fluid stimulation
US11426305B2 (en) 2017-02-28 2022-08-30 Case Western Reserve University Systems and methods for obstructive sleep apnea detection and monitoring
DE102017104627A1 (en) 2017-03-06 2018-09-06 Mag & More Gmbh POSITIONING AID FOR TMS
EP3595762A1 (en) 2017-03-16 2020-01-22 The Procter and Gamble Company Skin care applicator
US20180263677A1 (en) 2017-03-16 2018-09-20 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Adhesive liners for cryotherapy
US20180271767A1 (en) 2017-03-21 2018-09-27 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Use of saccharides for cryoprotection and related technology
FI129532B (en) 2017-04-03 2022-04-14 Aalto Korkeakoulusaeaetioe Control of transcranial magnetic stimulation
US10039929B1 (en) 2017-04-04 2018-08-07 BLT Holdings Limited Method and device for pelvic floor tissue treatment
US11896823B2 (en) 2017-04-04 2024-02-13 Btl Healthcare Technologies A.S. Method and device for pelvic floor tissue treatment
WO2018191640A1 (en) 2017-04-13 2018-10-18 Multi Radiance Medical Photobiomodulation therapy to reduce the effects of fibromyalgia
DE102017108084B4 (en) 2017-04-13 2023-08-31 Universität der Bundeswehr München Pulse source and method for magnetically inductive nerve stimulation
US11076879B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2021-08-03 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Shallow surface cryotherapy applicators and related technology
WO2018208992A1 (en) 2017-05-09 2018-11-15 Nalu Medical, Inc. Stimulation apparatus
CN107149722B (en) 2017-06-20 2020-10-09 深圳市瀚翔生物医疗电子股份有限公司 Transcranial magnetic stimulation treatment equipment
US20200237424A1 (en) 2017-06-28 2020-07-30 Cutera, Inc. System and methods for controlling activation of multiple applicators for tissue treatment
US20190000529A1 (en) 2017-06-28 2019-01-03 Cutera, Inc. System for controlling activation of multiple applicators for tissue treatment
CN110891506A (en) 2017-06-30 2020-03-17 R2皮肤科有限公司 Dermatological cryogenic spray device with linear array of nozzles and method of using same
IL253677B2 (en) 2017-07-26 2023-06-01 Epitech Mag Ltd Magnetic device for treating living tissues
EP3434323B1 (en) 2017-07-29 2020-04-08 Hanno Voigt Device for functional electrical stimulation under water
EP3668441A2 (en) 2017-08-15 2020-06-24 pro med instruments GmbH Head stabilization system and method with cassette features
CN111225629A (en) 2017-08-15 2020-06-02 普罗梅德仪器股份有限公司 Head stabilization systems and methods with arc-shaped features
CN208511024U (en) 2017-08-29 2019-02-19 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 A kind of magnetic induction triggering myoelectricity collector suitable for transcranial magnetic stimulation instrument
CH714113A2 (en) 2017-09-04 2019-03-15 Periso Sa Therapeutic purpose device that emits magnetic fields interacting with radiofrequency signals.
FR3071395B1 (en) * 2017-09-27 2021-12-31 Montecarlo Esthetics DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR COSMETIC TREATMENT AND METHOD USING SUCH SYSTEM
WO2019083863A1 (en) 2017-10-23 2019-05-02 Patent Holding Company 001, Llc Communication devices, methods, and systems
GB2567872B (en) 2017-10-27 2022-06-15 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation coil arrangement
GB2602603B (en) 2017-10-27 2022-12-21 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation coil arrangement
GB2568051A (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-08 The Magstim Company Ltd Magnetic stimulation (MS) apparatus and method
WO2019093023A1 (en) 2017-11-13 2019-05-16 ヤーマン株式会社 Beauty mask
US20190160286A1 (en) 2017-11-27 2019-05-30 National Cheng Kung University Apparatus and uses thereof
CN111770773A (en) 2017-12-04 2020-10-13 Med-El电气医疗器械有限公司 Inducing swallowing using electrical stimulation applied through surface electrodes
ES2914806T3 (en) 2017-12-04 2022-06-16 Atlantic Therapeutics Group Ltd driver circuit
US20190183562A1 (en) 2017-12-15 2019-06-20 Life Care Medical Devices Limited Skin wrinkle treatment
DK179927B1 (en) 2017-12-18 2019-10-09 Innocon Medical Aps System for electrical stimulation of nerves
US11291499B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2022-04-05 Inmode Ltd. Device and method for treatment of sleep disorders
US10625077B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-04-21 Med Sapiens Co., LTD Portable body slimmer to stimulate core muscle with Russian current
DE202019100003U1 (en) 2018-01-02 2019-02-13 Medical Technologies Cz A.S. Magnetic field generating device for treating a patient
DE102018101394A1 (en) 2018-01-23 2019-07-25 Prof. Dr. Fischer AG Magnetic field applicator with a ramp-shaped waveform of the coil currents used
IT201800001767A1 (en) 2018-01-24 2019-07-24 Muester E Dikson Service S P A APPLIANCE WITH MULTIFUNCTIONAL APPLICATOR ELEMENT
KR102000971B1 (en) 2018-01-24 2019-07-17 주식회사 리메드 Device for extracorporeal therapy
CN209221337U (en) 2018-02-05 2019-08-09 布雷恩斯维公司 Coil block including multiple rings and the helmet for applying transcranial magnetic stimulation
WO2019150378A1 (en) 2018-02-05 2019-08-08 Brainsway Ltd. Electromagnetic coil assembly
CN209221338U (en) 2018-02-05 2019-08-09 布雷恩斯维公司 Coil block, the helmet for applying transcranial magnetic stimulation
US11000693B2 (en) 2018-02-20 2021-05-11 Neuronetics, Inc. Magnetic stimulation coils and ferromagnetic components for treatment and diagnostic procedures
JP7220227B2 (en) 2018-02-20 2023-02-09 ニューロネティクス インコーポレイテッド Magnetic stimulation coils and ferromagnetic components for therapeutic and diagnostic procedures
IT201800003075A1 (en) 2018-02-27 2019-08-27 Fremslife S R L Electrostimulator apparatus
US20200398068A1 (en) 2018-03-13 2020-12-24 Augmented Bionics Pty Ltd Sensory stimulation apparatus
GB2572186A (en) 2018-03-22 2019-09-25 The Magstim Company Ltd Apparatus and method for determining a desired coil position for magnetic stimulation
WO2019183622A1 (en) 2018-03-23 2019-09-26 Regenesis Biomedical, Inc. High-power pulsed electromagnetic field applicator systems
US11666775B2 (en) 2018-03-29 2023-06-06 Minnesota Medical Physics Llc Method and apparatus for treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH)
US20190314629A1 (en) 2018-04-17 2019-10-17 Inmode Ltd. Method of adipose tissue treatment
US20190314638A1 (en) 2018-04-17 2019-10-17 Inmode Ltd. Rf device for skin and fat treatment
WO2019207359A1 (en) 2018-04-26 2019-10-31 Pro Med Instruments Gmbh Head stabilization system with adjustable-fill pads and method of use
EP3773297A4 (en) 2018-04-29 2022-01-05 Gandel, Brian A. Device and method for inducing lypolysis in humans
CN112218681A (en) 2018-05-01 2021-01-12 布雷恩斯维公司 Apparatus and method for real-time closed-loop brain stimulation
KR101941863B1 (en) 2018-05-15 2019-01-24 주식회사 지티지웰니스 Muscle exercise equipment using electrical stimulation
US20190350646A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Inmode Ltd. Device for collagenous tissue treatment
US20210260398A1 (en) 2018-05-31 2021-08-26 Lynne BILSTON Systems, devices and methods for the treatment of oral and pharyngeal disorders
JP2021524772A (en) 2018-06-01 2021-09-16 ゼネア テクノロジーズ インコーポレイテツドZennea Technologies Inc. Methods and Devices for Treating Sleep-Related Brain Disorders
FR3083123A1 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-01-03 Ga. Promotion NEURO-MUSCULAR ELECTRIC STIMULATION METHOD AND SYSTEM
EP3801746B1 (en) 2018-08-14 2023-05-10 Neurotrigger Ltd. Apparatus for transcutaneous facial nerve stimulation
WO2020041502A1 (en) 2018-08-21 2020-02-27 The Regents Of The University Of California Transcutaneous electrical and/or magnetic spinal stimulation for bladder or bowel control in subjects without cns injury
KR101955542B1 (en) 2018-08-22 2019-05-30 전나라 Medical support apparatus for massage-electric stimulator
CN211024753U (en) 2018-09-02 2020-07-17 塔夫泰什有限公司 Device, system and air flow shield generator for applying therapeutic substances to tissue
CN210250131U (en) 2018-09-12 2020-04-07 塔夫泰什有限公司 Device for applying liquid therapeutic substances to tissue
US20200094066A1 (en) 2018-09-20 2020-03-26 Stephan HEATH SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND/OR METHODS UTILIZING LASER GENERATING PULSES OF LIGHT, PULSED SOUND FREQUENCIES AND/OR PULSED ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS (EMFs) FOR IMPROVING PROPER SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND/OR METHODS UTILIZING LASER GENERATING PULSES OF LIGHT, PULSED SOUND FREQUENCIES AND/OR PULSED ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS (EMFs) FOR IMPROVING PROPERTIES OR FUNCTIONS OF CELLS, TISSUES, PROTEINS, FATS, OR ORGANS IN VITRO, IN VIVO, OR IN SITU
US11219322B2 (en) 2018-09-24 2022-01-11 Denneroll Holdings Pty Ltd Cavity contour pillow
US11950721B2 (en) 2018-09-24 2024-04-09 Denneroll Holdings Pty Ltd Cavity contour pillow
CN109260593B (en) 2018-09-27 2020-09-08 武汉资联虹康科技股份有限公司 Transcranial magnetic stimulation treatment method and equipment
US10828504B2 (en) 2018-10-12 2020-11-10 Edward L. Blenderman Wearable device that increases muscle strength
US20200121984A1 (en) 2018-10-17 2020-04-23 Signifier Medical Technologies Limited Oral muscle training
KR102170209B1 (en) 2018-11-07 2020-10-26 주식회사 리메드 Magnetic stimulation device
KR102170208B1 (en) 2018-11-15 2020-10-26 주식회사 리메드 Medical stimulation device
KR102154771B1 (en) 2018-11-15 2020-09-10 주식회사 리메드 Medical stimulation device
KR102199943B1 (en) 2018-11-15 2021-01-11 주식회사 리메드 Medical stimulation device
KR102262560B1 (en) 2018-11-15 2021-06-08 주식회사 리메드 Magnetic stimulation device
KR102195670B1 (en) 2018-11-15 2020-12-28 주식회사 리메드 Pulse magnetic field stimulation apparatus
KR102606263B1 (en) 2018-11-29 2023-11-23 노보큐어 게엠베하 Enhanced Flexible Transducer Arrays Delivering Tumor Treatment Fields
SG11202107086UA (en) 2019-01-02 2021-07-29 Cynosure Llc Non-invasive, uniform and non-uniform rf methods and systems related applications
HRPK20190078B3 (en) 2019-01-11 2021-05-28 Synergotron D.O.O. Device for non-invasive treatment of illnesses and conditions of living organisms
CN113646034A (en) 2019-02-28 2021-11-12 碧欧斯有限责任公司 Apparatus and method for fat and cellulite reduction using RF energy in conjunction with magnetic muscle thermal stimulation (EMS)
CN113660975A (en) 2019-03-08 2021-11-16 范德堡大学 System and method for treating sleep disordered breathing
US11653971B2 (en) 2019-03-10 2023-05-23 Inmode Ltd. RF device for tissue treatment
WO2020183508A1 (en) 2019-03-13 2020-09-17 Rognone Fabrizio Electromedical equipment for the treatment of skin aging and pathological areas of the human body
US10981016B2 (en) 2019-03-13 2021-04-20 Seraya Medical Systems LLC Identifiable magnetic assemblies and communications
WO2020190401A1 (en) 2019-03-18 2020-09-24 Exo Neural Network Inc. Medical therapy arrangement for applying an electrical stimulation to a human or animal subject
US11478638B2 (en) 2019-03-22 2022-10-25 Neurostim Technologies Llc Detection and treatment of obstructive sleep apnea
PL4066887T3 (en) 2019-04-11 2024-03-04 Btl Medical Solutions A.S. Devices for aesthetic treatment of biological structures by radiofrequency and magnetic energy
US20210330987A1 (en) 2019-05-09 2021-10-28 Wuhan Znion Technology Co., Ltd Integrated tms coil for brain testing and treatment
US20200353273A1 (en) 2019-05-09 2020-11-12 Doug Zucco Method For Reducing Visceral Body Fat In Humans
KR102218065B1 (en) 2019-06-04 2021-02-18 연세대학교 원주산학협력단 Apparatus for transcranial magnetic field stimulus and for controlling the same
WO2020252406A1 (en) 2019-06-12 2020-12-17 Truerelief, Llc System and method for delivering pulsed electric current to living tissue
US20200406050A1 (en) 2019-06-26 2020-12-31 University Of South Carolina Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation for the Treatment of Dysautonomia
WO2020264263A1 (en) 2019-06-27 2020-12-30 Biovisics Medical, Inc. Systems and interfaces for ocular therapy
CN110180083A (en) 2019-06-30 2019-08-30 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 A kind of avoid-dismantle coil switching magnetic stimulator and Neural stem cell method
KR102264077B1 (en) 2019-07-01 2021-06-11 주식회사 리메드 Medical navigation device
KR102228743B1 (en) 2019-07-01 2021-03-17 주식회사 리메드 Apparatus for medical use having means discharging charges in capacitor
US11247064B2 (en) 2019-07-11 2022-02-15 United States Government As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs Transcranial magnetic stimulation coil alignment apparatus
GB201910452D0 (en) 2019-07-22 2019-09-04 Remedius Ltd Electrode
CN110339480A (en) 2019-07-24 2019-10-18 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 A kind of magnetic stimulation system and method based on multi-axis robot vision dynamically track
CN211357457U (en) 2019-07-24 2020-08-28 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Magnetic stimulation system based on multi-axis robot visual dynamic tracking
US11759636B2 (en) 2019-08-05 2023-09-19 David Goldfarb Apparatus and method for treating obstructive sleep apnea
CN210770219U (en) 2019-08-31 2020-06-16 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Sealing structure of magnetic stimulation coil
US20220379114A1 (en) 2019-09-13 2022-12-01 Vanderbilt University Neuromodulation of the glossopharyngeal nerve to improve sleep disordered breathing
US11420061B2 (en) 2019-10-15 2022-08-23 Xii Medical, Inc. Biased neuromodulation lead and method of using same
EP4061480A1 (en) 2019-11-20 2022-09-28 Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. Alternating high frequency and low frequency duty cycles for muscle stimulation
US11464970B2 (en) 2020-03-15 2022-10-11 Inmode Ltd. Method for enhanced electro-muscle stimulation
US11559152B2 (en) 2020-04-23 2023-01-24 DSAGA Food & Packaging Products LLC Prone position pillow system
CA3173876A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2021-11-11 Tomas SCHWARZ Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US11717679B2 (en) 2020-05-20 2023-08-08 Pollogen Ltd. Apparatus and method for non-invasive fractional treatment of skin tissue
CN213432603U (en) 2020-06-10 2021-06-15 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Head follow-up positioning device for transcranial magnetic stimulation
CN111728712A (en) 2020-06-10 2020-10-02 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Inflatable positioning headrest for transcranial magnetic stimulation and positioning method thereof
EP4182010A4 (en) 2020-07-15 2024-03-13 Ebt Medical Inc Wearable neurostimulation system with curated therapy
CN212700107U (en) 2020-08-03 2021-03-16 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Transcranial magnetic stimulation repeated positioning helmet
CN111840804A (en) 2020-08-03 2020-10-30 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Transcranial magnetic stimulation repeated positioning helmet and using method thereof
CN111905267A (en) 2020-08-29 2020-11-10 深圳英智科技有限公司 Wire for transcranial magnetic stimulation, transcranial magnetic stimulation coil and transcranial magnetic stimulation instrument
CN212416683U (en) 2020-08-31 2021-01-29 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Multifunctional pulse magnetic therapy seat
CN112023270A (en) 2020-08-31 2020-12-04 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Multifunctional pulse magnetic therapy seat
US20220080217A1 (en) 2020-09-16 2022-03-17 Duke University Methods and systems for magnetic stimulation
JP7448273B2 (en) 2020-10-01 2024-03-12 サンライズ エスエー Wearable device to reduce respiratory effort in sleeping subjects
CN112221015A (en) 2020-10-29 2021-01-15 广州猴晒蕾科技有限公司 Device and method for decomposing adipose tissues through electromagnetic field
GB202018997D0 (en) 2020-12-02 2021-01-13 Signifier Medical Tech Limited Oral muscle composition detection and training
TW202222373A (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 義大利商愛爾恩股份有限公司 Applicator for magnetic therapy
CN112582159A (en) 2020-12-14 2021-03-30 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Stimulating coil for magnetic stimulation and winding method thereof
CN214099374U (en) 2020-12-14 2021-08-31 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 A stimulating coil for magnetic stimulation
US20240090970A1 (en) 2020-12-15 2024-03-21 Magventure A/S A balancing, positioning and fixating assembly
CN215081635U (en) 2020-12-22 2021-12-10 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Single magnet multi-body-position treatment seat
CN112472506A (en) 2020-12-22 2021-03-12 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Single-magnet multi-body-position treatment seat
CN215309722U (en) 2020-12-23 2021-12-28 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Active and passive combined pelvic floor magnetic stimulation treatment device
CN215084285U (en) 2021-01-06 2021-12-10 广州蓓蕾电子科技有限公司 Magnetic therapy stimulation exercise device
CZ202167A3 (en) 2021-02-15 2022-08-24 Deymed Diagnostic S.R.O. Stimulation coil for magnetic stimulation
US20240123232A1 (en) 2021-02-23 2024-04-18 Inspire Medical Systems, Inc. Integrating stimulation therapy, patient management, and external patient monitoring
FI130569B (en) 2021-03-15 2023-11-21 Nexstim Oyj System and method for facilitating delivery of transcranial magnetic stimulation
JP2024515447A (en) 2021-03-16 2024-04-10 ヴィーナス コンセプト インコーポレイテッド Methods and devices for treating the skin
CN113041500A (en) 2021-03-31 2021-06-29 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Memorable transcranial magnetic stimulation navigation positioning device and positioning method
EP4340936A1 (en) 2021-05-21 2024-03-27 Inspire Medical Systems, Inc. Multiple target stimulation therapy for sleep disordered breathing
US20220370006A1 (en) 2021-05-24 2022-11-24 Crestmont Ventures, Inc. Electromyographic bruxism training
AU2022286341A1 (en) 2021-06-01 2023-12-21 Orchard Ultrasound Innovation Llc Tissue treatment system
CN216091887U (en) 2021-06-28 2022-03-22 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Deep stimulation coil module for magnetic stimulation
WO2023281448A1 (en) 2021-07-08 2023-01-12 Venus Concept Ltd. An esthetic apparatus useful for increasing skin rejuvenation and methods thereof
SE2150968A1 (en) 2021-07-23 2023-01-24 Frigg Ab Device and method for stimulating a target area
CN113499542A (en) 2021-08-16 2021-10-15 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Combined magnetic therapy seat with automatic double-body position switching function
WO2023010656A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Magnetic therapy seat, and sitting posture detection system and method for pelvic floor magnetic stimulation treatment
CN217908621U (en) 2022-05-07 2022-11-29 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Multifunctional magnetic therapy seat with linkage mechanism
CN113647936B (en) 2021-08-03 2022-07-22 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Sitting posture detection method and detection system for pelvic floor magnetic stimulation treatment equipment
WO2023011503A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Dual-posture smar seat for pelvic floor magnetic stimulation
CN216169399U (en) 2021-08-18 2022-04-05 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Novel transcranial magnetic stimulation repeated positioning helmet
CN216986082U (en) 2021-09-09 2022-07-19 广州蓓蕾电子科技有限公司 Device for decomposing adipose tissues by increasing radio frequency through electromagnetic field
CN113769275B (en) 2021-10-19 2022-10-04 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Automatic positioning method and system for transcranial magnetic treatment target
US20230130856A1 (en) 2021-10-27 2023-04-27 OPAD Airway Inc. Electro-mechanical controller to support air-pressure- based patient positioning
CN217526108U (en) 2021-12-15 2022-10-04 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Magnetic stimulation coil
CN217960287U (en) 2022-07-01 2022-12-06 广州蓓蕾电子科技有限公司 Device for decomposing adipose tissues by increasing radio frequency through electromagnetic field
CN115364376A (en) 2022-07-12 2022-11-22 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Pulse magnetic shaping instrument and automatic identification method, system, control method and circuit thereof
CN218129587U (en) 2022-07-14 2022-12-27 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Cooling system of magnetic therapy host
CN115454185B (en) 2022-09-02 2023-11-28 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Amplitude-adjustable power supply control method and control system of pulse magnetic stimulator
CN115645748A (en) 2022-09-21 2023-01-31 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Adaptive parameter adjusting method and system for shaping magnetic stimulator
CN115645737A (en) 2022-09-29 2023-01-31 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Automatic positioning device for abdominal treatment and positioning method thereof
CN115591124A (en) 2022-10-28 2023-01-13 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司(Cn) Output power self-adaptive control system for magnetic stimulation and control method thereof
CN115639868B (en) 2022-12-23 2023-03-21 南京伟思医疗科技股份有限公司 Self-adaptive temperature control method, device and system for magnetic stimulation device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20230001191A1 (en) 2023-01-05
JP2024029120A (en) 2024-03-05
US11491329B2 (en) 2022-11-08
AU2021269187A1 (en) 2022-12-15
US20230024117A1 (en) 2023-01-26
US20220249836A1 (en) 2022-08-11
BR112022022112A2 (en) 2022-12-13
JP2023515722A (en) 2023-04-13
EP4146335A1 (en) 2023-03-15
US20220218987A1 (en) 2022-07-14
CA3173876A1 (en) 2021-11-11
MX2022013485A (en) 2022-11-30
US11826565B2 (en) 2023-11-28
WO2021224678A1 (en) 2021-11-11
US11679255B2 (en) 2023-06-20
KR20230000081U (en) 2023-01-10
AU2021269187B2 (en) 2023-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220305275A1 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US11602629B2 (en) Systems and methods for treatment of a patient including rf and electrical energy
US20240082576A1 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US11896816B2 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US20230241384A1 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US20240091547A1 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
AU2023100045A4 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
AU2022100167A4 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
US20240024691A1 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of a patient
CA3178145A1 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of the patient
WO2023078896A1 (en) Device and method for unattended treatment of the patient
EA044406B1 (en) DEVICE AND METHOD FOR FULLY AUTOMATIC TREATMENT OF A PATIENT
WO2009130258A1 (en) Electroporation device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: BTL HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGIES A.S., CZECH REPUBLIC

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SCHWARZ, TOMAS;JELINKOVA, LUCIA;KUBIK, VOJTECH;SIGNING DATES FROM 20220531 TO 20220607;REEL/FRAME:060206/0094

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION